Eia Report For Tsez

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
FOR
The Proposed Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone

in a plot area of 97.54 ha with the build up area of
2,20,000 sq.m
AT
Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam Village, Avinashi Taluk,
Tiruppur district, Tamil Nadu
Project Proponent EIA Consultant

M/S. IG3 Infra Limited M/s. Vimta Labs Limited
Chennai One IT SEZ Coimbatore / Hyderabad
Pallavaram, Thoraipakkam www.vimta.com
200 feet road, Thoraipakkam QCI/NABET Accredited EIA Consultancy Organization,
Chennai NABL Accredited & ISO 17025 Certified and
MoEF Recognized Laboratory
JANUARY 2017
Preface
PREFACE
IG3 INFRA LIMITED

Chennai
RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

FOR
THE PROPOSED SECTOR SPECIFIC (TEXTILE) SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONE IN A

PLOT AREA OF 97.54 HA WITH THE BUILD UP AREA OF 2,20,000 SQ.M AT
VADAMUGAM KANGEYAMPALAYAM VILLAGE, AVINASHI TALUK,
TIRUPPUR DISTRICT, TAMIL NADU
For and on behalf of VIMTA LABS LIMITED
Approved by : K. S. Muneeswaran
Signed :
Designation : Senior Manager
Date : 2017-01-30
This report has been prepared in line with the TOR conditions stated by SEIAA,
Tamil Nadu vide Letter No. SEIAA,TN/F4414/2015/TOR 253/SEZ/8b/TIR/2016
dt. 11.07.2016
This report has been prepared by Vimta Labs Limited with all reasonable skill,
care and diligence within the terms of the contract with the client, incorporating
our General Terms and Conditions of Business and taking account of the
resources devoted to it by agreement with the client.
Table of Contents
Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed Sector Specific
(Textile) Special Economic Zone in a plot area of 97.54 ha with a build-up
area of 2,20,000 sq.m at Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam village, Avinashi
Taluk, Tiruppur District, Tamil Nadu
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter # Title Page #
Table of Contents i
List of Figures iii
List of Tables iv
1 Introduction
1.1 Purpose of the report 1
1.2 Identification of project and Project Proponent 2
1.3 Brief Description of the Project 2
1.4 Scope of the Study 10
2 Project Description
2.1 Need for the project 13
2.2 Project location 13
2.3 Magnitude of the project 13
2.4 Process description 14
2.5 Project details and requirement 18
2.6 Building materials 22
2.7 Raw material requirement 22
2.8 Water requirement 23
2.9 Manpower requirement 25
2.10 Wastewater generation and treatment 25
2.11 Air pollution 30
2.12 Rainwater harvesting system 30
2.13 Solid waste management 33
2.14 Greenbelt development 34
3 Description of the Environment

3.1 Introduction 37
3.2 Geology and Hydrogeology 38
3.3 Meteorology 39
3.4 Soil characteristics 49
3.5 Air Quality 53
3.6 Water Quality 59
3.7 Noise level survey 65
3.8 Ecological studies 69
3.9 Landuse studies 80
3.10 Demography and socio economics 86
3.11 Traffic in existing scenario 89
4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

4.1 Identification of impacts 93
4.2 Impacts during construction phase 93
4.3 Impacts during operational phase 95
4.4 Indirect impacts 109
4.5 Mitigation measures 109
4.6 Greenbelt development 114
4.7 Socio-economic development 116
4.8 Energy saving measures 118
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore i

Table of Contents
5 Analysis of alternatives (Site & Technology)

5.1 Analysis of alternative sites for location of proposed textile 119
SEZ
5.2 Conclusion and Recommendation 119
6 Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 Implementation schedule of EMP 121
6.2 Environmental monitoring 121
6.3 Environmental monitoring during construction phase 122
6.4 Environmental monitoring during operation phase 123
6.5 Cost provision for environmental measures 124
7 Additional Studies
7.1 Risk assessment 125
7.2 Hazard assessment and evaluation 125
7.3 Disaster management plan 131
7.4 Social impact assessment 133
7.5 Rehabilitation & resettlement action plans 133
8 Project Benefits
8.1 Improvement in the physical infrastructure 135
8.2 Improvement in the social infrastructure 135
9 Administrative aspects
9.1 Justification for implementation of the project 139
9.2 Summary of anticipated environmental impact and mitigation 139
9.3 Environment Management cell 133
10 Summary & Conclusions

10.1 Justification for Implementation of the Project 147
10.2 Summary of Anticipated Environmental Impacts and 147
Mitigation
10.3 Conclusion 152
11 Disclosure of Consultants
11.1 Introduction 153
11.2 The Quality Policy 153
11.3 Milestones and Accreditations 153
11.4 Management and Board of Directors 154
11.5 Services offered 155
11.6 Services 155
11.7 Facilities 156
11.8 Quality Systems 157
11.9 Achievements 157
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore ii

Table of Contents
ANNEXURES
Annexure # Title
I Terms of Reference [ToR] issued by SEIAA, Tamil Nadu

II Compliance with the ToR issued by SEIAA, Tamil Nadu
III Appeal N. 32 of 2015 (SZ) from National Green Tribunal
IV Letter for claiming the project is away from Critically Polluted Areas
V Undertaking conferring No CETP installation
VI Roles and responsibilities of a developer and lessee in waste management
VII Summary of ambient air quality
VIII Land document
IX Gazette Notification from MoCI, India
X Master plan of the project site
XI Contour plan of the project site
XII Landuse classification of the project site
XIII Greenbelt plan of the project site
XIV Solar plant module of the project site
XV Agreement letter from New Tiruppur Area Development Corporation
XVI ETP proposal
XVII STP proposal
XVIII Material balance
XIX Effluent generation from individual units
XX Water balance
XXI Environmental clearance of Thermal Power Plant
XXII Landuse map of the study area as per satellite imagery
XXIII Landuse pattern as according to census 2011
XXIV Demographic pattern as according to census 2011
XXV Forest NOC
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore iii

Table of Contents
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure # Title Page #

1.1 Index map of the project site 6
1.4 10-km study area map Google map 7
1.5 Aerial view of the proposed site Google map 8
2.1 Process flow diagram 17
2.2 Contour plan of the project site 21
2.3 Site layout map 22
2.4 Water balance 24
2.5 Schematic diagram of Proposed ETP 27
2.6 Schematic diagram of Proposed STP 29
2.7 Greenbelt layout of the proposed project 35
3.1 Site specific windrose 1st June 2016 31st August 2016 41
3.2(A) Windrose diagram of pre-monsoon season (IMD - Coimbatore) 44
3.2(B) Windrose diagram of monsoon season (IMD - Coimbatore) 45
3.2(C) Windrose diagram of winter season (IMD - Coimbatore) 46
3.2(D) Windrose diagram of winter season (IMD - Coimbatore) 47
3.3 Annual windrose diagram 48
3.4 Soil sampling locations in the study area 51
3.5 Air quality sampling locations in the study area 56
3.6 Water sampling locations in the study area 61
3.7 Noise survey locations in the study area 66
3.8 Ecological survey locations in the study area 73
3.9 Landuse/ Land cover thematic map of the study area 85
3.10 Traffic sampling location in NH-47
4.1 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of PM 103
4.2 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SO2 104
4.3 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of NOx 105
4.4 Predicted noise contour 108
4.5 CSR activities Smart class infrastructure to Sundakkampalayam 117
Govt school
4.6 CSR activities Smart class infrastructure to Sundakkampalayam 117
Govt school
9.1 Environmental Policy 141
9.2 Organizational structure of environment cell 145
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore iv

Table of Contents
LIST OF TABLES
Table # Title Page #
1.1 Project details 3

1.2 Environmental setting of the proposed project 9
1.3 Environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring 11
2.1 Details of proposed land use 13
2.2 Details of lesee and their allocation area 14
2.3 Building material requirement 22
2.4 Raw material and source 22
2.5 Water requirement 23
2.6 Manpower break-up 25
2.7 Wastewater generation (Sewage & Effluent) 25
2.8 Characteristics of effluent 26
2.9 Components of ETP 26
2.10 Characteristics of treated effluent (Sand & carbon filters) 28
2.11 Characteristics of raw and treated sewage 28
2.12 Components of STP 28
2.13 Anticipated air emissions 30
2.14 Rainwater harvesting 31
2.15 Proposed management measures 32
2.16 Management for covered structures (roof tops) 32
2.17 Storm water runoff for paved areas 33
2.18 Solid waste generation and management 34
3.1 Summary of meteorological data generated at site 40
3.2 Summary of wind pattern in the study area 40
3.3 Climatological data station: IMD, Coimbatore 42
3.4 Summary of wind pattern: IMD, Coimbatore 43
3.5 Details of soil sampling locations in the study area 49
3.6 Soil characteristics 50
3.7 Standard soil classification 52
3.8 Air quality monitoring locations in the study area 53
3.9 Monitored parameters and frequency of sampling 54
3.10 Instrument used for analysis of samples 55
3.11 Techniques used for ambient air quality monitoring 57
3.12 Summary of ambient air quality results 58
3.13 Level of pollutants and their locations 59
3.14 Water sampling locations in the study area 60
3.15a Groundwater quality 62
3.15b Groundwater quality 63
3.16 Surface water quality 64
3.17 Noise survey locations in the study area 67
3.18 Noise levels in the study area 68
3.19 Ecological survey locations in the study area 71
3.20 Fauna and their conservation status from study area 75
3.21 List of plankton recorded during study period 78
3.22 Aquatic fauna from study area 79
3.23 Landuse pattern in the study area 80
3.24 Land use/land cover classification system 82
3.25 Landuse breakup details in 10 km radius 84
3.26 Distribution of population 87
3.27 Distribution of population by social structure 88
3.28 Distribution of literate and literacy rates 88
3.29 Occupational structure 89
3.30 Location details 89
3.31 Details of traffic monitoring location 90
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore v

Table of Contents
3.32 Road geometric scenario 90

3.33 IRC guidelines 91
3.34 IRC LOS guidelines 91
3.35 Traffic densities 92
3.36 Existing traffic scenario 92
4.1 Wastewater generation (Sewage and Effluent) 97
4.2 Solid waste generation & management 98
4.3 Hourly mean meteorological data 101
4.4 Details of Stacks 102
4.5 Anticipated stack emissions 102
4.6 Short term maximum incremental concentrations 106
4.7 Resultant concentrations after proposed project 106
4.8 Anticipated noise emissions 107
6.1 EMP implementation schedule 121
6.2 Environmental monitoring schedule during construction phase 122
6.3 Environmental monitoring schedule during operation phase 123
6.4 Budget allocation for environmental protection 124
7.1 Applicability to GOI rules to Fuel 126
7.2 Properties of storage fuels 126
7.3 Preliminary hazard analysis for process and storage areas 127
7.4 Preliminary hazard analysis in general 128
7.5 Damage due to radiation intensities 129
7.6 Radiation exposure and lethality 129
8.1 Proposed CSR expenditures 137
10.1 Anticipated adverse environmental impacts and mitigation 148
11.1 Details of personnel involved in EIA/EMP Studies 158
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore vi

Chapter - 1
Introduction
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.0 INTRODUCTION
IG3 Infra Limited proposes to construct a Textile Park SEZ at Vadamugam

Kangeyampalayam Village, Avinashi Taluk of Tiruppur District, Tamil Nadu State.
The total land area under the ownership of 103.65 ha (256.0 acres) has been
declared as an sector specific SEZ by Ministry of Commerce & industry vide its
notification no. 785 dated 9th June 2008. The total plot area of the proposed project
is 97.54 ha (241.01 acres). The project will be developed with an estimated cost of
Rs. 70.93 Crores.
1.1 Purpose of the Report
The prime objective of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report is to
characterize the physical environment, to understand whether any management or
conservation strategies are required to maintain environmental aspects of the
project site to keep the ecological balance intact in and around the neighbouring
area. The type and intensity of an impact on the environmental parameters
depends on nature, size and location of the project. The net impact can be
quantified through Environmental Impact Assessment studies of various
parameters viz. Air, Water, Noise, Land and Socio-Economics of the project.
As per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006, the proposed project falls
under Category B1 under Schedule No. 8(b) [Townships and Area
Development projects], for which Environmental Clearance (EC) from SEIAA is
necessary. This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report is prepared to
obtain Environmental Clearance (EC) from State Environmental Impact
Assessment Authority (SEIAA) of Tamil Nadu and Consent for Establishment
(CFE) from Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board (TNPCB).
In-line with the EIA Notification, 76th SEAC meeting was held on 30th June 2016
for determining TOR for the preparation of EIA report for the proposed project.
This EIA has been prepared based on the TOR conditions stated by SEIAA vide
Letter No. SEIAA-TN/F-4414/2015/ToR-253/SEZ/8(b)/TIR/2016 dated.
11.7.2016. A copy of TOR letter is enclosed as Annexure I.
The objective of EIA is to foresee the potential environmental problems that would
crop up out from proposed sector specific SEZ of M/s. IG3 Infra Limited,
(Hereinafter referred to as IG3) and address them in the project planning and
design stage.
The specific objectives of this EIA are as follows:
To review the current environmental status of the project site, and its
surrounding area, to estimate the pollution that would occur after
commissioning the textile SEZ, and its impact on the surrounding environment
To suggest an EMP including pollution control methods to ensure that the

pollution will be well within the limits prescribed by the CPCB/TNPCB and
minimize the adverse environmental impacts of the development, so that the
quality of environment is not only preserved but also enhanced
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore 1

Chapter 1
Introduction
To propose a Post Project Monitoring Plan (PPMP) to ensure that the EMP
achieves its desired objectives
IG3 has engaged the services of M/s. Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/Coimbatore
to undertake Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies for assessing the
impact of the entire project on various environmental parameters in the study area
and to prepare an Environment Management Plan for managing the adverse
impacts of the proposed project.
1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent

The proposed project is identified based on the growing demand for integrated
Textile facility in Tiruppur belt for import and export of various materials.
1.2.1 About the Project Proponent and Company
IG3 Infra Limited is a Company promoted for providing world class

infrastructure facilities. The core business of the company is to develop and
manage comprehensive infrastructure facilities in the high growth sectors.
The current portfolio of the Company primarily comprises of Chennai One IT/ITeS
SEZ, Bangalore Data Centre Tier III and more.
The Company focuses on key growth of Manchester cities and industrial towns
like Surat-Gujarat, Chennai, Bangalore and Coimbatore etc. which would in the
opinion of the management provide attractive yields.
The Company is developing the proposed Textile SEZ at Vadamugam

Kangeyampalayam village at Tiruppur District which was notified by Government
of India Gazette Notification dated June 9, 2008.
1.3 Brief Description of Project
1.3.1 Nature and Size of the Project

The proposed project is developing an infrastructure facilities for 26 industrial
sheds along with common amenities to carryout textile activity such as weaving,
warping, sizing, sizing, dyeing and garmenting. The details of the project are
given in Table-1.1.

Chapter 1
Introduction
TABLE-1.1
PROJECT DETAILS
Name & address of Registered Office

project proponent M/s. IG3 Infra Limited
Chennai One IT SEZ
Pallavaram Thoraipakkam
200 ft road, Thoraipakkam, Chennai
Proposed Project Proposed Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone
in a plot area of 94.75 ha with build-up area of 2,20,000
sq.m
Schedule & Category 8(b), Townships and Area Development projects, B1
Location & S.F. Nos Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam
S.F. No. 126, 129, 132, 135 144, 151- 161, 165, 166,
167, 171, 178, 209, 216-218, 229, 232, 235, 237
Land use Total plot area as per Patta: 97.54 ha (241.01 acres)
SEZ Notified area: 103.65 ha (256.0 acres)
Captive Power Plant:6.07 ha (15.0 acres)
Area
Sr. No.
Particulars ha acres (%)
1 Industrial sheds 21.7 53.6 22.3
2 Open parking area 1.0 2.5 1.0
3 Road 5.0 12.4 5.1
4 Green belt area 33.2 82.1 34.1
5 OSR area 9.8 24.2 10.1
6 Solar power plant 5.3 13.1 5.4
7 Warehouses 10.0 24.7 10.3
8 Open area 5.0 12.4 5.1
9 Rainwater harvesting pond 5.0 12.4 5.1
10 ETP, STP, SW Storage 1.5 3.7 1.5
Total 97.5 241 100
Land use Unclassified land use as per DTCP

classification
Total built-up area 2,20,000 sq.m
Building profile Industrial plots Parking area
Common amenities ETP Facility
Cogeneration power STP facility
plant 48 MW Solid waste storage
Greenbelt area
Manpower 2,200 employees including floating population
Parking details Open parking area of 1.0 ha
Water requirement Total Water Requirement 1,047 KLD
Daily make up 127 KLD
Source: New Tiruppur Area Development Corporation
Limited (NTADCL)
Chapter 1
Introduction
Sanitation details Proposed sewage treatment plant (STP) capacity of

275 KLD based on Modified Extended Aeration
Activated Sludge Process
Two (2) Dyeing units will be providing their own ETP
of capacity 1750 KLD for effluent
Solid-waste Municipal solid waste will be segregated into
Management biodegradable and non-biodegradable
Biodegradable will be treated by composting. Non-
biodegradable waste will sent to authorized recycling
centre
STP Sludge will be dried and re-used for greenbelt
Non-hazardous process waste from sizing and loom
operations are re-used again in process
Hazardous process waste like ETP Sludge, Salt will be
collected and transported to secured disposal facility
by individual units
Power requirement 48 MW
Source: Captive Power Plant (Coal based TPP)
(Obtained Environmental Clearance vide SEIAA Letter-
SEIAA-TN/ F.No.679/2012/1d/EC/2014 dated 23.12.2014)
Emergency Back-up TANGEDCO
25 KW and
DG Sets
3 Nos. x 185 KVA
Total fuel Requirement: Diesel 37 L/hr/DG
Mode of storage: Each DG Set will be provided with in-
built diesel storage of 200 Litres
Air pollution/noise DG Sets will be provided with
generation sources
Stack height of 3m above the building height.
Suitable acoustic enclosure to minimize noise.
Total investment of Rs. 70.93/- Crores
the project/activity.
Funds allocated for Capital cost: Rs. 84.0 Lakhs
EMP Recurring cost: Rs. 37.0 Lakhs/annum
Name of the M/s. Vimta Labs Limited

environment
Branch office: Regd. office:
consultant involved
No. 49, West Venkatasamy Road 142, IDA, Phase-II,
R. S. Puram, Cherlapally,
Coimbatore 641 002 Hyderabad 500 051
QCI/NABET Accredited EIA Consultancy Organization,
NABL Accredited, ISO 17025 Certified and MoEF
Recognized Laboratory

Chapter 1
Introduction
1.3.2 Location of the Project

The proposed project site falls in Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam village,
Tiruppur district about 15.2 km, NE from Tiruppur city. The proposed Textile
Special Economic Zone (SEZ) is intended to develop over 97.54 ha at Tiruppur
City in State of Tamil Nadu and lies in Latitude 111236.57 111221.85
North and Longitude 772709.26 772646.48 East. The entire area falls in
Survey of India topo sheet no. 58 E/7, E/8, E/11 & E/12.
The proposed project site is 0.7-km away from the National Highway connecting
Salem with Kochi. The nearest Railway Station is Uthukuli, which is at a distance
of about 5.1 km in South direction. The nearest airport is at Coimbatore which is
located at a distance of 48 km in SW direction. The project site falls in Survey No.
126, 129, 132, 135 144, 151- 161, 165. 166, 167, 171, 178, 209, 216-218,
229, 232, 235, 237 Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam Village, Avinashi Taluk,
Tiruppur District, Tamil Nadu State.
The environmental setting of the project is given in Table-1.2. The index map of
the project site is shown in Figure-1.1 and study area map of 10 km radius is
shown in Figure-1.2. Aerial view of the project site is given in Figure-1.3

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone in a plot area of 97.54 ha
with a build-up area of 2,20,000 sq.m at Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam village, Avinashi Taluk, Tiruppur District, Tamil Nadu
Chapter 1
Introduction
Project Site
FIGURE-1.1
INDEX MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/Coimbatore 6
Chapter 1
Introduction
The project site is located at Vadamugam

N Kangeyampalayam Village, Uthukuli (Avinashi) taluk,
Tiruppur Dt.
Total SEZ land area is classified as unclassified land by
DTCP.
Site elevation is 299 AMSL.
NH47 is adjacent to the site in North direction
Nearest habitations is Samiarpalayam at 2.2 Km, North
Nearest Airport Coimbatore, 48 km, SW
Forest Areas are Kongampalayam R.F at 6.0 km, NNE
and Vayappadi R.F at 6.5 km, ESE.
Nearest waterbody is Noyyel river at 9.2 km, South and
Sarkar Periyapalayam Eri at 9.7 km, South
Bird routes has been observed around the area of
Sarkar Periyapalayam Eri which is located at distance of
9.7 km from the project site.
Nearby industry is Sakthi autocomponents at 7.2 km,
NE.
There is no historical monuments
There is no historical or Archaeological places
No Ecologically Sensitive Zones
No resettlement or rehabilitation issues
No National or State boundaries
The project area comes under Zone-II as per IS: 1893
(Part 1) 2002
FIGURE-1.2
10-KM STUDY AREA MAP GOOGLE MAP
Chapter 1
Introduction
FIGURE-1.3
AERIAL VIEW OF THE PROPOSED SITE
Chapter 1
Introduction
TABLE-1.2
ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT
Sr.
Particulars Details
No.
1 Site co-ordinates
Latitude Longitude
A 11o 12 36.57 N 77o 26 23.65 E
B 11o 12 53.39 N 79o 27 09.06 E
C 11o 12 21.85 N 79o 27 13.39 E
D 11o 12 06.73 N 79o 26 49.48 E
2 Site Elevation 299 m AMSL
3 Climatic Conditions Annual Max. Temp: 380C
(IMD, Chennai) Annual Min. Temp: 180C
Annual Total Rainfall: 574.3 -mm
4 Land use classification Unclassified as per DTCP
5 Nearest Highway NH-47 (0.7 km, North)
6 Nearest Railway station Uthukuli R.S (5.2 km, South)
7 Nearest airport Coimbatore Airport (48.0 km, ESE)
8 Nearest seaport Kochi Port (189 km, SW)
9 Socio economic factors No resettlement and rehabilitation issues
10 Forest areas Kongampalayam R.F (6.0 km, NNE)
Vayappadi R.F (6.5 km, ESE)
11 Ecologically sensitive Nil within 10 km radius
zones such as Biospheres,
Sanctuaries, National
parks
12 Inland rivers/ water Noyyel River (9.2 km, South)
bodies
13 Defense installations/ Nil within 10 km radius
Historical monuments
14 Historical/ Archaeological Nil within 10 km radius
places
15 Nearest habitation Samaiarpalayam (2.2 km, North)
16 Seismicity Zone Zone III as per IS:1893 (Part -1) 2002
17 Nearby Hospitals Apollo hospitals, Chengapalli
Vijayamangalam Govt. hospital
Kunnathur Govt Hospital
18 Nearby Industries Sakthi autocomponents (7.2 km, NE)

Chapter 1
Introduction
1.4 Scope of the Study
The area falling within 10 km radius from the project site is defined as the study
area. The scope of this study broadly includes:
To conduct literature review and to collect data relevant to the study area;
Establishing the baseline environmental aspects in and around the proposed
site;
Identifying various pollution loads due to various activities;
Predicting incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the
proposed project;
Evaluating the predicted impacts on various environmental attributes in the
study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted
Environmental Impact Assessment methodologies;
To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP), outlining the measures
for improving the environmental quality in view of future for an
environmentally sustainable development; and
Identifying critical environmental attributes that are required to be monitored
in the post-project scenario.
The monitored environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring are

presented in Table-1.3.

Chapter 1
Introduction
TABLE-1.3
ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING
Sr.
Attributes Parameters Frequency
No.
1. Ambient air PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOX, 24 hourly samples twice a
quality CO, Pb, As, Ni, C6H6, BaP, week at 8 locations
O3, NH3
2. Meteorology Wind speed, Direction, One hourly recording of wind
temperature, Relative speed, wind direction, cloud
humidity, Rainfall, cloud cover, temperature at
cover and atmospheric 1 location
pressure
3. Water quality Physical, Chemical and Grab samples were collected
Bacteriological parameters. from eight locations once
As per IS-10500/IS-2296 during the study period
and EPA Act as applicable
4. Ecology Existing terrestrial and Through field studies once
aquatic flora and fauna in during the study period and
the study area based on the review of
secondary data
5. Noise levels Noise levels in dB (A) Once during study period at
ten locations
6. Soil Parameters related to At six locations once during
Characteristics agricultural and the study period
afforestation potential
7. Land use Establishing land use Based on the land use data
pattern published in District Census
Handbook, 2011 and Satellite
imagery
8. Socio-Economic Socio-economic and work Based on published statistics
aspects force characteristics and of 2011 Census
other demographic aspects
9. Geology Geological history Geological data based on
data collected from secondary
sources
10. Hydrogeology Drainage area and pattern, Based on data collected from
nature of streams, aquifer secondary sources
characteristics, recharge
and discharge areas

Chapter - 2
Project Description
Chapter 2
Project Description
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This chapter highlights the factors supporting the selected site, features of the
proposed Textile SEZ site with layout, process details, utilities and services,
infrastructural facilities and sources of waste generation details and proposed safe
disposal of the waste.
2.1 Need of the Project
The proposed project is a Sector Specific (Textile) SEZ of IG3 Infra Limited. The
Textile SEZ is proposed to be developed in 97.54 ha area in keeping with the
need for developing an integrated textile facilities for individual industrial units
covering Tiruppur, Erode & Coimbatore. The location and environmental setting of
the proposed project site is already presented in Chapter-1 of this report.
2.2 Project Location
The proposed project will be developed in the outskirts of Tiruppur city. The
project site location and surrounding features are shown in Figure-2.1.
2.3 Magnitude of the Project
The proposed Sector Specific (Textile) SEZ will be developed in 97.54-acres

(241.01 ha) land with 2,20,000 Sq.m built-up area. The proposed project consists
of Industrial sheds, Open parking area, Road, Greenbelt area, OSR Area, ETP,
STP, Solid waste storage area, RWH area and etc. The details of land use of the
project are given in the Table-2.1 and the lessee details are provided in Table-
2.2
TABLE-2.1
DETAILS OF PROPOSED LAND USE
Area
Sr. No. Particulars
ha acres (%)
3 Road 5.0 12.4 5.1
5 OSR area 9.8 24.2 10.1
7 Warehouses 10.0 24.7 10.3
8 Open area 5.0 12.4 5.1
Total 97.5 241 100
VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad/Coimbatore 13

Chapter 2
Project Description
TABLE-2.2
DETAILS OF THE LESSEE AND THEIR ALLOCATION AREA
Sr. No Name of the company Activity Area in sq.m
1 R. R. Denim Pvt. Ltd Process 11948.0

2 Rio Textiles Process 11948.0
3 Sparrow Textiles Looms 5167.3
4 Zeto Textiles Looms 3649.6
5 Airo textiles Looms 6101.3
6 Lotus branding Pvt. Ltd Looms 11948.0
7 Leeio Textiles Looms 6101.3
8 R. R. Denim Pvt. Ltd Looms 9950.5
9 Gio Textiles Looms 9950.0
10 Savute Fashions (P) Ltd Looms 9950.0
11 Yet to be leased Warping 9950.0
15 Yet to be leased Sizing 9950
18 Yet to be leased Secondary warping 6101
19 Yet to be leased Secondary warping 6101
20 Lotus branding Pvt. Ltd Garments 6101.0
21 Anbalaya A Fabric Garments 6101.0
22 SAT linen Pvt. Ltd Garments 8941.5
23 Yet to be leased Garments 5162.5
25 R. R. Denim Pvt. Ltd Garments 8560.8
2.4 Process Description
The Sector Specific (Textile) SEZ will be developed with 26 industrial sheds for
various textile activities such as weaving, warping, sizing, dyeing and
garmenting. The flow chart of textile processing from Yarn cotton to end product
is given in Figure-2.2.
2.4.1 General
A fibre undergoes various transformations, before it is converted into a fabric.

The transformations are carried out under dry process that includes weaving,
warping, sizing and looms etc.,

Chapter 2
Project Description
2.4.2 Manufacturing Process
In a cotton textile mill, the carded, combed and spun raw cotton is warped and
sized (slashed) into a mono colour and multi-colour fabrics. All these processes
are dry processes except sizing. The process flow diagram is provided in Figure-
2.1.
2.4.2.1 Yarn
Yarn is a long continuous length of interlocked fibres, suitable for use in the
production of textiles, sewing, crocheting, knitting, weaving, embroidery and rope
making. Dyed yarn / Grey yarn received in the form of Cone or Cheese package
received from outside Mills with below specified quantity.
Yarn quality specification (Raw materials)
Particulars Single Yarn Double Yarn

Count CV% 3.0 2.5
Strength CV% 4.0 5.0
CSP 2100 2600
U% 9 9
Thin 1 1
Thick 25 28
Neps 25 28
Total ims/km 51 57
2.4.2.2 Warping
It is a commonly known fact that fabrics are constructed through two major
techniques weaving and knitting apart from other minor techniques. In these
processes, two distinct sets of yarns called the warp and the weft are interlaced
with each other to form a fabric.
The fabric is separated in two steps of warping, direct warping is mono colour or
Grey fabrics and Sectional warping is Multi colour pattern.
2.4.2.2.1Sectional Warping
In put material received from stores, this machine application only for multicolor
pattern. Machine having Creel, leasing/ denting head, warping head, waxing head
and weavers beam head with downing / doffing arrangement. Input dyed yarn
packages mounting in creel against fabric pattern, Leasing / denting devices will
helps to separating the yarn, Waxing device will helps to coating lubrication,
Section Head will helps to groping the yarn against pattern, Finally beaming Head
produce required warp sheet and wound on weavers beam for weaving, 4 Nos of
Direct warping machine launching for feeding 420 Looms

Chapter 2
Project Description
2.4.2.2.2Direct Warping
In put material received from stores, this application only for Mono color or Grey
fabrics. Machine having Creel, leasing/denting head, warping head with
downing/doffing arrangement. Input grey yarn packages mounting in creel
against fabric width, Leasing / denting devices will helps to separating the yarn,
Beam Head will helps to groping the yarn against width of fabric, beaming Head
produce required warp sheet and wound on wrappers beam for sizing, 2 Nos of
Direct warping machine launching for feeding 420 Looms
2.4.2.3 Sizing
Sizing of the warp yarn is essential to reduce breakage of the yarn and thus
production stops on the weaving machine. The yarn is seized with starch and Poly
Vinyl Alcohol (PVA) or Carboxy Methyl Cellulose (CMC) to give necessary tensile
strength and smoothness required for weaving.
2.4.2.4 Looms
A loom is a device used to weave cloth. The basic purposes of any loom are to
hold the warp threads under tension to facilitate the interweaving of the weft
threads. Warp yarn & weft yarn interlacement process done in Dobby/Jacquard
looms
2.4.2.5 Inspections
The cloth Roll is received from looms and the grade is inspected and the
inspected cloth bundles are sending to processing unit.
2.4.2.6 Garments
Processed cloth bundles received from processing unit and confection process
done in Garment section.
2.4.2.7 Final Inspection and dispatch
Finally the quality and quantity is inspected and the finished goods are packed
and dispatched

Chapter 2
Project Description
Yarn
Dyed Yarn & Grey

Yarn
Sec.Warpin Dir.
g Warping
Sizing
Looms
Inspections
Processing send to
outside
Garments
Final Inspection
Finished Goods Dispatch
FIGURE-2.1
PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
Chapter 2
Project Description
2.5 Project Details & Requirement
2.5.1 Design Concept
The total plot area of the project is 97.54 ha (256 acres), which will be developed
in single phase. The facility will be designed to suit to the climate in Tiruppur and
fit well into the surroundings. The criterion for design was to create a sustainable
process with value engineering and to achieve this without extravagant
expenditure. The design concept considered for the proposed project is described
below:
Transition from inside and outside;

Integration of building interior and surrounding landscaping;
Maximum retention of natural elements in the site;
The design will consider the climatic conditions of Tirupur;
Architectural/Landscape elements will be chosen appropriate to the local
context;
Surface parking;
Disaggregated cluster of structures;
Open space office interiors;
Careful attention to Architectural/Engineering detailing at both macro and
micro levels;
Power generators, transformers and all external utilities organized along a
segregated service area to enable and control the movement of heavy
vehicular traffic in the site; and
Attention shall be paid to the design of energy efficient service systems, with
adequate provision of redundancies to cater to times of systems failure,
wherever deemed essential.
2.5.2 Master Plan
The Master Plan is developed in concern with the climatic factors and site
conditions. The project site is mostly dry and flat. The site indicating levels and
contours is shown in Figure-2.2 and the site layout map is shown in Figure-2.3.
Providing good landscape view using the site contour is an important factor that is
considered for the master planning.
Main building
The proposed project will be having built-up area of 2,20,000 Sq.m is designed
for Textile SEZ.
Security Block
The security block is located at the entrance of the campus, which is the only
entry into the campus. This will be control point for employee and visitor
movement into the campus.

Chapter 2
Project Description
FIGURE-2.2
CONTOUR PLAN OF THE PROJECT SITE

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone in a plot area of 97.54
ha with a build-up area of 2,20,000 sq.m at Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam village, Avinashi Taluk, Tiruppur District, Tamil
Nadu
Chapter 2
Project Description
FIGURE-2.3
SITE LAYOUT MAP

Chapter 2
Project Description
Common Infrastructure
An area of 27.8 ha is earmarked for common facilities, solar power plant,

development of greenbelt, parks and land scraping etc.
Area leveling and land reclamation is very important activity. Even though the
proposed area is broadly even leveling and reclamation is done already. The
roads will be constructed to International standards. The internal roads within
the SEZ would have different width ranging from 30m and 20m.
Power requirement for the Textile SEZ is envisaged at 48 MW. This power will be
drawn from Captive power plant of 1 x 48 MW.
The area would need proper effluent treatment & sewerage facilities to treat
effluent and sewage. Wastewater lines will be laid along the roads to the STP.
Entire effluent & sewerage pipe lines would be under ground. An appropriate ETP
& STP technology and the treated water shall be reused within the premise.
Rain water harvesting and catchments pits for horticulture development,

plantation of trees, greenery, fountains etc. are proposed to maintain the
ecological balance.
Building Codes
The Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 35 of
1972) is being followed for this project. Apart from this, the campus will be
designed as a disabled friendly. The National Building Code shall be followed for
fire exits norms.
2.5.3 Seismic Zone
Revised Earthquake code IS: 1893: 2002
According to the IS Code 1893, the Indian Sub-Continent has been divided into
five seismic zone. Zone I and II are zones of Low Seismic Risk. IS 1983
which has been revised recently had bought change in the seismic zone map.
Zone I has been merged with Zone II. Tiruppur falls in Zone II.
2.5.4 Power Requirement & Source
The estimated power demand for park usage and industrial plots usage are 0.25
MW & 42.5 MW respectively. The power will be sourced from Thermal Power
plant. Incase of non-operation of power plant, power will be sourced from
TANGEDCO. The distribution system design option is based on safety of
personnel, protection of equipment, cost reliability and flexibility in operation.
Proposed scheme will be designed to be implemented in a single where the entire
power distribution infrastructure & equipment is planned and procured as
required.

Chapter 2
Project Description
2.5.4.1 Back-up Power Supply
The power supply will also be met from DG Sets during the power failure for
common amenities. The capacity of the proposed DG sets is 3 x 125 KVA which
will fulfill common requirement during the period of power failure.
The DG sets will be having inbuilt storage of fuel (HSD) and fuel requirement will
be sourced from nearby petrol bunks. DG sets will be housed inside acoustic
enclosures to bring down noise level below permissible limits. Also DG sets are
provided with noise silencers (10- 25 db(A)) and stack of adequate height.
2.6 Building Materials
The Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone (SEZ) will be developed while
adopting the best available technology and usage of raw materials with
appropriate specifications. The required building materials of the proposed project
are presented in Table-2.3.
TABLE-2.3
BUILDING MATERIAL REQUIREMENT
Mode of
Sr. No Raw Material Unit Quantity Source
Transportation
1 Cement T 162932 Local Suppliers Trucks
2 Sand Cum 66751 Local Suppliers Trucks
3 Jelly T 123714 Local Suppliers Trucks
4 Steel T 728 Local Suppliers Trucks
5 Bricks Nos 4725025 Local Suppliers Trucks
2.7 Raw Material Requirement
The raw materials required for the textile unit are yarn and chemicals. It is
expected that, the proposed textile units would be manufacturing cotton (cotton
weaving) and manmade (rayon or polyester).
TABLE-2.4
RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT & SOURCE
Quantity in Mode of
Activity Raw Material Source
Kg/d transport
Spinning Raw cotton, Wool, 11,740 Coimbatore, Erode, By closed
manmade fibre Guntur, Tiruchengode, trucks
Mumbai
Weaving Cotton yarn, 7,298 Coimbatore, Erode,
manmade yarn, Rajapalayam, Salem,
silk yarn, wool yarn Mumbai
Garmenting Fabrics (grey and 10,621 Coimbatore, Erode,
dyed) Salem
Dyeing Acid dyes, basic 8,000 Coimbatore, Erode,
dyes Bangalore, Mumbai

Chapter 2
Project Description
2.8 Water Requirement
2.8.1 Construction Phase
The Project will be developed in phased manner. The peak water demand during
the construction phase will be about 20-m3 /day. The water requirement for the
construction phase will be met from the private water supply agencies.
2.8.2 Operation Phase
The total water requirement for the operation phase of the project has been
estimated as 1,407 KLD which is a one-time requirement and daily make up of
fresh water is 127 KLD. The water requirement will be met from the
The New Tiruppur Area Development Corporation Limited (NTADCL).
About 100% of the process wastewater will be treated and utilized for the
process. The details of water requirement are given in Table-2.5. The water
balance is given in Figure 2.5.
TABLE-2.5
WATER REQUIREMENT
Sr. No Category Quantity in KLD
1 Domestic consumption 97
2 Process
a Dyeing 1,280
b Looming 0.1
c Warping 0.04
d Sizing 30.151
e Secondary warping 0.033
f Garmenting 0.106
Total 1,407
The total water demand for one time : 1,407 KLD

Daily make-up of freshwater : 127 KLD
Treated water from CETP and STP : 1,342 KLD [1,250 KLD + 92 KLD]

Nadu
Chapter 2
Project Description
FIGURE-2.4
WATER BALANCE

Chapter 2
Project Description
2.9 Manpower requirement
The facility will provide employment to considerable number of personnel directly

and to many others indirectly. The manpower employed for the proposed textile
SEZ during operation will be about 2,200 persons. The details of manpower
break-up are given in Table-2.6.
TABLE-2.6
MANPOWER BREAK-UP
Sr. No Particulars Number of Persons

1 Dyeing units 450
2 Warping units 96
3 Secondary warping units 48
4 Sizing units 96
5 Looming units 860
6 Garmenting units 650
Total 2,200
2.10 Wastewater Generation and Treatment
The wastewater generation of the proposed project is about 1,380 KLD which
includes sewage and the effluent. The generated wastewater from process and
domestic will be treated in proposed ETP (1750 KLD) and in STP (275 KLD)
respectively. The wastewater generation is provided in Table-2.7.
TABLE-2.7
WASTEWATER GENERATION (SEWAGE AND EFFLUENT)
1 Sewage 92
2 Process
a Dyeing 1258.2
d Sizing 30.09
Total 1380.3
The treated wastewater of 1250-KLD from ETP will be utilized again for process
and cleaning purposes. Treated water from STP of about 92 KLD will be used for
sizing, warping & nourishing greenbelt maintenance.
Effluent Treatment Plant
The Effluent Treatment Plant was designed for treating the effluent from all
dyeing units to the levels of Zero Discharge Units. The proposed ETP scheme is
provided in Figure-2.5.

Chapter 2
Project Description
TABLE-2.8
CHARACTERISTICS OF EFFLUENT
TNPCB
Sr. No Parameters Raw effluent
Standards
1 pH 12 16 5.5 9.0
2 Total suspended solids 850 1250 mg/L 30 mg/L
3 Total dissolved solids 8000 12000 mg/L 2100 mg/L
4 Biochemical oxygen demand 250 350 mg/L 30 mg/L
5 Chemical oxygen demand 600 800 mg/L 250 mg/L
6 Chlorides 300 600 mg/L 1000 mg/L
7 Sulphates 550 850 mg/L 1000 mg/L
8 Oil and grease 0 5 mg/L 10 mg/L
TABLE-2.9
COMPONENTS OF ETP
Sr. No Name of the unit Quantity MOC Size in m
1 Bar screen 1 No. RCC 7.0 x 5.0 x 3.0
2 Grid chamber 1 No. RCC 7.0 x 5.0 x 3.0
3 Equalization sump 2 Nos. RCC 30.0 x 10.0 x 3.0
4 Neutralization sump 1 No. RCC 20.0 x 10.0 x 2.5
5 Chemical tanks 2 No. RCC 5.0 x 4.0 x 3.0
6 Primary clarifier 3 No. RCC 15.0 x 12.0 x 3.0 (5.0)
7 SBR treatment tank 1 No. RCC 25.0 x 20.0 x 2.5 (4.0)
8 Secondary clarifier 1 No. RCC 10.0 x 10.0 x 3.0 (5.0)
9 Filter feed pump 1 No. RCC 25.0 x 20.0 x 2.0
10 Treated water sump 1 No. RCC 25.0 x 20.0 x 2.0
11 Sludge digester 4 No. RCC 15.0 x 10.0 x 3.0

Chapter 2
Project Description
FIGURE-2.5
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

Chapter 2
Project Description
TABLE-2.10
CHARACTERISTICS OF TREATED EFFLUENT (SAND & CARBON FILTERS)
Sr. No Parameters Treated effluent TNPCB Standards
1 pH 78 5.5 9.0
2 Total suspended solids < 10 mg/L 100
3 BOD < 10 mg/L 30
4 COD < 80 mg/L 250
5 Oil and grease < 1 mg/L 10
Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)
The Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) having capacity of 275 KLD is proposed to
treat the wastewater generated from the proposed project. The schematic
diagram of STP is given in Figure-2.6. The proposed STP is based on Sequential
Batch Reactor. Characteristics of the raw and treated sewage, components of STP
are provided in Table-2.11 and Table-2.12.
TABLE-2.11
CHARACTERISTICS OF RAW & TREATED SEWAGE
Raw Treated
Sr. No. Parameters
Sewage Sewage
1 pH 6.5 7.5 6.5 7.5
2 Total Suspended Solids (mg/l) 150 350 <30
3 Bio-Chemical Oxygen Demand 350 450 <20
(mg/l)
4 Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l) 650 - 800 <200
TABLE-2.12
COMPONENTS OF STP
No of
Sr. No Name of the treatment Dimensions in m
units
Details of proposed STP 275 KLD capacity
1 Collection tank 1 7.5 m x 7.5 m x 3.6 m
2 Upflow Anaerobic Sludge 1 7.5 m x 7.5 m x 6.6 m
Blanket Reactor (UASBR 4)
3 Sequential Batch Reactor - 1 10 m x 7.5 m x 4.6 m
Aeration Zone (SBR AZ 5)
4 Sequential batch reactor 1 4.5 m x 7.5 m x 3.3 m
settling zone
5 Sludge Tank 1 4.5 m x 7.5 m x 2 m
6 Filter Feed Sump 1 4.5 m x 7.5 m x 3.3 m
(FFS-5)

Chapter 2
Project Description
FIGURE-2.6
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT

Chapter 2
Project Description
2.11 Air Pollution
Gaseous emissions
In the proposed project, the major sources of air pollution is the emissions from
DG sets. The DG sets are provided with acoustic enclosure & stack of adequate
height for wide dispersion of pollutants. The anticipated emission characteristics
of DG sets are provided in Table-2.13.
TABLE-2.13
ANTICIPATED AIR EMISSIONS
Proposed Textile SEZ

Parameters Units
Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3
Stack attached to DG Set DG Set DG Set
Made of M.S M.S M.S
Capacity 185 KVA 185 KVA 185 KVA
Stack Height m 8.0 8.0 8.0
Stack diameter at m 0.15 0.15 0.15
exit
Cross sectional area m2 0.02 0.02 0.02
Flue gas o
C 139 139 139
Temperature
Exit Gas velocity m/s 13.4 14.2 13.8
Volumetric flow rate Nm3/hr 828 864 828
Particulate matter g/s 0.012 0.012 0.012
Sulphur dioxides g/s 0.095 0.095 0.095
Nitrogen oxides g/s 0.012 0.012 0.012
2.12 Rainwater Harvesting System

Rainwater harvesting (RWH) system comprises components of various stages -
transporting rainwater through pipes or drains, filtration, and storage in tanks for
reuse or recharge. The catchment of a water harvesting system is the surface
which directly receives the rainfall and provides water to the rainwater harvesting
system. Appropriate gutters shall be provided to route rainwater collected by
paved areas like terrace or courtyard of a building to collection tanks. The
rainwater run-off from all the un-paved areas shall be routed to rainwater
harvesting pits, provided at strategic locations within the project area.
The first flush shall be checked from entering collection system, using diversion
valves to ensure that runoff from the first spell of rain is flushed out and does not
enter the system. This needs to be done since the first spell of rain carries a
relatively larger amount of pollutants from the air and catchment surface.

Chapter 2
Project Description
Rainwater from paved and roof areas will be collected through rainwater
collection mechanism and stored in UG tanks and utilized within the project
area.
The rainwater from landscaped and greenbelt area within project premises will
be harvested to ground through rainwater recharge pits.
The rainwater from paved areas within project premises will be harvested to
ground through rainwater harvesting pond.
Run off from the proposed project site is calculated using rational formula:
Q=CxIxA
Where,
Q= Run-off (m3/hr)
A= Catchment Area
C= Coefficient of Run-off
I= Intensity of rainfall = 100 mm/hr (assumed) = 0.10 m/hr
TABLE-2.14
RAINWATER HARVESTING
Harvestable
water
Sr. Area Impermeability (Intensity x
Category
No (Sq.m) factor Area x Imp.
Factor)
KL/hr
1 Roof areas
a) Industrial plots 217000 0.7 15190
b) Solar power plant 53000 0.7 3710
c) Warehouses 100000 0.7 7000
d) ETP, STP, SW Storage 15000 0.7 1050
areas
2 Greenbelt area & Vacant 5,30,000 0.3 15,900
area
3 Road/ Surface parking area 60,000 0.9 5,400
Total 9,75,000 48250
Considering the constant co-efficient factor of 0.80 (for all situations) for
evaporation, spillage and first flush wastage (Source: CPWD)
Thus,
The management measures has been proposed and provided on the next page

Chapter 2
Project Description
TABLE-2.15
PROPOSED MANAGEMENT MEASURES
Harvestable
Harvestable quantity
water after
Sr. Area (Intensity x considering
Category Management
No (Sq.m) Area x Imp. spillage,
Factor) evaporation
KL/hr & first flush
KL/hr
1 Roof areas
a) Industrial 2,17,000 15,190 12,192
plots Stored in UG
b) Solar power 53,000 3,710 2,968 tanks of
plant 42 Nos x
c) Warehouses 1,00,000 7,000 5,600 600 KL
d) ETP, STP, SW 15,000 1,050 840
Storage areas
2 Greenbelt & 5,30,000 15,900 12,720 Routed to 708
open area rainwater
harvesting
pits
3 Road/ Surface 60,000 5,400 4,320 Routed to
parking area rainwater
harvesting
pond with the
capacity of
7.5 MLD
Total 9,75,000 48250
TABLE-2.16
MANAGEMENT FOR COVERED STRUCTURES (ROOF TOPS)
Sr. UG Tank nos.
Description Quantity KL/hr
No (600 KL)
1 Industrial plots 12152 26
2 Solar power plant 2968 5
3 Warehouses 5600 9
4 ETP, STP, SW Storage areas 840 2
The run-off from the covered areas shall be separately piped to an underground
collection tanks of capacity 600 KL at various locations, after duly filtering the
same. This water is proposed to use as domestic water after necessary treatment.

Chapter 2
Project Description
Greenbelt & Vacant area
The calculated peak run-off from greenbelt and open areas is 67.42 m3/hr. This
run-off is proposed to be channelised through storm water drains to individual
recharge pits and the rainwater will be re-charged into underground aquifers.
Percolation rate of 0.50 is considered with percolation depth as 10 to 12-m.

Size of Percolation Pit is 1.5-m Diameter & 5.0-m Depth
Storage Volume in each pit 8.8-m
3
3
Quantity of Runoff 12720 -m /hr
Total No of Storage Pits required - (12720/8.8) * (1 - 0.40) = 722.7
~730 nos.
About 723 no of recharge pits will be provided all along the periphery for
harvesting rainwater run-off.
Parking and paved areas
The runoff from parking and paved area of quantity 4320 KL/hr will be collected
and routed to rainwater harvesting pond. The pond has the holding capacity of
7.5 MLD. The pond have the capacity to hold water from the proposed textile SEZ
and from thermal power plant
TABLE-2.17
STORM RUNOFF MANAGEMENT FOR PAVED AREAS
Sr. No Description Quantity KL/hr
1 From Thermal power plant to Pond 2072
2 From Textile SEZ to pond 4320
Total 6392
Hence the rainwater harvesting pond of 7.5 MLD is sufficient to store runoff
6.4 MLD from the infrastructures.
2.13 Solid Waste Management
The various types of solid waste will be generated from the various units
Hazardous Process Waste
Hazardous waste will be generated from CETP, MEE. The generated hazardous
wastes will be given to Secured disposal centre.
Non - Hazardous Process Waste

The sources of non - hazardous solid waste in the proposed textile park includes
wastage from loom / sizing operations, End bits. They will be reused again in the
units.

Chapter 2
Project Description
Municipal Solid Waste
Municipal solid waste generated from the proposed project will be segregated into
biodegradable, non-biodegradable and appropriate actions will be taken.
Biodegradable wastes will be composted using Organic waste converter
The details of Solid waste generated are given in Table-2.18.
TABLE-2.18
SOLID WASTE GENERATION
Quantity Waste management

Sr. No Solid waste
(TPD) measures
1 CETP Sludge 1.6 Will collected and given to
2 Waste salt from MEE 0.4 TMWML, Gummidipoondi
Non-hazardous Process Waste
1 Cloth wastes 0.57 Re-used again in process
2 End bits 0.23
Municipal Solid waste
1 Biodegradables (60%) 0.26 Composting
2 Non-biodegradables (40%) 0.18 Will be given to authorized
centres/ recyclers
3 STP Sludge 0.9 Dried and re-used as manure for
greenbelt
Biodegradable wastes of 0.26 TPD will be collected, segregated and will be

composted. Non-biodegradable wastes will be provided to authorized recyclers.
2.14 Greenbelt Development
The proposed structure is a Textile Park Special Economical Zone (SEZ) area used
for utilities, internal roads, walk ways, common open space, water bodies,
landscaped garden area etc.
Adequate land will be available for open spaces and other non-building purposes.
About 33.2 ha (34.1 %) area will be reserved for green belt & green cover in the
proposed facility. Suitable plant species of local varieties will be planted with
adequate spacing and density for their fast growth and survival. The
greenbelt/landscaping plan is shown in Figure-2.7.

Chapter 2
Project Description
FIGURE-2.7
GREENBELT/LANDSCAPING LAYOUT

Chapter 3
Baseline Environmental Status
Chapter 3
Description of Environment
3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction
This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the
study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The study
area covers the area falling within 10 km radius from the center of the proposed
project site.
The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline

environmental conditions, which are described with respect to climate, hydro-
geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, vegetation
pattern, ecology and socio-economic profiles of people and land use. The
objective of this section is to define the present environmental status, which
would help in assessing the environmental impacts due to the proposed project.
This report incorporates the baseline data generated through primary surveys for
three months from 1st June 2016 to 31st August 2016.
3.1.1 Methodology
Appropriate methodologies have been followed in developing the EIA/EMP report.

The methodology adopted for the study is outlined below:
Conducting reconnaissance surveys for knowing the study area; and

Selecting sampling locations for conducting various environment baseline
studies.
The sampling locations have been selected on the basis of the following:
Predominant wind directions recorded by the India Meteorological Department

(IMD) Coimbatore observatory;
Existing topography;
Drainage pattern and location of existing surface water bodies like
lakes/ponds, rivers and streams;
Location of villages/towns/sensitive areas; and
Areas, which represent baseline conditions.
The field observations have been used to:
Assess the positive and negative impacts due to the proposed project; and
Suggest appropriate mitigation measures for negating the adverse
environmental impacts, if any; and
Suggesting post-project monitoring requirements and suitable mechanism for it.

Chapter 3
3.2 Geology and Hydrogeology
3.2.1 General Geology
Perundurai area is mainly associated with metamorphic rocks and is considered to

belong to the middle Dharwars of southern peninsular shield, with the following
succession of rocks:
Basic Dykes, Chiefly dolerites
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Felsites and porphyry dykes
Charnockites
Norite dykes
Hornblendic dykes
Peninsular gneiss
-------------------------------Unconformity---------------------------------------------
Upper Dharwars - Cherty, Ferruginous silts, Clays, Calcareous silts.
Middle Dharwars---Basic and ultrabasic intrusives with iron stone, Limestones etc.
Lower Dharwars - Rhyolites, Basic Volcanics, Dykes and Flows.
Although the sediments of the Middle Dharwars were altered due to regional
metamorphism the limestone remained as remnants undergoing recrystallisation
and thus are interbedded with Calc-granulites and garnetiferous gneiss and have
been subjected to structural disturbances.
The area has huge deposits of Limestone. The crystalline limestone deposits of
Tamilnadu occurring in and around Tirunelveli, Ramanathaparam, Madurai,
Coimbatore, Salem and North Arcot District are associated with Calc-granulate,
Calc Silicate and Calciphyre. It shows a concordant association with Calc silicate
in Sankaridurg area and Quartzities in southern Tamilnadu. Country rock is
garnetiferous sillimanite schist in most of the places, at places the limestone also
occurs in association with Charnockite and Calc gneiss.
3.2.2 Hydrology, Water Resources and Water Quality
Surface Water
Noyyal River is at a distance of about 8.5 Km South direction from the proposed
site and Cauvery River is at a distance of more than 25 Km away from the

Chapter 3
proposed site. Most of the nallahs in the study area except during monsoon they
remain completely dry.
Groundwater
The study area experiences shortage for water resources. Even the annual rainfall
is very less and is vagrant. Water catchment tanks in the area are only seasonal
and they remain dry during most of the seasons. As perennial water resources
are remote, the agricultural activities in this area are mainly dependent upon the
rainfall, where the average is only about 574.3 mm per year. Studies show that
almost 90% of the available groundwater resources in the district have already
been tapped for drinking, irrigation and industrial uses and there is immediate
necessity for improving the groundwater recharge conditions for this area.
The groundwater in the area in general occurs under phreatic conditions, in the
weathered mantle rocks under semi-confined conditions and in the fractured
zones. Generally the aquifers in the formations are heterogeneous in nature.
These rocks are devoid of primary porosity, but are rendered porous and
permeable with the development of secondary openings by fracturing and
weathering and their inter connections. The shallow aquifers in the major part of
the district occur within the depth of 30 m, while in the other parts it is more than
30 m. Here the groundwater is developed by means of dug wells and bore wells
and the groundwater occurs in phreatic conditions in shallow aquifers, which
occurs to depth ranging 35 to 60 m. The hydrographics prepared for this area by
the Central Ground Water Board (CGWB), reveals that the rainfall is the principal
source of recharge for groundwater and the water level fluctuations are in
response to recharge for groundwater. Raise in water table takes place mainly
during July - August and October - November, coinciding with southwest
monsoon and northeast monsoon periods. A raise in water table is more
pronounced during southwest monsoon period. But the main rainfall for the
district is northeast monsoon, which forms the main recharge to groundwater.
3.3 Meteorology
The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper
interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to prediction models
for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also
play an important role in identifying general meteorological regime of the region.
On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order

to record the site-specific data. Data was recorded every hour continuously from
1st June 2016 to 31st August 2016. India Meteorological Department has been
monitoring surface observations at Coimbatore Airport. Temperature, relative
humidity, rainfall, wind speed and direction are measured twice a day viz., at
0830 and 1730 hr. The wind speed and direction data of IMD, Coimbatore station
has been obtained for the past available 10 years. The data for the remaining
parameters has been collected for the 10 years and processed. Data on Cloud
cover is compiled from the climatological tables for the IMD station at
Coimbatore.

Chapter 3
3.3.1 Meteorological Data Recorded at Site
The meteorological parameters were recorded at site on hourly basis during the
study period and consists of parameters like wind speed, wind direction and
temperature. The total rainfall was recorded daily once at 0830 hrs. The
maximum and minimum values for temperature, relative humidity, rainfall are
presented in Table-3.1.
TABLE-3.1
SUMMARY OF THE METEOROLOGICAL DATA GENERATED AT SITE
Month Temperature (0C) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall
Max Min Max Min (mm)
June 2016 35 25 94 32 2.03
July 2016 34 24 94 26 --
August 2016 34 23 94 27 --
Wind Speed and Direction
The summary of the wind pattern for the above mentioned period is given in
Table-3.2 and graphical presentation of the same is shown in Figure-3.1.
TABLE-3.2
SUMMARY OF WIND PATTERN IN STUDY AREA
First Second Predominant
Calm
Season Predominant Predominant Wind Speed
(%)
Wind Direction Wind Direction (kmph)
June August 2016 SW (41.6%) SSW (16.6%) 3.6 5.7 8.33
3.3.2 Secondary Data from IMD - Coimbatore
Secondary meteorological data from IMD-Coimbatore has been collected for

temperature, relative humidity, atmospheric pressure, rainfall, wind speed and
wind direction. The data at IMD is usually recorded twice a day viz. at 0830 hr
and 1730 hr.
3.3.2.1 Meteorological Data
The nearby India Meteorological Department station that is generating

meteorological data is 50-km from the project site i.e. IMD, Coimbatore. Hence,
secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from IMD
station at Coimbatore Airport.
India Meteorological Department Coimbatore Airport
India Meteorological Department has been monitoring surface observations at

Coimbatore Airport. Temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, wind speed and
direction are measured twice a day viz., at 0830 and 1730 hr.

WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED TEXTILE SEZ Wind Speed
VADAMUGAM KANGEYAMPALAYAM, TIRUPPUR DT. Direction (blowing from)

Chapter 3
NORTH
NORTH
45%
36% 45%
27% 36%
27%
18%
18%
9%
9%
EAST
WEST EAST
WIND SPEED
WIND SPEED
(m/s)
(m/s)
>= 11.1
SOUTH >= 11.1
SOUTH 8.8 - 11.1
8.8 - 11.1 5.7 - 8.8
5.7 - 8.8 3.6 - 5.7
3.6 - 5.7 2.1 - 3.6

0.5 - 2.1
2.1 - 3.6
Calms: 8.33%
0.5 - 2.1
Calms: 8.33%
FIGURE-3.1
SITE SPECIFIC WINDROSE 1ST JUNE 2016 31ST AUGUST 2016
Start Date: 2016-06-30 - 00:00
VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad/Coimbatore
End Date: 2016-06-30 - 23:00 41
Start Date: 2016-06-30 - 00:00

End Date: 2016-06-30 - 23:00
Chapter 3
The wind speed and direction data of IMD, Coimbatore station has been obtained
for the past available 10 years. The data for the remaining parameters has been
collected for 10 years and processed. Data on Cloud cover is compiled from the
climatological tables for the IMD station at Coimbatore. The monthly data for all
the parameters except wind speed and wind direction is presented in Table-3.3.
TABLE-3.3
CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA STATION: IMD, COIMBATORE
Month Atmospheric Temperature Relative Humidity Rainfall
Pressure (hPa) (0C) (%) (mm)
0830 1730 Max. Min. 0830 1730 Monthly
Hrs Hrs Hrs Hrs Total
January 999.5 995.6 32.2 19.9 76 51 10.4
February 998.6 994.2 35.0 20.7 75 42 5.3
March 997.4 992.7 37.5 22.5 73 38 13.3
April 995.3 990.7 38.9 24.9 71 46 44.3
May 992.6 988.8 39.9 25.9 63 48 55.1
June 992.3 989.0 39.0 25.8 59 48 48.5
July 992.4 989.3 38.0 25.5 60 51 57.6
August 992.9 989.4 37.8 25.1 62 52 85.5
September 994.0 990.1 36.9 24.3 66 55 108.8
October 995.8 992.1 35.5 23.4 76 65 189.9
November 997.3 993.8 32.8 22.4 79 69 153.1
December 998.7 995.2 31.5 21.0 78 64 63.5
Source: Indian Meteorological department, Pune
3.3.2.2 Wind Speed and Direction
Generally, light to moderate winds prevail throughout the year. Winds were light
and moderate particularly during the morning hours. While during the afternoon
hours the winds were stronger. The seasonal and annual wind roses are shown in
Figure-3.2 and Figure-3.3 and presented in Table-3.4.
3.3.2.3 Comments
The India Meteorological Department (IMD) records the data two times a day viz.
0830 hr and 1730 hr, while the site-specific data has been recorded at an hourly
interval. On comparison of site-specific data generated for study period vis--vis
the IMD data, slight variations were found. The following observations are brought
out:

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.4
SUMMARY OF WIND PATTERN: IMD, COIMBATORE
Wind Direction Wind Speed Frequency (%)
S. No.
8.30 hrs 17.30 hrs 8.30 hrs 17.30 hrs
1 Pre-monsoon season
NE E 25.6 26.1
N SE 18.9 22.6
2 Monsoon season
NW W 26.3 42.5
W SE 18.0 8.8
3 Post monsoon season
N NE 30.8 31.4
NE, NNW SE 16.2 each 12.4
4 Winter season
N NE 34.3 49.0
NNE ENE 23.1 20.1
5 Annual
N NE 20.8 21.1
NE W 14.9 15.9
The maximum and minimum temperatures recorded at the site during study
period were 350C and 23oC.
The maximum and minimum Relative Humidity recorded at the during study
period were 94% and 27%.
The data generated at continuous monitoring station at project site when

compared with the data recorded at IMD, it can be observed that the data
generated at the site is broadly compatible with regional meteorology, except
minor variations as described above. However, the data cannot be compared on
one to one basis as the two stations (IMD and site) are away and there is
elevation difference also.

Chapter 3
%
3.7
E2
NN
1.0
5.
N 1.0%
3%
%N
0%
N
2.
W
NW
E
1.0 N
%W .0%
NW E1
EN
1.7% W C-5.7% E 0.3%
ES
E0
SW .3%
%W
2.0
4.0% S
SS
E5
SE
SW
.7%
12
.0
%
%
.3
13
08-30hrs
SW
.0%
S
0%
E6
20.
NN
1 .0
N 2.0%
%N
1.
7%
NW
0%
0.
E .7%
N
N E3
W
EN
6.0% W C-9.5% E 11.0%
ES
E4
W SW .0%
5 .0%
SW
SS
0%
SE
E3
4.
6.
.0%
7.
0%
15.7% S
S SW
7%
17-30hrs
20.
SCALE 4%
SPEED CALM
1 5 11 19 >19 Km/hr
FIGURE - 3.2 (A)

WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF PRE-MONSOON SEASON (IMD-COIMBATORE)

Chapter 3
.5%
0%
N 0%
E0
NN
0.
3%
NN
3%
0.
1.0
%W
E
N
%
E0
N
W
NW
EN
0% W C-5.0% E 0.3%
ES
E0
SW %
%W
4.0
SS
2.8% S
SE
E2
6.
.3%
3%
08-30hrs
SW
%
.0%
.3
0%
N 0.3%
34
E1
NN
0.
NN
3%
0%
W
0%
N
E
%
E0
N
W
WN
W EN
14.7% W C-1.5% E 0.8%
ES
E0
W
%
SW
SE
SS
%W
4.0
0.
9%
8%
42.
SW
0%
9.
11.0% S
SS
E1
6.3
%
17-30hrs
SCALE 4%
W
SPEED CALM
SS
3%
1 5 11 19 >19 Km/hr
40.
FIGURE-3.2 (B)
WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF MONSOON SEASON (IMD- COIMBATORE)

Chapter 3
%
8.0
E2
NN
N 6.0%
7.
5%
1.0
N
%N
5%
W
3.
NW
E
1 .5 N
%W .0%
E3
NW EN
2.0% W C-9.0% E 2.0%

ES
W E2
% WS .0%
3.0
SS
2.0% S
E2
SE
SW
.0%
7.
5 %
5%
7.
W
08-30hrs
SS
%
0.0
0%
E1
13.
NN
N 5.5%
0%
1.
2.
5%
.0%
E E7
N
N EN
W
5.0% W C-20.0% E 12.0%

SE
SS
SW
3.
E2
0%
%
.0
.0%
5
12.0% S
W
SS
0%
15.
17-30hrs
SCALE 4%
SPEED CALM
1 5 11 19 >19 Km/hr
FIGURE-3.2 (C)
WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF POST MONSOON SEASON (IMD- COIMBATORE)

Chapter 3
%
4.7
E5
NN
4%
7.
N 4.0%
3%
9.
1.3
%
E
N
0.0
N
W
%N
E2
NW
.0%
NN
2.0 E6
%W EN
NW
1.3% W C-5.7% E 2.7%

SW ES
E0
%W SE %
0.3
SW
SS
SW
2.
0% S
N 3.7%
0%
0%
E1
%S
1.
0%
.3 %
1.0
1.
0%
NN
0%
N .0%
1.
W
0% W E5
E
EN
N
08-30hrs WN
W
1.7% W C-18.5% E 28.0%
W ES
WS E2
.0%
0%
SW
0%
SW
SS
2.7% S
1.
E3
%S
SE
.0 %
9.
2 .7
7%
17-30hrs
SCALE 4%
SPEED CALM
1 5 11 19 >19 Km/hr
FIGURE-3.2 (D)
WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF WINTER SEASON (IMD- COIMBATORE)

Chapter 3
%
6.6
E2
NN
N 2.7%
0.8
5.
1%
8%
%N
3.
N
W
E
NW
N
1.8 .1%
%W
E3
NW EN
1.3% W C-6.4% E 1.3%

ES
E0
SW .6%
%W
2.4
2.2% S
SS
SE
E2
7.
.8%
0%
SW
%
.9
13
.3%
08-30hrs
E9
W
SS
NN
6%
N 3.2%
18.
0.3
%N W
9%
0.
0.
9%
NW
E .0%
0% E4
N
WN N EN
W
6.9% W C-12.4% E 13.0%
ES
SW E1
.5%
%W
2.3
SW
SE
5.
%
.7
1%
SS
4
E6
.1%
10.4% S
W
SS
17-30hrs
0%
19.
SCALE 4%
SPEED CALM
1 5 11 19 >19 Km/hr
FIGURE-3.3
ANNUAL WINDROSE DIAGRAM (IMD - COIMBATORE)

Chapter 3
3.4 Soil Characteristics
It is essential to determine the potentiality of soil in the area and to identify the
impacts of urbanization on soil quality. Accordingly, the soil quality assessment
has been carried out.
3.4.1 Data Generation
The sampling locations have been identified with the following objectives:
To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;

To determine the impact of proposed project on soil characteristics; and
To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural
productivity point of view.
For studying soil characteristics of the region, soil sampling locations were
selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the project area
representing various land use types. The physical, chemical and heavy metal
concentrations were determined. The samples were collected using ramming a
core cutter into the soil up to a depth of 90 cm.
The present study on the soil profile establishes the baseline characteristics. Six
soil samples were collected from the study area. At each location, soil samples
were collected from three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below
the surface and homogenized. The homogenized samples were analyzed for
physical and chemical characteristics.
The details of the soil sampling locations in the study area are given in Table-3.5
and shown in Figure-3.4.
TABLE-3.5
DETAILS OF SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA
Code Location Distance w.r.t. Direction w.r.t

project site (km) project site
S1 Project site - -
S2 Aruvangattupalayam 1.7 NNW
S3 Samiarpalayam 1.8 NNE
S4 Sottakavundampalayam 1.8 ENE
S5 Kasturipalayam 1.2 ESE
S6 Chengapalli 2.0 SW

Chapter 3
3.4.2 Baseline Soil Status
The soil characteristics are shown in Table-3.6. The results are compared with
standard soil classification given in Table-3.7.
TABLE-3.6
SOIL CHARACTERISTICS
Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
pH (1:2.5 soil water extract) 7.3 7.5 7.7 7.6 7.5 7.5
Electrical Conductivity (s/cm)
(1:5 soil water extract) 365 168 167 246 324 361
Texture Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy
Loam Loam Clay Loam Loam Loam
Sand (%) 59 62 61 49 51 64
Silt (%) 28 20 23 41 33 13
Clay (%) 13 18 16 10 16 23
Bulk Density (gm/cc) 1.5 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.4
Porosity (%) 34 20.3 26.8 34.4 36.2 41.6
Organic matter (%) 1.2 1.8 1.0 0.9 1.1 1.4
Exchangeable Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 354 194 218 300 357 356
Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg (mg/kg) 70 185 172 100 113 129
Exchangeable Sodium as Na (mg/kg) 52.5 51.5 61.2 83 83 79.3
Available Potassium as K (kg/ha) 305 246 324 185 210 267
Available Phosphorus as P2O5 (kg/ha) 9.5 12.5 11.4 10.3 12.9 13.4
Available Nitrogen as N (kg/ha) 154 146 151 148 154 165
Sulphates as SO4 (mg/kg) 135 109 110 122 148 138
Chlorides as Cl (mg/kg) 160 165 150 166 189 178
It has been observed that the texture of soil is mostly Sandy Loam in the study
area. The common color of the soil is light brown. It has been observed that the
pH of the soil quality ranged from 7.3 7.7, indicating that the soil is usually
neutral to slightly alkaline in nature. The bulk density of soil ranges in between
1.2 1.5.
The Electrical Conductivity was observed to be in the range of 167 - 361 S/cm,
with the maximum (361) observed in the Chengapalli (S6) and with the minimum
(167) observed in Samiarpalayam (S3).
The Organic matter ranged between 0.9-1.8 percent. The maximum Percentage
(1.8%) was found to be in the village of Tenmugam Kangeyampalayam (S2)
indicating that the organic carbon is having more than sufficient Percentage. The
minimum Percentage (0.9%) was observed in Sottakavundanpalayam (S4)
indicating that the organic carbon has Sufficient Percentage.
The Nitrogen values ranged between 149-165 kg/ha. The maximum value (165)
was found to be in the village of Chengapalli (S6) indicating that the soil is having
Good quantity of Nitrogen. The minimum value (149) was observed in
Aruvangattupalayam (S2) indicating that the soil has Good quantity of Nitrogen.

Chapter 3
S2 Aruvangattupalayam S3 Samiarpalayam
S1 S4 Sottakavundampalayam
project
site
S7 Chengapalli
S6 kasturipalayam
Soil Sampling Locations
FIGURE-3.4
SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA

Chapter 3
The Phosphorus values range in between 9.5 13.4 kg/ha. The maximum value
(13.4) was found in the chengapalli (S6) and the minimum value (9.5) was
observed in the proposed project site (S1) indicating that the soil has very less
quantity of Phosphorus.
The Potassium values range in between 185 - 305 kg/ha. The maximum value
(13.4) was found in the proposed project site (S1) and the minimum value (9.5)
was observed in sottakavundamapalayam (S4) indicating that the soils in the
area have medium quantity of Potassium.
TABLE-3.7
STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION
Sr. No. Soil Test Classification
1 pH <4.5 Extremely acidic
4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic
5.51-6.0 moderately acidic
6.01-6.50 slightly acidic
6.51-7.30 Neutral
7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline
7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline
8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline
9.01 very strongly alkaline
2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity Upto 1.00 Average
(mmhos/cm) 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination
(1 ppm = 640 mmho/cm) 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive
to salts)
3 Organic Carbon Upto 0.2: very less
0.21-0.4: less
0.41-0.5 medium,
0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient
0.81-1.00: sufficient
>1.0 more than sufficient
4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less
51-100 less
101-150 good
151-300 Better
>300 sufficient
5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less
16-30 less
31-50 medium,
51-65 on an average sufficient
66-80 sufficient
>80 more than sufficient
6 Potash (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less
120-180 less
181-240 medium
241-300 average
301-360 better
>360 more than sufficient
Source: Handbook of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi

Chapter 3
3.5 Air Quality
The ambient air quality with respect to the study zone of 10-km radius around the
project site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in
the region are industries and vehicular traffic. The prime objective of the baseline
air quality study was to assess the existing air quality of the area. The study area
represents mostly rural environment.
This section describes the selection of sampling locations, methodology adopted for
sampling, analytical techniques and frequency of sampling. The results of
monitoring carried out for study period from 1st June 2016 to 31st August 2016 are
presented in Annexure-VII.
3.5.1 Methodology adopted for Air Quality Survey
3.5.1.1 Selection of Sampling Locations
The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a
scientifically designed ambient air quality-monitoring network. The design of
monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has been based on the
following considerations:
Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale;

Topography of the study area;
Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status;
Representatives of likely impact areas.
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQ) stations were set up at Eight locations with
due consideration to the above mentioned points. Table-3.8 gives the details of
environmental setting around each monitoring station. The location of the selected
stations with reference to the project site is given in the same table and shown in
Figure-3.5.1.
TABLE-3.8
AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA
Distance Direction
Code Name of the location w.r.t project w.r.t project
site (km) site
AAQ1 Project Site --- ---
AAQ2 Aruvangattupalayam 1.7 NNW
AAQ3 Samiarpalayam 1.8 NNE
AAQ4 Sottakavundampalayam 1.8 ENE
AAQ5 Chamrajpalayam 1.6 ESE
AAQ6 Tenmugamkangeyampalayam 1.5 South
AAQ7 Chengapalli 2.0 SW
AAQ8 Virumandapalayam 1.9 WNW

Chapter 3
3.5.1.2 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling
The following frequency has been adopted for sampling:
Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days
per week at all locations for study period from 1st June 2016 to 31st August 2016.
The baseline data of air environment is generated for the following parameters:
Particulate Matter size less than 10 m (PM10);

Particulate Matter size less than 2.5 m (PM2.5);
Chemical Characterization of Particulate Matter;
Sulphur dioxide (SO2); Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2);
Ozone (O3); Ammonia (NH3);
Lead (Pb); Arsenic (As); Nickel (Ni);
Carbon Monoxide (CO);
Benzene (C6H6); and
Benzo (a) Pyrene
3.5.1.2.1 Duration of Sampling
The duration of sampling of Particulate Matter size less than 10 m (PM10),

Particulate Matter size less than 2.5 m (PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen
dioxide (NOx) was each twenty-four hourly continuous sampling per day. The
monitoring was conducted for two days in a week for three months. This is to allow
a comparison with the present revised standards mentioned in the latest Gazette
Notification of the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) (November 18, 2009).
The ambient air quality parameters and standards along with their frequency of
sampling are given in Table-3.9
TABLE-3.9
MONITORED PARAMETERS AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING
Parameters Sampling Frequency

PM10 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months
PM2.5 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Ozone (O3) 08 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Ammonia (NH3) 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Lead (Pb) 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Arsenic (As) 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Nickel (Ni) 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Carbon Monoxide (CO) 08 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Benzene (C6H6) 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months
Benzo(a)Pyrene 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months

Chapter 3
3.5.1.3 Method of Analysis
The air samples were analyzed as per standard methods specified by Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB), IS: 5184 and American Public Health Association
(APHA).
3.5.2 Selection of Instruments for Air Quality Sampling
Fine Particulate Samplers APM-550 instruments have been used for monitoring
Particulate Matter size less than 10 m (PM10), Particulate Matter size less than 2.5-
m (PM2.5) and for gaseous pollutants like SO2 and NO2 APM-460BL has been used
along with APM-550.
3.5.3 Instruments used for Analysis
The make and model of the instruments used for analysis of the samples collected
during the field monitoring are given in Table-3.10
TABLE-3.10
INSTRUMENTS USED FOR ANALYSIS OF SAMPLES
Sr. No Instrument Name Make Model Parameters

1 Spectrophotometer Systronics SP 104 SO2, NO2
2 Electronic Balance Sartorius CP225D PM10, PM2.5
3 ICP-AES VARIAN RLCCD Heavy Metals
3.5.4 Sampling and Analytical Techniques
The techniques used for ambient air quality monitoring and minimum detectable
levels are given in Table-3.11.

Chapter 3
AAQ2 Aruvangattupalayam AAQ3 Samiarpalayam
AAQ4 Sottakavundampalayam
AAQ8 Virumandapalayam AAQ1
project
site
AAQ5 Chamrajapalayam
AAQ7 Chengapalli
AAQ6 Tenmugamkangeyampalayam
Air Quality Sampling Locations
FIGURE-3.5
AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.11
TECHNIQUES USED FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING
Minimum
Sr. No Parameter Technique Detectable
Limit
1 PM10 Respirable Dust Sampling / High 5.0 g/m3
Volume Sampling (Gravimetric
Method)
2 PM2.5 FRM Method/ Low Volume Sampling 2.0 g/m3
(Gravimetric Method)
3 Sulphur dioxide Modified West and Gaeke Method 4.0 g/m3
(SO2)
4 Nitrogen di-oxide Sodium Arsenite Method 9.0 g/m3
(NO2)
5 Carbon monoxide Adsorption and Extraction followed 0.0125
(CO) by GC-MS Analysis mg/m3
6 Ozone (O3) Spectrophotometric Method 2.0 g/m3
7 Ammonia (NH3) Indo-Phenol Blue Method 20.0 g/m3
8 Benzene (C6H6) Adsorption and desorption followed 1 ng/m3
by GC-MS analysis
9 BaP Solvent Extraction followed by GC- 1 ng/m3
Benzo(a)pyrene MS
10 Arsenic (As) ICP-MS Method after sampling on
0.2 ng/m3
EPM Filter Paper
11 Nickel (Ni) ICP-MS Method after sampling on
0.10 ng/m3
EPM Filter Paper
12 Lead (Pb) ICP-MS Method after sampling on
0.05 g/m3
EPM Filter Paper
3.5.5 Presentation of Primary Data
The survey results for the period of three months are presented in detail in
Annexure-III.
Various statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum and

minimum values have been computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ
monitoring stations. The summary of these results for 1st June 2016 31st August
2016 is presented in Table-3.12

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.12
SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS
Parameters AAQ-1 AAQ-2 AAQ-3 AAQ-4 AAQ-5 AAQ-6 AAQ-7 AAQ-8

Maximum 42.2 42.7 49.5 47.2 37.8 38.6 38.2 37.0
PM10 Minimum 36.9 37.4 43.3 41.4 33.1 33.7 33.4 32.4
(g/m3) Average 39.7 40.3 46.6 44.5 35.6 36.3 36.0 34.9
98%tile 42.0 42.5 49.3 47.0 37.6 38.4 38.0 36.9
Maximum 13.9 14.1 17.2 15.6 12.5 12.7 12.6 12.2
PM2.5 Minimum 12.2 12.3 15.1 13.6 10.9 11.1 11.0 10.7
(g/m3) Average 13.1 13.3 16.2 14.7 11.8 12.0 11.9 11.5
98%tile 13.9 14.0 17.1 15.5 12.4 12.7 12.5 12.2
Maximum 10.4 9.5 11.6 11.2 8.4 8.6 8.5 8.2
SO2 Minimum 7.6 7.4 8.8 8.1 6.0 6.2 6.1 5.9
(g/m3) Average 8.8 8.5 9.7 9.3 7.2 7.4 7.3 7.1
98%tile 10.4 9.5 11.6 11.2 8.4 8.6 8.5 8.2
Maximum 13.9 14.0 17.3 16.6 14.5 14.8 14.6 14.2
NO2 Minimum 10.1 11.1 13.4 13.1 10.0 10.2 10.1 10.2
(g/m3) Average 12.5 12.7 14.9 15.3 11.6 12.0 11.9 11.9
98%tile 13.9 14.0 17.1 16.6 14.4 14.7 14.5 14.1
Maximum 297 300 352 304 284 289 286 278
CO Minimum 203 242 266 244 243 248 245 238
(g/m3) Average 255 262 289 262 255 261 258 250
98%tile 294 300 347 303 281 287 284 276
AAQ Monitoring Locations
AAQ1 Project Site AAQ5 Chamrajpalayam

AAQ2 Aruvangattupalayam AAQ6 Tenmugam Kangeyampalayam
AAQ3 Samiarpalayam AAQ7 Chengapalli
AAQ4 - Sottakavundampalayam AAQ8 Virumandapalayam
Note: Ozone (O3), Ammonia (NH3), Lead (Pb), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Benzene (C6H6) and
Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) are found to exist
3.5.5.1 Observations of Primary Data
PM10: The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded as
49.5 g/m3 and 32.4 g/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was
recorded Samiarpalayam (AAQ3) and the minimum concentration was recorded at
Virumandapalayam (AAQ8). The average concentrations were ranged between 34.9
and 44.5 g/m3.
PM2.5: The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded as
17.2 g/m3 and 5.9 g/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded
Samiarpalayam (AAQ3) and the minimum concentration was recorded at
Virumandapalayam (AAQ8). The average values were observed to be in the range
of 11.5 and 16.2 g/m3.
SO2: The maximum and minimum SO2 concentrations were recorded as 11.6 g/m3
and 6.0 g/m3. The maximum concentration was recorded at Samiarpalayam
(AAQ3) and the minimum concentration was recorded at Chengapalli (AAQ7). The
average values were observed to be in the range of 7.1 and 9.7 g/m3.

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.13
LEVEL OF POLLUTANTS AND THEIR LOCATIONS
Parameters Location Levels (g/m3)

PM10 Maximum Samiarpalayam (AAQ3) 49.5
Minimum Virumandapalayam (AAQ8) 32.4
PM2.5 Maximum Samiarpalayam (AAQ3) 17.2
Minimum Virumandapalayam (AAQ8) 5.9
SOx Maximum Samiarpalayam (AAQ3) 11.6
Minimum Chamrajpalayam (AAQ5) 5.0
NO2 Maximum Samiarpalayam (AAQ3) 17.3
Minimum Chamrajpalayam (AAQ5) 10.0
CO Maximum Samiarpalayam (AAQ3) 352
Minimum Project site (AAQ1) 203
NOx: The maximum concentration of 17.3 g/m3 of NOx were recorded at

Samiarpalayam (AAQ3) and minimum of 10.0 g/m3 observed at Chamarajapuram
(AAQ5). The average concentrations were ranged between 11.6 and 15.3 g/m3.
CO: The maximum concentration of 352 g/m3 was recorded at Samiarpalayam

(AAQ3) and minimum of 203 g/m3 observed at project site (AAQ1). The average
concentrations were ranged between 250 and 289 g/m3.
The concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX and CO are observed to be well within
the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for Industrial,
Rural, Residential and Other area.
The Concentration of Ozone (O3), Ammonia (NH3), Lead (Pb), Arsenic (As) ng/m3,
Nickel (Ni) ng/m3, Benzene (C6H6) and Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) ng/m3 are Below
the Detectable Limit.
3.6 Water Quality
Selected water quality parameters of ground water and surface water resources
within the study area has been studied for assessing the water environment and
evaluate anticipated impact of the proposed project. Understanding the water
quality is essential in preparation of environmental impact assessment and to
identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for
implementation.
The purpose of this study is to:
Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

Evaluate the impacts on habitat conditions, recreational resources and
aesthetics in the vicinity; and
Prediction of impact on water quality by this project and related activities.
The information required has been collected through primary surveys and
secondary sources.

Chapter 3
3.6.1 Methodology
Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized

based on:
Drainage pattern;
Location of residential areas representing different activities/likely impact
areas; and
Likely areas, which can represent baseline conditions.
Water sources covering 10-km radial distance were examined for physico-chemical,
heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of
industrial and other activities on water. The samples were collected and analyzed
as per the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
and wastewater' published by American Public Health Association (APHA).
Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples

collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for
bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-
chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the
existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like temperature,
Dissolved Oxygen (DO), free Chlorine and pH were analyzed at the time of sample
collection.
3.6.2 Water Sampling Locations
Water samples were collected from Six (6) ground water and two (2) surface
water-sampling locations. These samples were taken as grab samples and were
analyzed for various parameters to be compared with the standards for drinking
water as per IS: 10500. The details of water sampling locations in the study area
are listed below in Table-3.14 and are depicted in Figure-3.6.
TABLE-3.14
WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA
Distance w.r.t. Direction w.r.t.
Code Location
Project Site (km) Project Site
Ground Water
GW1 Project Site --- ---
GW2 Aruvangattupalayam 1.7 NNW
GW3 Samiarpalayam 1.8 NNE
GW4 Sottakavundampalayam 1.8 ENE
GW5 Kasturipalayam 1.2 ESE
GW6 Chengapalli 1.5 SW
Surface Water
SW1 Noyyal River 9.0 South
SW2 Palatholuvu Tank 8.7 SE

Chapter 3
GW2 Aruvangattupalayam GW3 Samiarpalayam
GW1 GW4 Sottakavundampalayam

project
site
GW6 Chengapalli
GW5 Kasturipalayam
SW2 Palatholuvu Tank
SW1 Noyyel River
Groundwater Sampling Locations
Surface water Sampling Locations
FIGURE-3.6
WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA

Chapter 3
3.6.3 Presentation of Results
Ground Water Quality

The results of the parameters analyzed for the six (6) Ground water samples and
two (2) surface water samples are presented in Table-3.15a and Table-3.15b are
compared with the standards for drinking water as per IS: 10500-2001
Specifications for Drinking Water.
TABLE 3.15a
GROUND WATER QUALITY
Desirable limit
S. No. Parameters Unit GW1 GW2 GW3
As per IS: 10500
1 pH - 6.5-8.5 (NR) 7.6 7.7 7.8
2 Colour Hazen 5 (25) 1 1 2
3 Taste - Agreeable Agree Agree Agree
4 Odour - U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O.
5 Conductivity mS/cm $ 506 876 514
6 Turbidity NTU 5 (10) 2 2 2
7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 (2000) 859 932 864
8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 300 (600) 421 457 423
9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200 (600) 257.7 279.6 259
10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 (200) 49 72 304
11 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 30 (100) 9.8 14.4 60.8
12 Residual Chlorine mg/ 0.2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
13 Boron mg/l 1 0.5 0.6 0.4
14 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 250 (1000) 42.1 45.7 42.3
15 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 200 (400) 4.0 2.1 2.4
16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.0 (1.5) 0.2 0.1 0.1
17 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 45 (NR) 12.3 16.4 18.2
18 Sodium as Na mg/l $ 117.0 276.0 378.0
19 Potassium as K mg/l $ 15.2 35.9 49.1
20 Phenolic Compounds mg/l 0.001 (0.002) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
21 Cyanides mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
22 Anionic Detergents mg/l 0.2 (1.0) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
23 Mineral Oil mg/l 0.01 (0.03) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 Cadmium as Cd mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
25 Arsenic as as mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
26 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.05 (1.5) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
28 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.1 (0.3) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3 (1.0) 0.04 0.06 0.05
30 Chromium as Cr6+ mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
31 Selenium as Se mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 5 (15) 0.04 0.06 0.08
33 Aluminium as Al mg/l 0.03 (0.2) 0.04 0.05 0.01
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l 0.001 (NR) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
35 Pesticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent
36 E.Coli - Absent Absent Absent Absent
MPN/
37 Total coliforms 10 Nil Nil Nil
100 ml
U.O.: Un-objectionable $: Not specified (): Permissible limit in the absence of alternate source
GW1 : Project Site

GW2 : Tenmugamkangeyampalayam
GW3 : Chinneripalayam

Chapter 3
TABLE 3.15b
GROUND WATER QUALITY
Desirable Limit
S. No. Parameters Unit GW1 GW2 GW3
As per IS: 10500
1 pH - 6.5-8.5 (NR) 7.6 7.8 7.6
2 Colour Hazen 5 (25) 2 2 2
3 Taste - Agreeable Agree Agree Agree
4 Odour - U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O.
5 Conductivity mS/cm $ 462 420 871
6 Turbidity NTU 5 (10) 2 3 3
7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 (2000) 741 760 976
8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 300 (600) 363 372 478
9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200 (600) 222 228 293
10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 (200) 240 215 210
11 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 30 (100) 48 43 42
12 Residual Chlorine mg/ 0.2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
13 Boron mg/l 1 0.8 0.4 0.1
14 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 250 (1000) 36.3 37.2 47.8
15 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 200 (400) 1.8 2.1 3.9
16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.0 (1.5) 0.2 0.1 0.2
17 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 45 (NR) 17.4 14.7 15.2
18 Sodium as Na mg/l $ 287.0 241.0 314.0
19 Potassium as K mg/l $ 37.3 31.3 40.8
20 Phenolic Compounds mg/l 0.001 (0.002) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
21 Cyanides mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
22 Anionic Detergents mg/l 0.2 (1.0) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
23 Mineral Oil mg/l 0.01 (0.03) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 Cadmium as Cd mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
25 Arsenic as as mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
26 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.05 (1.5) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
28 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.1 (0.3) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3 (1.0) 0.06 0.05 0.04
30 Chromium as Cr6+ mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
31 Selenium as Se mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 5 (15) 0.07 0.08 0.07
33 Aluminium as Al mg/l 0.03 (0.2) 0.01 0.02 0.03
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l 0.001 (NR) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
35 Pesticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent
36 E.Coli - Absent Absent Absent Absent
MPN/
37 Total coliforms 10 Nil Nil Nil
100 ml
GW4 : Sottakavundanpalayam
GW5 : Mallankattupudur
GW6 : Samiyarpalayam
The analysis results indicate that the pH ranges in between 7.6 to 7.8, which is well
within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. The Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
concentration is found to be ranging in between 741 to 976 mg/l. Total hardness
was observed to be ranging from 363 to 478 mg/l. The Chlorides and Nitrates are
found ranging from 36.3 47.8 mg/l and 12.3 18.2 mg/l. Fluorides found ranging
in between 0.1 to 0.2 mg/l. The Heavy metals are found to be below detectable
limits.

Chapter 3
Surface Water Quality
The results of the parameters analyzed for the 2 surface water samples are
presented in Table-3.16
TABLE 3.16
SURFACE WATER QUALITY
Desirable Limit
S. No. Parameters Unit SW1 SW2
As per IS: 10500
1 pH - 6.5-8.5 (NR) 7.8 7.0
2 Colour Hazen 5 (25) 2 2
3 Taste - Agreeable Agree Agree
4 Odour - U.O. U.O. U.O.
5 Conductivity mS/cm $ 124 111
6 Turbidity NTU 5 (10) 4 2
7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 (2000) 1500 345
8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 300 (600) 735 169
9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200 (600) 450 104
10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 (200) 320 52
11 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 30 (100) 64 10.4
12 Residual Chlorine mg/ 0.2 <0.1 <0.1
13 Boron mg/l 1 0.87 0.87
14 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 250 (1000) 73.5 16.9
15 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 200 (400) 3 4.8
16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.0 (1.5) 0.6 0.2
17 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 45 (NR) 42.5 9.3
18 Sodium as Na mg/l $ 970.0 64.2
19 Potassium as K mg/l $ 126.1 12.3
20 Phenolic Compounds mg/l 0.001 (0.002) <0.001 <0.001
21 Cyanides mg/l 0.05 (NR) 0.04 <0.02
22 Anionic Detergents mg/l 0.2 (1.0) <0.1 <0.1
23 Mineral Oil mg/l 0.01 (0.03) 0.52 <0.01
24 Cadmium as Cd mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01
25 Arsenic as as mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01
26 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.05 (1.5) <0.01 <0.01
27 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.01 <0.01
28 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.1 (0.3) <0.01 <0.01
29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3 (1.0) 0.3 0.07
30 Chromium as Cr6+ mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.05 <0.05
31 Selenium as Se mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01
32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 5 (15) 0.08 0.07
33 Aluminium as Al mg/l 0.03 (0.2) 0.01 0.05
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l 0.001 (NR) <0.001 <0.001
35 Pesticides mg/l Absent 0 Absent
36 E.Coli - Absent 0 Absent
37 Total coliforms MPN/100 ml 10 Nil Nil
SW1 : Noyyal River

SW2 : Palatoluvu Tank
The analysis results indicate that the pH values are 7.8 and 7.0, which is well
within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5. The Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
concentrations are found to be 1500 mg/l in Noyyal River and 345 mg/l in
Palatoluvu tank. Total hardness was observed to be 735 mg/l in Noyyal River and
169 mg/l in Palatoluvu tank.

Chapter 3
The Chlorides and Nitrates are found ranging from 16.9 73.5 mg/l and 9.3 42.5
mg/l. Fluorides found to be 0.2 to 0.6 mg/l. The Heavy metals are found to be
below detectable limits.
3.7 Noise Level Survey
The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency.

Noise in general is sound which is composed of many frequency components of
various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales
have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average
human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness
levels. The most common and universally accepted scale is the A weighted Scale
which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 Hz to
20,000 Hz. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise
according to the response of a human ear.
The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:
Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in

nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as one which is
continuously varying in loudness;
The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in
residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance; and
The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which
determines the loudness and period of exposure.
The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise
Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise. The
environmental impact assessment of noise due to construction activity, and
vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like
potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, annoyance and general
community responses. Noise monitoring has been undertaken for 24-hr duration at
each location.
3.7.1 Identification of Sampling Locations
A preliminary reconnaissance survey has been undertaken to identify the major

noise generating sources in the area. Noise at different noise generating sources
has been identified based on the activities in the village area, ambient noise due to
industries and traffic and the noise at sensitive areas like hospitals and schools.
The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels at ten
locations in the study area. The details of noise survey location in the study area
are given in Table-3.17 and depicted in Figure-3.7.

Chapter 3
N2 Aruvangattupalayam N3 Samiarpalayam
N10 Periyakkapalayam N4 Sottakavundampalayam

N1
project
site
N9 Virumandapalayam N5 Chamrajapalayam
N6 Kasturipalayam
N8 Chengapalli
N7 Tenmugam
kangeyampalayam
Noise survey locations
FIGURE-3.7
NOISE SURVEY LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.17
NOISE SURVEY LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA
Distance Direction
Location w.r.t w.r.t
Location Zone
Code Project Project
Site (km) Site
N1 Project site --- --- Rural
N2 Aruvangattupalayam 1.7 NW Rural
N3 Samiarpalayam 1.8 NNE Rural
N4 Sottakavundampalayam 1.8 ENE Rural
N5 Chamrajpalayam 1.6 ESE Rural
N6 Kasturipalayam 1.2 ESE Rural
N7 Tenmugam 1.5 South Rural
Kangeyampalayam
N8 Chengapalli 2.0 SW Commercial
N9 Virumandapalayam 1.9 WNW Rural
N10 Periyakkapalayam 2.0 NW Rural
3.7.2 Method of Monitoring
Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were measured at all locations; one
reading for every hour was taken for 24 hours. The day noise levels have been
monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the
monitoring locations within the study area.
3.7.3 Parameters Measured During Monitoring
For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to
describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated
using the percent of the time certain noise levels are exceeding the time interval.
The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels are described below:
L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 per cent of the time;

L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 per cent of the time ; and
L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 per cent of the time.
Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq):
The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level which is equivalent to the same
sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is
necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given
period of time.
This is calculated from the following equation:
(L10 - L90)2
Leq = L50 + ------------
60

Chapter 3
Lday is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during
day (6 am to 10 pm).
Lnight is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during
night (10 pm to 6 am).
A noise rating developed by United States Environmental protection Agency

(USEPA) for specification of community noise from all the sources is the Day-Night
Sound Level, (Ldn).
Day-Night Sound Level (Ldn):
The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is the Day-Night
Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except that during
night time period (10 pm to 6 am) a 10 dB (A) weighting penalty is added to the
instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average.
This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night
when people usually sleep is judged as more annoying than the same noise during
the day time.
The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq's,
by the following equation.
Ldn = 10 log {1/24[16(10 Ld/10) + 8 (10(Ln+10)/10)]}
Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the daytime (6 am to 10 pm) and Ln
is the equivalent sound level during the nighttime (10 pm to 6 am).
3.7.4 Presentation of Results
The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at eight locations for once
during study period. The parameters are analyzed for Lday, Lnight, and Ldn. These
results are tabulated in Table-3.18.
TABLE-3.18
NOISE LEVELS IN THE STUDY AREA
Code Location L10 L50 L90 LEQ Lday Lnight Ldn
N1 Project Site 42.3 38.7 34.9 39.6 40.5 36.7 43.9
N2 Aruvangattupalayam 41.6 37.1 33.7 38.1 40.1 35.2 42.7
N3 Samiarpalayam 43.5 39.6 35.9 40.6 41.4 37.8 44.9
N4 Sottakavundampalayam 43.0 39.2 35.4 40.2 41.4 37.5 44.7
N5 Chamrajpalayam 45.7 41.5 37.6 42.6 43.6 39.2 46.6
N6 Kasturipalayam 44.5 40.7 36.9 41.7 43.3 39.0 46.3
Tenmugam
N7 46.3 41.5 37.9 42.7 44.8 39.0 46.9
Kangeyampalayam
N8 Chengapalli 51.6 47.7 43.8 48.7 49.6 45.0 52.4
N9 Virumandapalayam 42.9 39.1 35.9 39.9 41.3 37.8 44.9
N10 Periyakkapalayam 41.8 38.3 34.8 39.1 40.0 36.0 43.3

Chapter 3
3.8 Ecological studies
An ecological survey of the study area was conducted particularly with reference
to recording the existing biological resources.
3.8.1 Terrestrial Ecological Studies
3.8.1.1 Objectives of Ecological Study
The objectives of the present study are intended to:
Generate baseline data from field observations from various terrestrial and
aquatic ecosystems;
Compare the data so generated with authentic past records to understand

changes;
Characterize the environmental components like land, water, flora and fauna;
and
Understand the impact of the proposed project on vegetation structure in and

around the project site.
3.8.1.2 Methods Adopted for the Study
To accomplish the above objectives, a general ecological survey covering an area

of 25-km radius and detailed study area of 10-km from the proposed project site
was conducted. The survey included:
Reconnaissance survey for selection of sampling sites in and around project

site on the basis of meteorological conditions;
Generation of primary data to understand baseline ecological status,
important floristic elements;
Generation of primary data to understand baseline fauna structure; and
Collection of secondary data from Forest Working Plan and Gazetteers.
3.8.2 Review of Secondary Data
The great plant wealth and diversity of Tamil Nadu is due to immense variety of
climate, altitude and edaphic factors. Vegetation of the state can be broadly
divided into four categories.
Coastal vegetation
Island vegetation
Vegetation of the interior plains
Vegetation of the hills and mountains

Chapter 3
3.8.2.1 Coastal Vegetation
Littoral Vegetation
The soil is sea sand often blown and accumulating in low dunes with adequate time,
but poor in nitrogen and mineral nutrient. Most of these have been converted into
Casuarina plantation. The forest type occurs in reserve forest of Pichavaram, the
littoral forests consists of plant species Borasus flabellifer,Anacardium occidentale,
Lannia coromandalica, Pandanus tectorius, Opuntia dillenii, Cassia auriculata,
Sesuvium portulacastrum, Cyperus arenarius.
Plantation
The division contains plantations of cashes, Eucalyptus sp, Casuarina, Bambusa

arundanacea, Prosopis juliflora and other miscellaneous species.
3.8.2.2 Vegetation of the Interior plains
The vegetation of the plains at the foot or on the undulating slopes of hills and
hillocks in the rocky area bordering the coastal plain comes under Southern
tropical thorn forests of Champion and Seth (1968). These are often called as
Scrub jungles. They are found in Chengalpattu, North and South Arcot,
Pudukottai, Tiruchirapalli, Tirunelveli and less so in Salem, Periyar and
Coimbatore districts. In these scattered forests, trees hardly reach 10 m in height
and area often armed with spines and prickles. Most of the plants manifest
several xeromorphic features. The common trees are Acacia chundra, A. horrida,
A leucophloe, A nilotica ssp. Indica, Albzia amara, Azadirachta indica, Chloroxylon
sweitenia, Dalbergia spinosa, Dichrostachys cineraria, Limonia acidissima,
Plecospermum spinarum, Strychnos nux-vomica, Strychnos potatorum, Wrightia
tinctoria and Zizyphus spp. The shrubs commonly met with are Cadaba fruticosa,
Capparis zeylanica, Carissa congesta, Cassia auriculata, Flacourtia indica,
Maytenus emerginata, Pisonia aculeate, Scutia myrtina, Securegenia leucopyrus
and Toddalia asiatica. The common climbers are cardiospermum canescens,
C.halacacabum, Ceropegia candelabrum, C. juncea, Cissus quadrangularis, C.
rependa, Cissampelos pareira var hirsute, Diosoria sp, Leptadenia reticulate,
Pergularia daemia and Ventilago madraspatna. During rainy season, a variety of
herbaceous plants like Achyranthes aspera, Allamania nodiflora, Apluda mutica,
Aristida setacea, Blumea mollis, Cleome angustifolia and species of Cymbopogon,
Glinus, Indigofera, Leucas, Mollugo and Oldenlandia are seen.
Tropical thorn forest of Tamilnadu are differentiated into southern thorn forest,
Carnatic umbrella thorn forest, Southern Euphorbia scrubs and southern thorn
scrubs (Champion and Seth 1968). In southern thorn forest, species of Acacia,
Mimosa and Zizyphus are predominantly met with. In Carnatic umbrella thorn
forest Acacia planifrons is common. These forests are found in Kanyakumari,
Madurai, Ramanathapuram and Tirunelveli.

Chapter 3
Southern Euphorbia scrub is full of fleshy euphorbias. Barleria buxifolia,

Calotropis gigantea, Euphorbia antiquorum, E.tricalli and Opuntia dillenii are
common. Southern thorn scrubs are found in the plains like Chennai and its
environs. Sandal bearing scrubs are met within Sirur reserve of Niligiris.
3.8.2.3 Vegetation of Hills and Mountains
Dry Deciduous forest

These forests are found at about 400 m and above. The canopy is closed. Most of
the species are deciduous. The undergrowth is usually dense. The common trees
are Albizia amara, A.odorattissima, Anogeissus latifolia, Butea monosperma,
Chloroxylon sweitenia, Dalbergia sp, Pterocarpus marsupium, Shorea roxburghii,
Strychnos nuxvomica, Terminalia so. The bamoboo, Dendrocalamus stictus is
often found. Dodonea viscose, Securinega virosa, Strobilanthes sp are some of
the shrubs found in these forests. The common climbers are Combretum
madraspatana, Cycas circinalis is occasional. Species of Abutilon, Achyranthes,
Aristida, Bulbostylis, Cleome, Cymbopogon, Cyperus Digitaria, Heracleum,
Hetropogon, Themeda, Tribulus etc form the ground layer.
South Indian Moist Deciduous forest
This type is below the zone of semi-evergreen forest. The trees reach a height
30-36 m and are deciduous. Bamboos are common. Epiphytes are rare. Bombax
ceiba, Dillenia pentagyna, Mitragyna parviflora, Tectona grandis, Terminalia sp,
Vitex sp, and Zizyphus xylophorus are the common trees. Cycas circinalis is
occasional. Helictris isora, Lantana camara and Zizyphus oenoplia are common
shrubs. Common climber is Ipomea sp. Common grass is Imperata sp
Semi-evergreen forest
This type occurs on slopes of hills and mountains usually upto 1000m. Canopy is
of 2 or 3 storeys. Epiphytis orchids are present. Climbers and canes are common.
Top canopy consists of Artocarpus sp, Dalbergia latifolia, Hopea sp. The second
storey consists of species of Actinodaphne, Aglaia, Bischofia, Drypetes and
Symplocos. Species of Glycosmis, Ixora, Lasianthus, Leea, Memecylon, Pavetta
etc. form the shrubby vegetation. The common climbers are Butea parviflora,
Cynanchum tunicatum, Entada pursaetha and species of Calycopteris, Dioscoria,
Strychnos etc. Bambusa arundanacea and Ochlandra travencorica are also
common.
3.8.3 Primary Survey
A preliminary survey was made and five locations for detailed study within 10-km
radius were selected. The selected ecological survey locations are given in Table-
3.19 and shown in Figure3.8.

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.19
ECOLOGICAL SURVEY LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA
Location Name of the Location Distance w.r.t Direction w.r.t
Code project site (km) project site
Terrestrial
TE1 Kasturipalayam 1.2 ESE
TE2 Kileripatti 4.5 NW
TE3 Velankattupalayam 4.5 ENE
TE4 Chengapalli 2.0 SW
TE5 Uthukuli 4.3 SSE
Aquatic
AE1 Noyyel River 9.0 South
AE2 Melanikkaraipatavalavu 1.5 ENE

Chapter 3
TE2 Kileripati
TE3 Velankattupalayam
project AE2 Melanikkaraipatavalavu

site
TE1 Kasturipalayam
TE4 Chengapalli
TE5 Uttukkuli
AE1 Noyyel River
Terrestrial Ecological Sampling Locations

Aquatic Ecological Sampling Locations
FIGURE-3.8
ECOLOGICAL SURVEY LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA
Chapter 3
3.8.4 Floristic Composition
Life Form Spectrum
Raunkiaer defined life forms as the sum of adaptations of plants to climate. Braun-
Blanquet (1951), whose system is adapted in this study, modified the Raunkiaer's
system. Following five of the ten classes created by Braun-Blanquet is present in the
study area and details are presented.
Comments on the Life Form Spectrum
In the study area, maximum numbers of species are belongs to phanerophytes

(43.25%) followed by Therophytes (35.28%). These classes are followed by
hemicryptophytes (13.19%), hydrophytes (4.91%) and Geophytes (3.37%).
Presence of large number of Phanerophytes (shrubs and trees) and Therophytes

(annuals or herbaceous vegetation) indicates semiarid to tropical vegetation
structure.
3.8.5 Forest Blocks in Study area
As per forest records, Kongampalayam reserve forest and Vyappadi Reserve

forest exists at 6.0 km, NNE and 6.5 km, ESE respectively.
3.8.6 Endangered Plants
On the basis of field studies, records of Botanical Survey of India and Forest
department, Tamil Nadu state did not indicate presence of any endangered and or
vulnerable species in this area.
3.8.7 Terrestrial Fauna
3.8.7.1 Review of Secondary Published Data

Wildlife being an important strand in the complex food web in most of forest
ecosystems, its status symbolizes the functioning efficiency of the entire ecosystem.
The forest management therefore, cannot be isolated for wood exploration and wild
life conservation in the same vulnerable vegetation complex. Just as wild flora needs
special treatment for preservation and growth, wild fauna as well reserves specific
conservative pursuits for posterity. Unfortunately, our past efforts had been
unscientific in rearing and preserving our valuable heritage resulting in dwindling of
many intersecting species, which the nature had bestowed on us. The broad
spectrum of colourful fauna is fading and the same is facing extinction.
Environmental changes through deforestation, spreading urbanization and

destruction of habitats have been of alarmingly in high magnitude during the recent
past, which has totally disturbed the balance between mortality and reproduction.
Some threatened faunal forms are biologically handicapped through an imbibed low
rate of reproduction by nature. Fragmentation of population also weakens the
vitality of the species due to rarity and normal reproduction process is thwarted

Chapter 3
leading to extinction. Presence of wildlife could be observed during the study period
and also from information from local tribal inhabitants.
National Park/Sanctuary
As per literature survey in Coimbatore University, various departments of Forest
reveal that there are no Wild life sanctuaries or National Parks or Biosphere or
Hotspots in 10 km and 25 km radius from the proposed project site.
3.8.7.1 Primary Survey

Primary fauna studies were conducted during study and details are presented in
Table-3.20. A number of local migratory and non-migratory birds arrive and depart
at different parts of the season adding their share to the noise, bustle and color of
the bird spectacle on the tank. Among these, the recognized are snip, sandpipers,
the black winged stilt, blue-winged teal and few other ducks.
3.8.7.2 Endangered Animals
A comprehensive Central Legislation namely Wild Life (Protection) Act was enforced
in 1972 to provide protection to wild animals. Schedule-I of this act contains the list
of rare and endangered species, which are completely protected throughout the
country.
TABLE-3.20
FAUNA AND THEIR CONSERVATION STATUS FROM STUDY AREA
Sr. No. Technical Name English Name / Local Name Wild Life Act
(1972)
Aves
1 Milyus migrans Common Kite Sch-IV
2 Quills contronix Grey quail Sch-IV
3 Corvus splendens House crow Sch-IV
4 Turdoides striatus White headed babbler Sch-IV
5 Aegithina tiphia Iora Sch-IV
6 Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul Sch-IV
7 Pycnonotus jokokus White browed Bulbul Sch-IV
8 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin Sch-IV
9 Columbus livibus Rock Pigeon Sch-IV
10 Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin Sch-IV
11 Tchitrea paradisi Paradise Fly catcher Sch-IV
Tephrodornis Common Wood shrike Sch-IV
12 pondiceraianus
13 Lalage sykesi Black headed cuckoo Shrike Sch-IV
14 Artamus fuscus Ashy Swallow Shrike Sch-IV
15 Dicrurus macrocerus Black Drongo Sch-IV
16 Dicrurus longicaudatus Grey Drongo Sch-IV
17 Dissemurus paradiseus Rackete tailed Drongo Sch-IV
18 Oriolus oriolus Indian Oriole Sch-IV
19 Black Headed Oriole Oriolus xanthornus Sch-IV
20 Temenuchus pagodarum Brahmny Myna Sch-IV
21 Acridotheres tristicus Common myna Sch-IV

Chapter 3
(1972)
22 Ploceus philippines Weaver bird Sch-IV
23 Uroloncha striata Spotted munia Sch-IV
24 Passer domisticus House Sparrow Sch-IV
25 Redrumped Swallow Hirundo daurica Sch-IV
(1972)
26 Cinnyris asiatica Purple Sunbird Sch-IV
Brachypternus Malabar Golden backed wood Sch-IV
27 bengalensis
28 Megalaima merulinus Indian Cuckoo Sch-IV
29 Hierococys varius Common Hawk Cuckoo Sch-IV
30 Eudynamis scolopaceus Koel Sch-V
31 Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant Sch-IV
32 Psittacula Krammeri Rose ringed parakeet Sch-IV
33 Coryllis vaeralis Lorikeet Sch-V
34 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Sch-IV
35 Merops orinetalis Common Bee Eater Sch-IV
36 Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher Sch-IV
37 Halcyon smyrensis White breasted kingfisher Sch-IV
38 Microfus affinis House swift Sch-IV
39 Cyprirus parvus Palm swift Sch-IV
40 Caprimulgus asiaticus Common Indian jar Sch-IV
41 Tylo alba Barn Owl Sch-IV
42 Haliastur indus Brahmny kite Sch-IV
43 Milvus migrans Pariah kite Sch-IV
44 Circus aeruginosus Marsh harrier Sch-IV
45 Chalcophaps indica Emerald Dove Sch-IV
46 Lobvanella indicus Redwattled Lapwing Sch-IV
47 Lobpluvia malabaraica Yellow wattled lapwing Sch-IV
48 Anhinga melanogaster Darter Sch-V
49 Egretta garzetta Little Egret Sch-IV
50 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Sch-IV
51 Ardeola grayii Pond Heron Sch-IV
52 Anas querquedula Gangney Teal Sch-IV
53 Anas acuta Common Teal Sch-IV
54 Aythya feroma White eyed Pochard Sch-IV
55 Gallinula chlorpus Moorhen Sch-IV
56 Sterna albifrons Indian River Tern Sch-IV
57 Galerida malabarica Malabar Crested Lark Sch-IV
Reptiles
58 Hemidactylus sp House Lizard Sch-IV
59 Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard Sch-IV
60 Sitana pondiceriana Green Lizard Sch-IV
61 Chameleon zeylanicus Lizard Sch-IV
62 Draco sps Draco Sch-IV
63 Varanus benghalensis Monitor Lizard Sch-IV
64 Nerodia piscator Fresh water snake Sch-III
65 Dendrophis sps Tree snake Sch-III

Chapter 3
(1972)
66 Dendrolaphis sps Green tree snake Sch-III
67 Naja naja Cobra Sch-II
68 Hemibungarussps Indian coral snake Sch-II
69 Bungarus candidus Krait Sch-III
70 Vipera russeli Viper Sch-II
71 Trimeresurus meacrolepis Pit viper Sch-II
72 Groemyda bijuga Fresh water tortoise Sch-III
73 Testudo travencoriana Land tortoise Sch-III
Butterflies
74 Triodes minos Southern Birdwing Sch-IV
75 Papilo demoleus Lime butterfly Sch-IV
76 Graphium agamemnos Tailed jay Sch-IV
77 Papilo polymnstor Blue Mormon Sch-IV
78 Neptis hylas Common sailor Sch-IV
Amphibians
79 Rana hexadactyla Frog Sch-IV
80 Rana tigrina Bull frog Sch-IV
81 Cocopus sps Burrowing frog Sch-IV
Mammals
82 Lepus nigricollis Hare Sch-III
83 Hyaena hyaena Hyaena Sch-III
84 Canis auries Jackal Sch-III
85 Funambulus spp. Squirrel Sch-IV
86 Sus sucrofa Wild pig Sch-III
87 Rattus norvegicus Field mouse Sch-IV
88 Herpestes edwardii Common mongoose Sch-IV
89 Bandicota indica Bandicoot Sch-IV
3.8.8 Aquatic ecosystems
Phytoplankton
Phytoplankton forms the basis of food chain in any aquatic water body. The
diversity and abundance of phytoplankton mainly depends on the region, type of
water body, either lentic or lotic, the nutrient flux in the system and the sunlight
available for photosynthesis. These factors together form the dynamics of
phytoplankton productivity over the seasons. The phytoplankton of given water
body determines the zooplankton populations and the fish productivity of the
ecosystem.
Phytoplankton group reported from the study area were Basillariophyceae,

Chlorophyceae, Myxophyceae and Euglenophyceae members. About 14 species of
phytoplankton were reported from all the locations. Dominance of
Bacillariophyceae members followed by Myxophyceae was observed in studies
samples. The highest percentage was Ankistrodesmus sp. and Navicula sp. and
the lowest percentage was ophora sp and Synedra sp. was observed.

Chapter 3
Zooplankton
The zooplankton of the aquatic water body are the primary consumers and also in
cases secondary producers which play an important role for the fisheries of that
system. The diversity and abundance of zooplankton also depends on whether the
water body is eutrophic or oligotrophic. About 14 species of zooplankton were
reported from all the locations. They also are good representatives of the
ecosystem health. The amount and type of pollutants in the water body determine
the type of zooplankton species. Species of copepod will usually dominate in the
tropical region while more eutrophicated waters with high nutrient or organic
loads will harbor high number of crustaceans and arthropods. The less polluted
waters will have more of cladocerans and rotifers.
Among the zooplankton group, Asplancha sp. had highest percentage composition
and the lowest percentage composition was of Ceriodaphnia sp. in the total
zooplankton. The list of plankton recorded in fresh water bodies in study area
during study period are presented in Table- 3.21.
TABLE- 3.21
LIST OF PLANKTON RECORDED DURING STUDY PERIOD
Sr. No Phytoplankton Zooplankton

1 Gyrosigma sp. Keratella monospina
2 Achananthes affinis Brachirous caudatus
3 Gyrosigma accuminatus Asplancha brighwell
4 Pandorina sp. Colpidium colpoda
5 Ankistrodesmus falcatus Daphnia sp.
6 Ankistrodesmus sp. Ceriodaphnia reticulate
7 Pediastrum boryanum Mesocyclops leuckarti
8 Scenedesmus bijuga Mesocyclops hyalinus
9 Melosira granulate Coleps hirsutus
10 Cyclotella meneghiana Arcella sp.
11 Microcystis sp. Actinophyros sp.
12 Navicula gracilis Asplancha sp.
13 Nitzschia gracilis Ceriodaphnia sp.
14 Chroococcus minutes Mesocyclops sp.
15 Spirulina princepes
16 Pinnularia braunii
17 Synedra tabulate
18 Ophora sp.
19 Cymbella sp.
20 Navicula radiosa

Chapter 3
Fishes
The Melanikkarai pattavalavu is the pond in the study area and the list of principal
catchers is given in Table- 3.22
TABLE- 3.22
AQUATIC FAUNA FROM STUDY AREA
Sr. No Local Name Zoological Name
1 Catla Catla catla
2 Rohu Labeo rohita
3 Mrigal Cirrhinus mrigala
4 Silver Carp Thirmethrix molitrix
5 Grass Carp Ctenopheringodon idella
6 Common Carp Cyprinus carpio
3.8.11 Conclusion
From the field observations it can be concluded that the forests in the study area
are under anthropogenic pressure and show signs of degradation in the form of
tree cutting, lopping, grazing and collection of NTFPs and habitat fragmentation.
As per MOEF and Forest Department of Tamil Nadu state reveals that there are no
Wildlife sanctuaries, National parks/biosphere reserves in 10 km radius from the
proposed project site boundary. As per the records of the Botanical Survey of
India there are no plants of conservation importance in the study area.
It can be concluded that there is one species belonging to 4 species of Sch-II

(cobra, coral snake, viper & pit viper) and rest of species belongs Sch-III, Sch-IV
and Sch-V of Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.
As of now, no specific conservation action plan is required, however Schedule II

and III mammal like Hyeana hyeana (Hyeana) and other schedule IV birds are
protected by the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. All the wildlife above listed
will be protected by the district Wildlife authorities as per Indian Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972 and state government conservation rules.

Chapter 3
3.9 Land Use Studies
Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play an important role in identifying

sensitive issues and taking appropriate actions by maintaining Ecological
Homeostatics for development of the region.
3.9.1 Objectives
The objectives of land use studies are:
To determine the existing land use pattern in the study area;
To analyze the impacts on land use in the study area; and
To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-a-vis
proposed project in the study area and its associated impacts.
3.9.2 Methodology
The land use pattern of the study area has been studied by analyzing the available
secondary data such as the District Census Handbook on Landuse of Coimbatore &
Tiruppur Districts.
The land use is classified into four types - viz. Forests area, Area irrigated by
source, Total unirrigated land, Area under non-agricultural uses, Culturable waste
land, Barren & Un-cultivable land & other areas.
3.9.3 Land use in Study Area
The land-use pattern of the study area based on 2011 census is given in Table-
3.23. The village-wise land use pattern of the study area is presented in
Annexure -XXIII.
TABLE-3.23
LANDUSE PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA
Sr. 0 - 3 km 3 - 7 km 7 -10 km 0- 10 km
Particulars
No. (ha) (ha) (ha) (ha)
1 Forest Area 382.66 1748.31 2230.48 4361.45
2 Area Irrigated by Source 432.68 2476.2 5514.79 8423.67
3 Total Unirrigated Land 1420.31 4049.74 3061.68 8531.73
Area under Non-Agricultural
4 0 0 130.32 130.32
Uses
5 Culturable Waste Land 0 30.48 695.13 725.61
6 Barren & Un-cultivable Land 3.41 70.95 219.62 293.98
7 Other areas 1002.25 3364.78 6046.15 10413.18
Total 3241.3 11740.5 17898.2 32879.9
Source: District Census Handbook on Landuse, 2011 Coimbatore & Tiruppur District

Chapter 3
Forest
Forest occupies a small portion of the study area covering about 194.44-ha. This
works out to about 0.92% of the study area.
Land under Cultivation

Altogether about 15050.46 ha consisting of irrigated and un-irrigated area, which
works out to about 71.03% of the total study area is used for cultivation. The
irrigated and un-irrigated land is about 17.42% and 53.61% of the study area
respectively.
Culturable Waste
This category of land mainly consists of the lands suitable for cultivation, which
however have not been brought under cultivation at any time. The area under this
category is about 3434.57-ha in the study area and works out to about 16.21% of
the study area.
Land not available for Cultivation

The area not covered under any of the above land use categories and the land
covered under urban uses form this type of land use. Altogether 2508.07-ha land in
study area is not available for cultivation. The share of this category of land works
out to be about 11.84% of the study area.
3.9.2 Land Use Pattern Based on Remote Sensing Data
Remote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10-km
radius study area for analyzing the Land use pattern of the study area. Based on
the satellite data, Land use/ Land cover maps have been prepared.
3.9.2.1 Land use/Land cover classification system
The present Land use/Land cover maps were prepared based on the classification
system of National standards. For explanation for each of the Land use category,
the details as given in Table-3.25 were considered.
3.9.2.2 Data Requirements
IRS P6 LISS IV MAX Satellite imagery was acquired on 4 th March 2010 and was
used for the mapping and interpretation. Besides, other collateral data as
available in the form of maps, charts, census records, other reports and especially
topographical survey of India maps are used. In addition to this, ground truth
survey was also conducted to verify and confirm the ground features.

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.24
LAND USE/LAND COVER CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
Sr. No Level-1 Level-2

1 Built-up Land Town/cities
Villages
Institution/Industry/Godown etc
Plotted Area/Layout
2 Agriculture Land Double Crop Land/Irrigated Area
Plantations
Fallow
3 Forest Evergreen/Semi evergreen
Deciduous
Forest Plantation
4 Wastelands Rocky/Stony Waste
Land with /without scrubs
Saline/sandy & Marshy/swampy
5 Water Bodies River/Stream
Lake/Reservoir/Tanks
6 Others Orchard/Other Plantation
Shifting cultivation
Salt Pans, Snow covered/Glacial
Barren/Vacant Land
3.9.2.3 Methodology
The methodology adopted for the preparation of Land use/Land cover thematic
map is as follows:
Digital interpretation of IRS P6 LISS-IV MAX 5m resolution digital data

using ERDAS software programme; and
Field observations
The methodology adopted for preparation of land use/ land cover thematic map is
monoscopic visual interpretation of geo coded scenes of IRS P6 LISS-IV MAX-5m
resolution satellite and field observations are taken. The various steps involved in
the study are preparatory field work, field survey and post field work.
3.9.2.4 Pre field Interpretation of Satellite Data
The False Color Composite (FCC) of IRS P6 LISS-IV-5m resolution satellite data
are used for pre field interpretation work. Taking the help of topo sheets,
geology, and geomorphology and by using the image elements the features are
identified and delineated the boundaries roughly. Each feature is identified on
image by their image elements like tone, texture, color, shape, size, pattern and
association. A tentative legend in terms of Land Use/Land Cover, physiography
and erosion was formulated. The sample areas for field check are selected

Chapter 3
covering all the physiography, Land use/Land cover feature cum image
characteristics.
Ground Truth Collection

Both topo sheets and imagery were taken for field verification and a transverse
plan using existing road network was made to cover as many representative
sample areas as possible to observe the broad Land use features and to adjust
the sample areas according to field conditions. Detailed field observations and
investigations were carried out and noted the Land use features on the imagery.
Post Field Work

The base maps of the study area were prepared, with the help of Survey of India
topo sheets. Preliminary interpreted Land use and the Land cover features
boundaries from IRS P6 LISS-IV-5m resolution False Color Composite were
modified in light of field information and the final thematic details were
transferred onto the base maps. The final interpreted and classified thematic map
was cartographed. The cartographic map was coloured with standard colour
coding and detailed description of feature with standard symbols. All the classes
noted and marked by the standard legend on the map.
3.9.2.5 Final Output
The final output would be the Land use/Land cover map numerals were given
different colour code for each category as shown in map. Area estimation of all
features of Land use/Land cover categories was noted.
3.9.2.6 Observations
The following are the main interpreted land use/land cover classes of the study
area and their respective areas are given in hectares in Table 3.25 for the year
2016. The thematic map of study area and land use pattern within 10 km radius
based on IRS P6 LISS-IV-5m resolution is shown in Figure-3.11(A) and Figure-
3.11(B) respectively.
Built Up Area
The built up area is 1493.0 ha, which is about 4.25% of the study area.
Barren land
The barren land is 17.0 ha, which is about 0.05% of the study area.
Deciduous Forest
The Deciduous Forest is 326.0 ha, which is about 0.93% of the study area.
Double Crop Land
The Double Crop Land is 3231.0 ha, which is about 9.20% of the study area.

Chapter 3
Land with Scrub

The Land with Scrub is 34.0 ha, which is about 0.10% of the study area.
Land without Scrub

The Land without Scrub is 163 ha, which about 0.46% of the study area.
Mines / Quarries
The Mines / Quarries is 253.0 ha, which about 0.72% of the study area.
Salt affected Land
The Salt affected Land is 6.0 ha, which about 0.02% of the study area.
Single Crop Land
The Single Crop Land is 28558.0 ha, which about 81.34% of the study area.
Water Bodies
The Water Bodies is 778.0 ha, which is about 2.22% of the study area.
Plantation
The Plantation area is 250.0 ha, which is about 0.71% of the study area.
TABLE 3.25
LANDUSE BREAKUP DETAILS IN 10 KM RADIUS
Sr. No. Land Use / Cover Area (ha) Percentage (%)

1 Built-up Land 1493.0 4.25
2 Barren Land 17.0 0.05
3 Deciduous Forest 326.0 0.93
4 Double Crop Land 3231.0 9.20
5 Land with Scrub 34.0 0.10
6 Land without Scrub 163.0 0.46
7 Mines / Quarries 253.0 0.72
8 Plantation 250.0 0.71
9 Salt affected Land 6.0 0.02
10 Single Crop Land 28558.0 81.34
11 Water Bodies 778.0 2.22
Total 35109.0 100.00

Chapter 3
Source:
FIGURE-3.9
LAND USE / LAND COVER THEMATIC MAP OF THE STUDY AREA

Chapter 3
3.10 Demography and Socio-Economics
The growth of industrial sectors and infrastructure developments in and around

the agriculture dominant areas, villages and towns are bound to create its impact
on the socio-economic aspects of the local population. The impacts may be
positive or negative depending upon the developmental activity. To assess the
impacts on the socio-economics of the local people, it is necessary to study the
existing socio-economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for
making efforts to further improve the quality of life in the area of study. To study
the socio-economic aspects of people in the study area around the proposed
project site, the required data has been collected from various secondary sources
and supplemented by the primary data generated through the process of a
limited door to door socio-economic survey.
3.10.1 Methodology adopted for the Study
The methodology adopted for the study is based on the review of secondary data,
such as District Census Statistical Handbooks-2011 and the records of National
Informatics Center, New Delhi, for the parameters of demography, occupational
structure of people within the general study area of 10-km radius around the
proposed project site.
3.10.2 Review of Demographic and Socio-Economic Profile - 2011
The sociological aspects of this study include human settlements, demography,

social such as scheduled castes and scheduled tribes and literacy levels besides
infrastructure facilities available in the study area. The economic aspects include
occupational structure of workers.
The village wise demographic data as per 2011 census is presented in

Annexure-XXIV. The salient features of the demographic and socio-economic
details are described in the following sections.
3.10.3 Demography
3.10.3.1Distribution of Population
As per 2011 census, the study area consists of 2,99,284 persons. The distribution
of population in the study area is given in Table-3.26. The males and females
each constitute 50% of the study area population.

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.26
DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION
Sr. No Particulars 0-3 km 3 - 7 km 7-10 km 0-10 km

1 No of households 2,945 22,444 59,572 84,961
2 Total Population 9,972 78,790 2,10,522 2,99,284
3 Male population 5,032 39,687 1,05,985 1,50,704
4 Female population 4,940 39,103 1,04,537 1,48,580
5 Average household 3 4 4 4
6 % male to the total
population 50 50 50 50
7 % Female to the
total population 50 50 50 50
8 Sex Ratio (no of
females per 1000
males) % 982 985 986 986
Source: District Primary Census Hand Book Coimbatore & Tiruppur District, 2011
3.10.3.2 Average Household Size
The average household size of the study area is 4 persons. The low family size
could be attributed to a high degree of urbanization, effective birth control,
economic sense to have a small family, migration of people with higher literacy
levels who generally opt for smaller family size and family welfare measures.
3.10.3.3 Sex Ratio
The males and females each constitute 50% of the study area population as per
2011 census records. The sex ratio i.e. the number of females per 1000 males
indirectly reveals certain sociological aspects in relation with female births, infant
mortality among female children and single person family structure, a resultant of
migration of industrial workers. The study area on an average has 986 females
per 1000 males as per 2011 census.
3.10.4 Social Structure
As per 2011 census, the percentage of schedule caste population is 18.51%

within 10-km radius study area. 99% of SC and ST population has been observed
at the total population within 3 km of the study area. The distribution of
population by social structure is given in Table-3.27.

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.27
DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY SOCIAL STRUCTURE
Sr.No Particulars 0-3 km 3-7 km 7-10 km 0-10 km
1 Scheduled caste 2847 10449 22712 36008
2 % to the total population 97 47 38 42
3 Schedule Tribes 70 81 187 338
4 % to the total population 2.4 0.4 0.3 0.4
5 Total SC and ST
population 2917 10530 22899 36346
6 % to the total population 99 47 38 43
7 Other castes population 28 11914 36673 48615
8 Total population 2945 22444 59572 84961
3.10.5 Literacy Levels
The study area experiences literacy rate of 54.68%. The distribution of literate
and literacy rate in the study area is given in Table-3.28.
TABLE 3.28
DISTRIBUTION OF LITERATE AND LITERACY RATES
Sr. No Particulars 0-3 km 3-7 km 7-10 km 0-10 km
1 Total Literate 6,307 54,829 1,54,796 2,15,932
2 Total Population 9,972 78,790 2,10,522 2,99,284
3 Average Literacy (%) 63 70 74 72
4 Male Population 5,032 39,687 1,05,985 1,50,704
5 Male Literate 3,647 30,187 83,051 1,16,885
6 % To Total Male
Population 72 76 78 78
7 Female Population 4,940 39,103 1,04,537 1,48,580
8 Female Literate 2,660 24,642 71,745 99,047
9 % To Total Female
Population 54 63 69 67
The male literacy i.e. the percentage of male literates to the total males of the
study area works out to be 78%. The female literacy rate, which is an important
indication for social change is observed to be 67% in the study area as per 2011
census.
3.10.6 Occupational Structure
The occupational structure of residents in the study area is studied with reference
to main workers, marginal workers and non-workers. The main workers include
10 categories of workers defined by the Census Department consisting of
cultivators, agricultural labourers, those engaged in live-stock, forestry, fishing,
mining and quarrying; manufacturing, processing and repairs in household

Chapter 3
industry; and other than household industry, construction, trade and commerce,
transport and communication and other services.
The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of
less than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The
non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired
persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc.; institutional inmates or all other
non-workers who do not fall under the above categories.
TABLE-3.29
OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE
Particulars 0-3 km 3-7 km 7-10 km 0-10 km
Total population 9,972 78,790 2,10,522 2,99,284
Total main workers 4,891 36,477 91,281 1,32,649
% to total population 49 46 43 44
Marginal workers 1,069 2,094 7,047 10,210
Non-workers 4,012 38,846 1,08,333 1,51,191
As per 2011 census records, altogether the main workers works out to be 44% of
the total population. The marginal workers and non-workers constitute to 3% and
51% of the total population respectively. The distribution of workers by
occupation indicates that the non-workers are the predominant population. The
occupational structure of the study area is shown in Table-3.29.
3.11 Traffic in Existing Scenario
With the proposed project, the transportation is likely to increase the road
network during the operational phase on the nearest road. The influence of the
traffic are examined based of adequacy of the existing road network.
TABLE-3.30
LOCATION DETAILS
Sr.No Particulars Details
1 Site co-ordinates Points Latitude Longitude
A 11o 12 36.57 N 77o 26 23.65 E
B 11o 12 53.39 N 79o 27 09.06 E
C 11o 12 21.85 N 79o 27 13.39 E
D 11o 12 06.73 N 79o 26 49.48 E
2 Elevation above MSL 299 AMSL
4 Nearest Railway Uthukuli R.S (5.2 km, South)
Station
5 Nearest Airport Coimbatore Airport (48.0 km, ESE)

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.31
DETAILS OF TRAFFIC MONITORING LOCATION
Location
Location Details
Code
T-1 Kochi Salem Highway NH-47
FIGURE-3.10
TRAFFIC SAMPLING LOCATION IN NH-47
TABLE-3.32
ROAD GEOMETRIC SCENARIO
Road
Surface Street Road Road
Road width Lanes Remarks
Condition lights Markings signs
(m)
Divided road
Kochi Salem
22 4 Good A A A with street
Highway
lights

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.23
IRC GUIDELINES
Capacity in PCUs per hour for various traffic
conditions
No of Roads with no Roads with Roads with
traffic frontage frontage free frontage
lanes Traffic flow access, no access but no access,
and standing standing parked
widths vehicles, very vehicles and vehicles and
little cross high capacity heavy cross
traffic intersections traffic
2 - lane One way 2400 1500 1200
(7 7.5 Two way 1500 1200 750
m)
3 lane One way 3600 2500 2000
(10.5 m)
4 - lane One way 4800 3000 2400
(14 m) Two way 4000 2500 2000
6 lane One way* 3600 2500 2200
(21 m) Two way 6000 4200 3600
*denotes for three lanes in predominant direction of flow
TABLE-3.24
IRC LOS GUIDELINES
V/C LOS Performance
0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent
0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good
0.4 - 0.6 C Good / Average / Fair
0.6 - 0.8 D Poor
0.8 - 1.0 E Very Poor
1.0 & above F Worst

V= Volume in PCUs/hr & C= Capacity in PCUs/ hr
* Note: Capacity as per IRC Guidelines
The hourly vehicular traffic densities for continuous normal day at each location
observed during the study period and the same are presented in Table-6, 7 & 8.
Location Number : T-1
Details of Location : Kochi Salem Highway

Chapter 3
TABLE-3.25
TRAFFIC DENSITIES
Two Auto Car/ Total Total

Date Buses Trucks
Wheeler Rickshaw Utility Vehicles PCUs
07-Jun 40 6 81 362 355 843 2253

08-Jul 97 5 82 365 358 906 2299
09-Aug 68 4 81 360 354 867 2259
10-Sep 79 6 82 366 359 891 2298
11-Oct 68 5 78 349 343 843 2190
12-Nov 77 3 79 353 347 859 2219
13-Dec 95 5 80 359 352 891 2261
13-14 87 4 81 363 356 891 2282
14-15 73 6 79 354 347 859 2221
15-16 65 0 77 344 337 823 2151
16-17 71 5 79 353 347 855 2217
17-18 69 4 82 367 360 883 2301
18-19 82 3 78 350 344 857 2203
19-20 74 8 78 347 340 846 2178
20-21 64 4 81 362 355 865 2264
21-22 63 3 79 353 346 844 2210
22-23 75 4 81 361 354 875 2267
23-24 64 5 82 365 358 873 2283
24-Jan 97 6 79 354 347 883 2233
02-Jan 63 4 81 361 354 863 2261
03-Feb 59 1 82 366 359 866 2285
04-Mar 78 5 81 361 354 879 2269
05-Apr 81 7 82 364 357 891 2290
06-May 79 6 79 353 347 864 2221
Total 1768 109 1924 8589 8428 20818 53913
For 24 hour 867 2246
Maximum capacity of road 4000
TABLE-3.26
EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO
Existing V/C
Road V C* LOS
Ratio
Kochi Salem Highway 2246 4000 0.56 C

V= Volume in PCUs/hr & C= Capacity in PCUs/ hr
* Note: Capacity as per IRC Guidelines
1.4 Conclusion
The existing level of service (LOS) of the Salem Kochi Highway is C which is
Good/ Average/ Fair.

Chapter - 4
Anticipated Environmental Impacts &
Mitigation Measures
Chapter 4
Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures
4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 Identification of Impacts
This chapter deals with the identification and appraisal of various environmental
and social impacts due to the proposed project based on the prevailing baseline
setting and inventory of pollution sources described in the previous chapters.
Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or

secondary. Primary impacts are those, which attribute directly due to the
proposed project and the secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly
induced and typically include the associated investments and changed patterns of
social and economic developments.
The proposed project is likely to create impact on the environment in two distinct
phases:
During the construction phase, which may be regarded as temporary or

short term; and
During the operational phase which will have long-term effects.
The construction and functional phases of the proposed textile SEZs comprises of
various activities, each of which will have some impact on one or more
environmental parameters. Various impacts during the functional phase of the
project have been studied to estimate the impact on the environment and are
discussed briefly in the subsequent sections.
4.2 Impacts during Construction Phase
4.2.1 Impact on Topography and Land Use
The proposed development will be carried out in 97.54 ha (241.01 acres) plot in
SEZ notified area of 103.65 ha (256.1 acres) of Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam
Village, Tiruppur district. The site is devoid of any forest; hence the site clearance
from the Forest Department is not prerequisite. Also, the site is devoid of any
human habitations so evacuation is not necessary. Hence, there is no
resettlement and rehabilitation issues are involved in the proposed project.
No dry/wet agriculture is practiced in the site. This proposed development will be

carried out while undertaking minimum modifications in terrain for making sheds
for industrial plots. The implementation shall be carried out with appropriate
environmental measures. There will be a change in the topography, which will be
covered with the buildings and road network in the site. However, there will be a
significant improvement in the aesthetics of the site.
4.2.2 Impact on Soil

The proposed project development area is an unclassified land not used for
cultivation. The topsoil taken during development activities shall be collected and
stored in dumps during construction period.

Chapter 4
Once after the completion of construction phase, as the topsoil collected during
construction phase will be re-used for growth of plants, no adverse impact is
envisaged.
The dripping of oil from construction vehicles might cause soil contamination. In
order to prevent soil contamination likely to result from the oil spill and dripping
from vehicles, drip pans will be placed at the parking places of vehicles and the
dripped oil will be collected. The collected dripped oil will be stored and
subsequently sent to the authorized recycling agencies, recognized by TNPCB.
4.2.3 Impact on Air Quality
During construction phase, suspended particulate matter will be the main

pollutant, which will be generated during the site development activities such as
leveling of land, cutting and filling activities, transportation of construction
material to the project site from stationary and mobile sources.
Due to the increased vehicular movements, increase in NO x and CO

concentrations is envisaged at the project site. However, the increase in pollution
levels in the ambient air will be negligible. Also, most of the construction
equipment will be mobile, the emissions are likely to be fugitive and does not
gets reside at single place or source. As impacts will be localized in nature, the
areas outside the proposed project boundary are not likely to face any significant
adverse impact with respect to ambient air quality.
No major vegetative cover exists in the immediate vicinity of the project. Hence
no impacts on terrestrial flora and fauna are envisaged due to construction
activities.
4.2.4 Impact on Water Quality
During construction phase, water will be required only for construction of structures,
sprinkling on roads for dust suppression, domestic and non-domestic uses of the
construction workers, that too only during daytime.
Impact on water quality during construction phase will be due to non-point

discharges of sewage generated at the project site by the construction workforce.
However, due to relatively smaller area that will be taken-up for construction the
impact of water discharges at the site will be negligible. For construction workers,
adequate number of toilets with hygienic environment will be provided.
4.2.5 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation
During construction period, considerable quantities of earth and boulders will be
excavated from the foundations of various proposed structures. The excavated
earth and boulders will be used for leveling the low-lying terrain.
The topsoil excavated from the project site will be used for covering the area leveled
with excavated material from foundation trenches, on which tree plantations and
green belt development within the project premises will be undertaken.

Chapter 4
During construction phase, total solid waste in terms of food packet wrappers will
be generated. In order to avoid any solid waste disposal problems, an effective
solid waste management system by means of collection of wastes in dust bins
and transporting the same to the authorized dumping grounds by the contractors.
Strict adherence to the established solid waste collection and disposal system will
ensure clean environment during construction period.
4.2.6 Impact on Noise Levels
The major sources of noise during the construction phase will be due to operation
of construction equipments such as rock drills, pneumatic tools, concrete mixers,
cranes, generators, pumps, compressors, vibrators, etc. The operation of these
equipments will generate noise ranging between 70-85 dB (A). Due to moderate
levels of construction activities, the anticipated noise generation during
construction phase will be mostly confined to the facility itself and not anticipated
to have significant adverse impacts on the surrounding ambient noise levels. In
order to have less impact on noise levels in the area, the major works will be
carried out during daytime as far as possible.
Some construction equipments may generate more noise levels and might affect
the personnel operating these equipments. In order to safeguard the construction
workers working at the noise generation sources, these personnel will be provided
with proper personal protective equipments such as earplugs, earmuffs, etc.
Hence, no significant impact is envisaged due to the operation of the noise
generating equipment at the project site, if suitable mitigation measures are
adopted.
4.2.7 Impact on Terrestrial Ecology
The proposed developmental area is devoid of forest or thick vegetation. Only small
bushes which have grown in the recent past due to non-cultivation of the area will
be removed during leveling operations. Hence, there will not be any major impact
on the terrestrial ecology of the project site due to construction activities.
4.2.8 Impact on Aquatic Ecology
The construction of this textile SEZ will be undertaken only during the non-monsoon
season; hence no run-off or discharges from the site will be let out. Further, suitable
rainwater harvesting structures will be provided to collect during monsoon period.
Hence, no impact of water and wastewater discharges and associated environmental
pollution are envisaged during construction phase of the project. Accordingly, no
adverse impact on aquatic ecology of nearby tanks is envisaged during this phase.
4.3 Impacts during Operational Phase

The proposed development involves construction and operation of textile units
within a notified SEZ area. The project involves manufacturing and involve in
environmental pollution such as air and water and wastewater pollution.

Chapter 4
The following activities related to the project are anticipated to have varying
degree of impacts on the environment, hence considered for impact assessment:
Topography;
Land use and building construction;
Soil quality;
Water quality;
Storm water drainage;
Solid waste generation;
Air quality;
Noise levels;
Traffic and
Terrestrial and aquatic ecology
4.3.1 Impact on Topography
During the operational phase of the project, no impact on topography of the

project site will be experienced, as all the land leveling and construction activities
will be completed during the construction phase of the project itself. However, the
greenbelt will be grown with which the aesthetics will improve further.
4.3.2 Impact on Land Use and Building Construction
During the operational phase of the project, the land area which presently is an
unclassified zone will be transformed as an industrial zone with a well laid out
internal roads, industrial plots, warehouses, beautiful greenbelt, efficient air and
water circulation systems, impressive lighting system, efficient firefighting system
etc. Accordingly, there will be an immense positive impact on the land use
pattern of the proposed project site due to the area development.
All the structures in the proposed project development will be carried out as per
the prevailing stipulations of Govt. of Tamil Nadu. Care will be taken in provision
of adequate parking spaces as per DTCP norms, the project development will not
face any shortage in parking space and accordingly all vehicles of the project area
will be parked inside the project site premises. This will not compel the project
managers to park the visitors vehicles on the roads, outside the project, hence, it
will not cause for traffic congestions and hindrances or inconveniences to
movements of people on the roads and walkways.
4.3.3 Impact on Soil Quality
All the impacts related with soils are restricted to the construction phase only;
hence there will not be any impact of the proposed development on soils of the
project site during the operational phase. The topsoil removed during construction
stage will be spread on greenbelt area where trees will be developed. The matured
plantation will help reduction of possible soil erosion.

Chapter 4
The probable sources causing degradation of soil in the project area are due to
generation of solid wastes and wastewater from the proposed project development.
As appropriate solid waste management systems will be followed, no soil pollution is
anticipated in the proposed project.
Further, the proposed greenbelt, green cover and avenue plantation measures will
enrich the soil binding characteristics and preserve topsoil from erosion.
4.3.4 Impact due to Earth Quake
The project site falls in the Seismic Intensity Zone-III, which is not prone for
severe earthquakes. Hence, this project is not likely to face any impact due to
severe earthquakes. Adequate care will be taken in construction of structures to
withstand tremors of earthquakes, if such eventuality occurs.
4.3.5 Impact on Water Quality & Management
The total water requirement for the project has been estimated to be 1,407 KLD
which is a one-time requirement and daily fresh water make up of 127 KLD will
be met through New Tiruppur Area Development Corporation Limited (NTADCL).
The wastewater generated from industrial units with activities such as dyeing and
sizing activities shall be treated in the effluent treatment plant of capacity
1750 KLD and the sewage generated from industrial plots will be treated in
Sewage Treatment Plant of 275 KLD capacity respectively. The treated water
from ETP shall be reused for dyeing process and the treated sewage will be re-
used for process such as warping, looming & greenbelt. No wastewater will be
discharged outside the premise.
TABLE-4.1
Sr. No Category Quantity in KLD Management

1 Sewage 92 STP of capacity
275 KLD
2 Process
ETP of capacity
a Dyeing 1258.2
1750 KLD
d Sizing 30.09
Total 1380.3
In order to conserve water resources and rainwater in the proposed development,

efforts will be made for rainwater harvesting structures within the premises. The
rainwater from the roofs, greenbelt and paved areas shall be properly
segregated, collected by the suitable rainwater storage structures.

Chapter 4
4.3.6 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation
During operational phase of the project, considerable quantities of solid wastes

from process and domestic use be generated. If the solid wastes are not
disposed-off efficiently, these may cause for environmental degradation.
The solid waste generated from the textile SEZ are classified to process waste
and domestic waste. In domestic waste, source segregation are proposed with
common collection and disposal, using color coded bins positioned at each plots.
The biodegradable wastes shall be collected, segregated and composted within
the project premise. Sludge generated from STP of quantity 0.9 TPD and
horticulture waste, such as dried leaves, flowers etc. shall be utilized as manure
for greenbelt
TABLE-4.2
SOLID WASTE GENERATION & MANAGEMENT

Sr. No Solid waste
(TPD) measures
2 End bits 0.23
2 Non-biodegradables (40%) 0.18 Will be given to authorized
centres
3 STP Sludge 0.9 Dried and re-used as
manure for greenbelt
The process waste shall be again categorized into hazardous and non-hazardous
waste. Non-hazardous process waste such as end bits, cuttings shall be reused
again in process. Hazardous process waste such as MEE salt, ETP sludge, RO
reject, Solar bed residue, used oil shall be collected & stored in dykes, PE bags &
barrels. Adequate solid waste storage area of 1.5 ha has been allocated in the
project premise and the waste shall be kept with accordance to the material
compatibility. The stored waste shall be periodically disposed to secured disposal
centre authorized by CPCB/ TNPCB. Hence, the generation of solid wastes in the
proposed project development will not create adverse impacts.
4.3.7 Impact due to Fire Accidents
The proposed project design and development has been planned with utmost care
and all provisions have been made for the safety and security of the property as
well as the personnel.

Chapter 4
For preventing fires wherever possible, fireproof materials will be used in

construction. Appropriate electrical cables and other electric appliances will be
used in the project to avoid fire accidents. For protection against fire, all the
blocks and yards will be equipped with efficient firefighting system. DG sets will
be provided with inbuilt fuel (HSD) storage. No external storage of fuel is
envisaged.
4.3.8 Impact on Air Quality
4.3.8.1 Gaseous Emissions
Being an infrastructure project, the major source of air pollution is from DG Sets.
The DG Sets generate pollutants like Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), Sulphur
dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx). The sources of air pollution in the
process have been identified and quantified.
Air Pollution Impact Prediction through Modelling
Aermod View
AERMOD is an air dispersion-modeling package, which seamlessly incorporates

the popular USEPA Models, ISCST3, ISC-PRIME and AERMOD into one interface
without any modifications to the models. These models are used extensively to
assess pollution concentration and deposition from a wide variety of sources.
Aermod Model
The AMS/EPA REGULATORY MODEL (AERMOD) was specially designed to support

the Environmental Regulatory Modeling Programs. AERMOD is a regulatory steady
state-modeling system with three separate components;
AERMOD (AERMIC Dispersion Model);

AERMAP (AERMOD Terrain Preprocessor); and
AERMET (AERMOD) Meteorological Preprocessor.
The AERMOD model includes a wide range of options for modeling air quality
impacts of pollution sources, making it popular choice among the modeling
community for a variety of applications. AERMOD requires two types of
meteorological data files, a file containing surface scalar parameters and a file
containing vertical profiles. These two files are provided by AERMET
meteorological preprocessor program.
PRIME building downwash algorithms based on the ISC PRIME model have
been added to the AERMOD model;
Use of arrays for data storage;
Incorporation of EVENT processing for analyzing short-term source culpability;
Explicit treatment of multiple year meteorological data files and the annual
average; and
Options to specify emissions that vary by season, hour-of-day and day-of-
week.
Chapter 4
Deposition algorithms have been implemented in the AERMOD model results

can be output for concentration, total deposition flux, dry deposition flux, and / or
wet deposition flux. The model contains algorithms for modeling the effects of
settling and removal of large particulates and for modeling the effects of
precipitation scavenging for gases or particulates.
Aermet
In order to conduct a refined air dispersion modeling project using the AERMOD
short-term air quality dispersion model, it is necessary to process the
meteorological data representative of the study area being modeled. The
collected meteorological data is not always in the format supported by the model,
therefore the meteorological data needs to be pre-processed using AERMET
program.
The AERMET program is a meteorological preprocessor, which prepares hourly

surface data and upper air data for use in the AERMOD air quality dispersion
model. AERMET is designed to allow future enhancements to process other types
of data and to compute boundary layer parameters with different algorithms.
AERMET processes meteorological data in three stages and from this process two
files are generated for use with the AERMOD model. A surface file of hourly
boundary layer parameters estimates a profile file of multiple-level observations
of wind speed, wind direction, temperature and standard deviation of the
fluctuating wind components.
Application of AERMOD
AERMOD model with the following options has been employed to predict the
cumulative ground level concentrations due to emissions from the proposed
activity.
All terrain dispersion parameters are considered;

Predictions have been carried out to estimate concentration values over radial
distance of 10 km around the project area;
Uniform polar receptor network has been considered;
Emission rates from the sources were considered as constant during the entire
period;
The ground level concentrations computed without any consideration of decay
coefficient;
Calm winds recorded during the study period were also taken into
consideration;
24 hourly mean ground level concentrations were estimated using the entire
meteorological data collected during the study period; and
The study area is used to represent the graphical output of the GLCs using the
terrain processor.

Chapter 4
Meteorological Data
The hourly meteorological data recorded at site is converted to the mean hourly
meteorological data as specified by CPCB and the same has been used in the
model. Hourly mixing heights are taken from the Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height
and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India published by India
meteorological department, 2008, New Delhi. The meteorological data recorded
during study period continuously on wind speed, wind direction, temperature etc.,
have been processed to extract the data required for simulation by AERMOD
using AERMET. The meteorological input data used for the model is presented in
Table-4.3.
TABLE-4.3
HOURLY MEAN METEOROLOGICAL DATA
Wind Air
Time in Windspeed Stability Mixing
direction in Temperature
hours in m/s class height in m
degrees in oK
00:00 2.0 225 303.15 1 1000
01:00 2.0 180 303.15 1 1000
02:00 4.1 215 303.15 1 1000
03:00 3.6 215 303.15 1 1000
04:00 4.1 215 303.15 2 1000
05:00 5.6 215 303.15 2 900
06:00 3.6 215 303.15 1 800
07:00 0.0 215 304.15 4 800
08:00 3.6 205 306.15 4 200
09:00 2.8 205 306.15 6 200
10:00 4.0 205 309.15 6 200
11:00 2.6 205 310.15 6 200
12:00 4.6 180 310.15 6 200
13:00 4.3 180 309.15 6 200
14:00 5.6 180 309.15 6 200
15:00 0.0 180 309.15 6 200
16:00 4.4 225 307.15 6 200
17:00 4.4 225 306.15 6 200
18:00 3.6 225 305.15 6 500
19:00 2.9 225 305.15 6 800
20:00 2.9 250 304.15 6 800
21:00 2.9 250 304.15 4 800
22:00 3.0 250 304.15 1 800
23:00 2.9 250 304.15 1 1000
Model Input Data

The main pollutants from the proposed project will be Particulate Matter (PM10,
PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx). The pollutants are
dispersed adequately by providing suitable stack heights. The particulate matter
emissions considered for the modeling is 50 mg/Nm3. The details of expected
stack & emissions from the proposed project are given in Table-4.4 and in
Table-4.5

Chapter 4
TABLE-4.4
DETAILS OF STACKS
Sr. Height Dia. CSA
Source
No. (m) (m) (m2)
1. IG3 Infra limited - Proposed Textile SEZ
Individual stack attached to DG Set I
a. 8.0 0.50 0.943
(125 KVA)
Individual stack attached to DG Set II
b. 8.0 0.50 0.943
(125 KVA)
Individual stack attached to DG Set III
c. 8.0 0.50 0.943
(125 KVA)
2. IG3 Infra Limited Thermal Power Plant
a. Individual stack attached to Boiler 76.0 2.0 3.142
TABLE-4.5
ANTICIPATED STACK EMISSIONS
IG3 Thermal
Proposed Textile SEZ
Parameters Units Power Plant
Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3 Stack 4
Stack attached to DG Set DG Set DG Set CFBC boiler
Made of M.S M.S M.S M.S
Capacity 185 KVA 185 KVA 185 KVA 250 TPH
Stack Height m 8.0 8.0 8.0 76.0
Stack diameter at exit m 0.15 0.15 0.15 2.0
Cross sectional area m2 0.02 0.02 0.02 3.142
Flue gas Temperature oC 139 139 139 150
Exit Gas velocity m/s 13.4 14.2 13.8 14.0
Volumetric flow rate Nm3/hr 828 864 828 1,11,562
Particulate matter g/s 0.012 0.012 0.012 1.55
Sulphur dioxides g/s 0.095 0.095 0.095 75.46
Nitrogen oxides g/s 0.012 0.012 0.012 1.55
Presentation of Results
In the present case model simulations have been carried out for the period 1st
June 31st August, 2016. For the short-term simulations, the concentrations
were estimated around 1200 receptor points chosen to obtain an optimum
description of variations in concentrations over the site in 10-km radius covering
16 directions. The predicted incremental ground levels concentration for PM, SO 2
and NOX are given in Table-4.6. The predicted ground level concentration
isopleths are given in Figure-4.1 to 4.3.

Chapter 4
FIGURE-4.1
SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLC OF PM

Chapter 4
FIGURE-4.2
SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLC OF SO 2

Chapter 4
FIGURE-4.3
SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLC OF NOx

Chapter 4
TABLE-4.6
SHORT TERM MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS
Parameters Concentration Distance Direction

(g/m3) (km)
PM 1.23 1.0 NE
SO2 13.7 1.5 NE
NOx 1.23 1.0 NE
Comments on Predicted Concentrations
A perusal of Table-4.4 reveals that the maximum incremental short term 24

hourly ground level concentrations for PM, SO2 and NOx likely to be encountered
during study period are 1.23 g/m3, 13.7 g/m3 and 1.23 g/m3 occurring at a
distance of about 1.0, 1.5, 1.0 km in the North East direction respectively.
Resultant Concentrations after Implementation of the proposed Project
Cumulative impact on baseline ambient air quality, after the implementation of

the proposed project has been arrived by superimposing the present baseline
maximum air quality levels of each pollutant. The resultant ambient air quality
after implementation of the project is given in Table-4.7.
TABLE-4.7
RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS AFTER PROPOSED PROJECT
Concentration (g/m3) Distance/ NAAQS

Pollutant
Baseline Incremental Resultant Direction Limits
PM10 49.5 1.23 50.73 1.0 km, NE 100
SO2 11.6 13.70 25.30 1.5 km, NE 80
NOx 27.8 1.23 29.03 1.0 km, NE 80
A perusal of the table above covered under each activity reveals that there will be a
marginal increase in terms of pollution load. However, it can be observed that the
resultant ambient air quality after considering the point source emissions, fugitive /
area source emissions and line source emissions are well below the limits as per
national ambient air quality standards, 2009 and the area has sufficient carrying
capacity to accommodate the industrial development.
Fugitive Emissions
The proposed project development will be excellently landscaped with proper

terracing and benching and will be provided with pucca roads. As the entire project
area will be covered with good landscaping and greenbelt, generation of fugitive
dust within the premises is not anticipated. Even the dust, outside the project
premise will be minimal due to the proposed compound walls and trees, which will
function as barriers along the boundary. Further, all fugitive emissions are likely to
be controlled to a great extent, through proper maintenance of tree plantations and
the green belt development undertaken within the project.

Chapter 4
4.3.9 Impact due to Vehicular Traffic
To assess the existing traffic density in the proposed project development, traffic
counts were carried out on the Kochi Salem Highway which is the major feeder
traffic point to/from the site; to provide background values of traffic density, and
correlate such data to the levels of air pollution along the road.
Vehicular traffic on these roads includes heavy vehicle, light vehicle, three wheelers
and two wheelers. Major traffic flow occurs between 6 AM to 11 PM on these roads.
The additional traffic due to the proposed project would also occur in this time
duration only. The proposed development would generate an additional vehicles of
10 numbers per day. The PCU generated from the traffic doesnt create a significant
impact. Hence the level of service continues to be C which is Good/fair/average
after the development of the proposed project.
4.3.10 Impact on Noise Levels
Any industry/ development in general consists of several sources of noise in

clusters or single. These clusters / single source may be housed in buildings of
different dimensions made of different materials or installed in open or under
sheds. The noise levels at the source will be in the range of 70-90 dB (A). For
computing the noise levels at various distances with respect to the plant site,
noise levels are predicted using a user-friendly model.
4.3.10.1 Input for the Model
The prediction of incremental noise levels due to the operation phase of the
project has been carried out using mathematical model. Noise levels are mainly
generated from billet removal, cutting, blowers and cooling tower. The noise
sources have been defined with respect to plant and given in Table-4.8.
TABLE-4.8
ANTICIPATED NOISE EMISSIONS
Sr. No Source Noise Levels db(A)

1 Compressor 90
2 Cooling tower 85
3 Air compressors 85
4 Transformer 75
5 DG Set 1 x 380 KVA 83
6 Loading & unloading operation 60 70
7 Vehicular movement (truck) 60 - 70
4.3.10.2 Presentation of Results
The model results are discussed below and the predicted model results at project
boundary are presented in Figure-4.4.

Chapter 4
-1000.00 -800.00 -600.00 -400.00 -200.00 0.00 200.00 400.00 600.00 800.00 1000.00
1000.00 1000.00
800.00 800.00
600.00 600.00
400.00 400.00
200.00 200.00
0.00 0.00
-200.00 -200.00
-400.00 -400.00
-600.00 -600.00
-800.00 -800.00
-1000.00 -1000.00
-1000.00 -800.00 -600.00 -400.00 -200.00 0.00 200.00 400.00 600.00 800.00 1000.00
FIGURE- 4.4
PREDICTED NOISE CONTOUR

Chapter 4
[Work Zone Noise Levels
The damage risk criteria as enforced by OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health
Administration) to reduce hearing loss, stipulates that noise level upto 90 dB(A)
are acceptable for 8 hour working shift per day. It was observed from the
proposed development, noise levels ranging between 60 64 dB (A) and it will be
limited to work zone only. At the corners of the plant boundary, noise levels will
be varying between 44 dB (A) to 46 dB (A).
4.4 Indirect Impacts
4.4.1 Impacts on Public Health

The discharge of waste materials (wastewater and solid wastes) from the project
can have some adverse impacts on public health in the surrounding area, if
appropriate treatment procedures are not followed. As the project will be
designed as per the modern available technology for controlling the impacts, no
adverse impacts on public health in the area are anticipated.
4.4.2 Impact on Places of Tourist/Religious/Historical Importance
No historical monuments or places of historical importance are present near the

project site; hence no adverse impact will be resulted due to this project.
4.5 Mitigation Measures
4.5.1 Construction Phase
The construction phase involves site preparation, transportation of construction

materials and equipment and construction of the infrastructure. During this
phase, it is imminent that workers/ labours will be staying on site till the
completion of construction. However, this is not a long-term impact as this is a
temporary phase. From the above activity, it is envisaged that there will be some
effect on the environment. To minimize these impacts, the proponent will
undertake all preventive and remedial measures, which are outlined hereunder.
Land Environment
The following management measures will be adopted:
During the construction phase, as soon as construction is over, the surplus

earth will be utilized to fill up the low lying areas, the rubbish will be cleared
and all un-built surfaces be reinstated;
The top soil from the excavated areas will be preserved in separate stacks for
re-use during the development of greenbelt;
There will be minimum/optimum concreting of the top surfaces so that

sufficient scope for maximum groundwater recharge due to rainfall with
appropriate rain water harvesting measures.

Chapter 4
Water Environment
During monsoon period, the surface run-off will be likely to be affected due to the
construction work and loosening of topsoil. This will be likely to increase the
suspended solids in the run-off during heavy precipitation. Construction activities
will be sustained during heavy rains and construction material shall be properly
covered.
In order to reduce the impact on water quality, temporary sedimentation tanks

and bunds will be constructed for the settlement of the suspended matter.
Sanitation
The construction site will be provided with adequate toilet facilities for workers to
meet the proper standards of hygiene. These facilities will be made in a precise
way to reduce environmental impact.
Air Environment
During construction period, there will be likelihood of generation of dust and NOx
emissions. This can be attributed to leveling activity and vehicular movement.
The transport vehicles using petrol or diesel should be properly maintained to
minimize smoke in the exhaust. Truck mounted sprinkling method is suggested to
address this issue.
Since there will be likelihood of fugitive dust from the construction activity, material
handling and from the truck movement in the premises, the project should go for
greenbelt development along the boundaries of the project site.
Additional recommendations include the following:
Sprinkling of water will be done at frequent intervals by preferably using

truck-mounted sprinklers;
Construction equipment will be maintained and serviced regularly such that
the gaseous emissions from these equipment are maintained within the
design specifications; and
Construction activities will be restricted to daytime only as much as possible
to minimize disturbance during night time.
Noise Environment
Generation of noise during construction phase will be due to operation of heavy

equipment and increased frequency of vehicular traffic in the area. Vibration
levels will also increase due to these activities. However, these impacts will be
short term and intermittent in nature. The noise effect on the nearest inhabitants
during the construction activity will be negligible, as the noise levels will be
dissipated within the project site itself. Nevertheless, the following mitigation
measures will be adopted:

Chapter 4
Provision for insulating caps and aids at the exit of noise source on the
machinery;
The use of damping materials such as thin rubber/lead sheet for wrapping the
work places like compressors, generator sheets;
Shock absorbing techniques will be adopted to reduce impact;
Inlet and outlet mufflers will be provided, which are easy to design;
Earmuffs will be provided to the workers and it should be enforced to be used
by the workers;
Noise prone activities will be restricted to the extent possible during night
time, particularly during the period between 10 pm to 6 am in order to have
minimum environmental impact on the workers as well as on the
neighbourhood; and
No worker will be allowed to expose to more than 90 dB (A) in an 8-hour shift
and under no circumstance the noise level from any equipment will be greater
than 115 dB (A).
Ecological Aspects
Project site is a vacant land and there is no occurrence of vegetation at site. The
exquisite greenbelt will developed to mitigate adverse impacts. A comprehensive
greenbelt programme will improve the ecological condition of the region.
Traffic
During Construction Phase
The addition of 10 trucks per day carrying construction material do not

change any significantly the traffic flow
Number of trucks coming to the site. Day time 10 nos; Night time Nil
The addition do not make any significant change for traffic movement at any
given time
Vehicles carrying construction materials are well covered to prevent any
spillage
Vehicles hired for construction material will be in good condition and conforms
to noise and air emission standards
Vehicles will operate only during non-peak hours.
Storage of Hazardous Material
The hazardous materials used during the construction may include petrol, diesel,
welding gas and paints. These materials will be stored and handled as per the
guidelines specified under Hazardous Wastes (Storage, Handling and
Transportation) Management Rules of Environment Protection Act. Some of the
precautions of storage include the following:
Dyked enclosures will be provided so as to contain complete contents of the

largest tank; and
Diesel and other fuels will be stored in separate dyke enclosures.
Materials will be stored as per compatibility

Chapter 4
Site Security
Adequate security arrangement will be made to ensure that the local inhabitants
and the stray cattle are not exposed to the potential hazards of construction
activities.
Migrant Laborers
Safe and secure camping area will be provided for the migrant laborers during the
construction period. Adequate arrangements will be made for water supply,
sanitation and cooking fuels.
The construction site should be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities
for workers to allow proper standards of hygiene. These facilities will be connected
to a packaged STP and maintained to ensure minimum environmental impact.
Facilities to be provided by the Labour Contractor
The contractor has to provide following facilities to construction work force:
First Aid: At work place, first-aid facilities will be maintained at a readily

accessible place where necessary appliances including sterilized cotton wool etc.,
will be available. Ambulance facilities will be kept readily available at workplace to
take injured person to the nearest hospital.
Potable Water: Sufficient supply of water suitable for drinking will be provided at
appropriate places.
Sanitary Facility: Within the precinct of very work place, latrines and urinals
should be provided at accessible place. These should be cleaned at least twice
during working hours and kept in a good sanitary condition. The contractor should
conform to sanitary requirement of local medical and health authorities at all
times.
Security: The contractor will provide necessary security to work force.
Facilities for Women: Facilities as per Factory Rules of the State Government will
be provided to the women work force. Separate toilets for women will be
provided with appropriate signboards.
4.5.2 Operational Phase
The EMP in the design stage endeavors to mitigate the problems related to health,
safety and environment at the initial stage itself. The proposed facilities will be
designed taking into account all applicable standards/norms both for regulatory and
safety purpose.
The design of the project will be made by laying special emphasis on the measures
to minimize sewage generation and emission control at source. The specific control
measures related to gaseous emissions, liquid sewage discharges, noise generation,
solid waste disposal, etc., are described below:

Chapter 4
Air Pollution Management
Major pollutants envisaged from the proposed project are Particulates (PM10 &
PM2.5), SO2 and NOx due to mobile vehicles and operation of DG sets during
power failure. The operation of DG sets will only be a temporary occurrence.
Further, the DG sets are provided with adequate stack height for dispersion of air
pollutants. Hence it will not cause any major adverse impact on air environment.
The emission standards of the vehicles plying in the complex will be of
international standards. Euro-IV/Bharat-IV standards will be used.
Parking Facilities
The project will be provided with adequate parking area as per Directorate of
Town and Country Planning (DTCP) norms. A total surface parking area of 1.0 ha
has been allotted. Additional traffic load due to the proposed project will be taken
care by contracted lessee. Additionally, it will also be managed using parking
areas in the upcoming phase.
Water and Wastewater Management
Controlled Water Use
The one time total water requirement of the project is about 1,407 KLD and daily
fresh water make up is 127 KLD. Both will be met through New Tiruppur Area
Development Corporation Limited (NTADCL). Wastage of water will be totally
controlled and only the minimum quantum of water will be used.
Monitoring of Water Consumption
Water consumption monitors and periodic water audits will be conducted to

explore the possibilities for minimization of water consumption.
Water Conservation
In order to reduce the water consumption in project, suitable measures will be

taken. Effluent and sewage will be treated using ETP (1750 KLD) and STP
(275 KLD) and treated water shall be reused in industrial plots and greenbelt
maintenance.
Wastewater Treatment and Reuse
The quantity of wastewater generation depends upon the quantity of water used
for various purposes. The total quantum of wastewater generation ie., from
sewage (92 KLD) and effluent (1288.29 KLD) will be about 1,380.3 KLD.
Wastewater generated from the domestic activities will be treated in Sewage

Treatment Plant (STP) and the treated water will be utilized for nourishing
greenbelt. Wastewater from dyeing and sizing activities shall be treated using
Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) and the treated water shall be reused again for
process.

Chapter 4
Rain Water Management
Rainwater from roof tops will be diverted to UG tanks (600 KLD). The storm water
from greenbelt and vacant areas will be provided with drain/trench to rainwater
collection pits (723 nos.) along the periphery of the site. Storm water generated
in paved area shall be diverted to rainwater harvesting pond (capacity: 7.5 MLD).
Solid waste Management
Solid wastes are primarily categorized as according to their nature and

characteristics. Domestic solid wastes generated from workers would be
segregated into biodegradable (0.26 TPD) and non-biodegradable (0.18 TPD).
Biodegradable wastes will be composted within the premise and non-
biodegradable wastes will be provided to authorized recyclers. STP sludge
(0.7 TPD) will dried and reused for greenbelt maintenance.
Non-hazardous process wastes like end bits (0.23 TPD) and cloth cuttings
(0.57 TPD) will be reused within the process. Hazardous solid wastes such as MEE
salt (0.4 TPD), CETP Sludge (1.6 TPD) will be disposed to secured disposal centre
authorized by CPCB/TNPCB.
Noise Level Management
The incremental noise levels due to the proposed project development will be less
than 45-dB(A) near the project boundaries in all the directions. The ambient noise
levels in the region are within the permissible limits. However, the greenbelt to be
provided will further attenuate the noise levels.
Recommendations
Noise levels would be reduced by the use of absorbing material on roof walls
and floors;
The project area would be thickly vegetated with species of rich canopy; and
Adequate green belt and green cover and avenue plantation with an average
density will be created to attenuate noise levels.
4.6 Greenbelt Development
Implementation of greenbelt is of paramount importance in development of any

project. The vegetation will prevent soil erosion, make the ecosystem more
complex and functionally more stable, make the climate more conductive and
restore water balance.
The greenbelt helps to capture the fugitive emissions and to attenuate the noise
generated in the premises apart from improving the aesthetics of the site.
Plantation program should be undertaken in all available areas. This would include
plantation in the premises, along the internal and external roads and in between
buildings.

Chapter 4
The plant species selected for greenbelt will include the native species. These
saplings will be planted in rows. About 34.1% (33.2 ha) of the total geographical
land of the site will be brought under greenbelt/green cover program.
The plantation at the proposed project development will take into consideration of
the social forestry in the region.
The proposed greenbelt will cover the following design aspects:

There will be a greenbelt all around the proposed project development;
All along the internal and external roads, plantation will be taken up;
Shrubs and trees will be planted in encircling rows around the project site;
Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation (Triangular
form);
Since the trunks of the tall trees are generally devoid of foliage, it will be
useful to have shrubs in front of the trees so as to give coverage to this
portion;
Standard pit size will be 1 m x 1 m x 1 m; and
The pits will be filled using good soil from nearby agricultural fields (3 parts)
and farmyard manure (1 part).
4.6.1 Plant Species for Greenbelt
Based on climate and soil characteristics of the study area, some species are
recommended for plantation. In order to have a ground cover, some fast growing
species, which do not require watering, have been recommended for mass
plantation. The species are as presented below:
Delonix regia
Polyalthia longifolia
Plumeria obtusa
Spathodea campanulata
Schizolobium parahybum
Samanea saman
Cocos nuciferas
Livistona rotundifolia
Phoenix sylvestris
The above-mentioned species not only resist water stress but also covers the
ground quickly and also have wider soil adaptability. For protecting the
environment from dust, temperature, chemicals, emissions, the following species
have been recommended:
Syzygium cumminii
Casuarina equisetifolia
Orodoxia regia
Cassia species
Caesalpinia Pilcherrima
Azadirachta indica
Polyalthia longifolira

Chapter 4
Thespesia populanea
Bauhinia purpuria
Bauhinia recemosa
Ponqamia glabra
Peltophorum ferrusinium
Mangifera indica
Dalberqia sissoo
Tecoma stans
Pongamia glabra
Peltophorum ferrusinium
Somania saman
Mimusops elinqi
Cassia fistula
Bauhinia variegata
Bombax ceiba
Delonix elata
Sesbania grandiflora
Terminalia catapa
4.7 Socio-Economic Development
The textile SEZ will further enhance the development of the region and open
several employment opportunities in this region. The social and infrastructural
facilities in the region will be developed directly or indirectly due to the project.
Corporate Social Responsibility
In keeping with the tradition and value system of the IG3 Group, IG3 has
been supporting and strengthening key communities around its project sites
through its CSR initiatives including infrastructure development, health,
education and employability enhancement etc.,
The main focused areas would be education empowerment, social

infrastructure development and environment conservation.
2.5% of net profit at the corporate level has been allocated towards CSR
initiatives, for IG3 Infra Limited. The photographs of the CSR activities done in
the previous year has been attached as Figure-4.5 and in Figure-4.6.

Chapter 4
FIGURE- 4.5
CSR ACTIVITIES SMART CLASS INFRASTRUCTURE TO
SUNDAKKAMPALAYAM GOVT SCHOOL
FIGURE- 4.6
CSR ACTIVITIES SMART CLASS INFRASTRUCTURE TO
SUNDAKKAMPALAYAM GOVT SCHOOL

Chapter 4
4.8 Energy Saving Measures
The proposed project will adopt the following energy saving measures:
Solar plant of 4 MW has been proposed for common facilities. The plant could
generate 16983 units/day.
Apart from solar plant, Energy efficient fluorescent tube lights & CFL lamps
which give approx. 30% more light output for the same watts consumed and
therefore require less no of fixtures and corresponding lower point wiring
costs.
All fluorescent light fixtures will be specified to incorporate electronic chokes,
which have less watt-loss, compared to electromagnetic chokes and result in
superior operating power factor. Electronic chokes also improve the life of the
fluorescent lamps.
The UPS will be specified with high input power factor (close to unity) so that
input KVA is restricted.
UPS system is proposed with harmonic distortion restricted to less than 5%
compared to far greater than 10% in many conventional UPS systems.
Bus bars in all distribution panels are specified as copper bus bars to reduce
losses and improve reliability.
Copper conductor cables will be specified for sizes of 16-sq.mm and below,
this will reduce losses and improve reliability.
All cables will be de-rated to avoid heating during use. This also indirectly
reduces losses and improves reliability.
Variable frequency drives will be incorporated on motor feeders, which will
save considerable energy.
Power factor of the complete electrical system will be maintained close to
unity. This will reduce electrical power distribution losses in the installation.
An APFC relay based on thyrister switching will be proposed to effect the
power factor correction / improvement within a few cycles of deviation from
the setting & also to reduce inrush currents.
Solar operated pole lights will be proposed to power pathway lights at some
strategic locations.
Presence sensors & daylight sensors will be provided where ever feasible.
Transparent roofs and slits which facilitate the solar light will be in the textile
SEZ to reduce the light usage in day time.

Chapter 5
Analysis of Alternatives
Chapter 5
Analysis of Alternatives
5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE & TECHNOLOGY)
5.1 Analysis of alternative sites for location of proposed textile SEZ
The proposed project is an development of textile SEZ which involves

construction of 26 industrial sheds & common amenities for textile units. The
development will be carried out in the area of 97.5 ha (241.01 acres) which has
been recognized as the Sector Specific Special Economic Zone (SEZ) by Ministry
of Commerce & Industry. The proposed project of textile SEZ is carried out based
on the following criteria
The land area involved has been recognized as SEZ area by MoCI, India.
They have close proximity and synergy with nearby textile cluster & industries
They have a well-established power plant in this area
No forest land is involved;
No crop land or agricultural field are located nearby;
Nearest habitation (Samiarpalayam) is more than 1 km;
The site has near connectivity to raw material suppliers;
Accessibility to Uthukuli railway line and Kochi seaport;
National highway (NH-47) is adjacent to the project site;
Back-up power connectivity from TANGEDCO;
Manpower availability from nearby areas;
No resettlement and rehabilitation issues; and
Absence of areas of archeological and historical importance within 15 km radius
Based on the above criterion, proposed project has been decided to carryout in
this region.
5.2 Conclusion and Recommendation:
The overall factors makes to carry out the proposed textile SEZ in the area

Chapter 6
Environmental Monitoring Program
Chapter 6
Environmental Monitoring Programme
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 Implementation Schedule of EMP
The mitigation measures suggested in the Chapter-4 will be implemented so as to
reduce the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed project.
In order to facilitate easy implementation, mitigation measures are phased as per
the priority implementation. The priority of the implementation schedule is given in
Table-6.1.
TABLE-6.1
EMP IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
Sr. No Recommendations Requirement

1. Air pollution control measures Before commissioning of respective textile
SEZ
2. Water pollution control measures Before commissioning of the textile SEZ
3. Noise control measures Along with the commissioning of the
Textile SEZ
4. Solid waste management During commissioning of the Textile SEZ
5. Green belt development Phase-wise implementation
6.2 Environmental Monitoring
The Post Project Monitoring to be carried out at the project is discussed below:
Monitoring and Reporting Procedure
Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of

immense importance to assess the status of environment during operational
phase. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring program can
serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to
operational phase and suitable mitigatory steps could be taken in time to
safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of
pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by
monitoring. The following routine monitoring program will be implemented under
the post project monitoring. The proposed monitoring program is given below:
Air Pollution and Meteorological Aspects
Both ambient air quality and stack emissions will be monitored. The ambient air
quality will be monitored once in three months in the work zone, at the DG set
location and surroundings through a reputed environmental laboratory recognized
by CPCB/MoEF. Similarly, the stack monitoring will be carried out once in three
months and the results will be reported to pollution control authorities.
Wastewater Quality
The effluent and sewage emanating from the project will be monitored once in a
month for physico-chemical characteristics.
Noise Levels
Noise levels near the DG sets will be monitored once in three months.

Chapter 6
Monitoring Equipment and Consumables
A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be provided for monitoring

of environmental parameters. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced to a
MoEF/CPCB/NABET/NABL recognized laboratory.
6.3 Environmental Monitoring during Construction Phase
The environmental monitoring cell of the construction team will be coordinating

all the monitoring programs during the construction phase of all the proposed
industrial sheds. The proposed monitoring schedule during the construction phase
of the project is outlined in Table-6.2.
TABLE-6.2
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING CONSTRUCTION
PHASE
Important
Monitoring Duration of
Sr. No Monitoring Location Monitoring
Frequency Sampling
Parameters
A Project Activity : Earth work, development of industrial plots & amenities
I Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
Four locations at Once in a 8 hrs PM10, PM2.5,
proposed project site (to month SO2, NO2 and
monitor impacts of CO
proposed construction
activities)
II Ambient Noise Level
Six locations at proposed Once in a Hourly for 24 Sound Pressure
project site (to monitor month hrs Levels, Leq,
impacts of proposed Lmax
construction activities)
III Water Quality
Drainage Outfalls Once in a 24 hr BOD, TSS
(Drainage pipes adjacent month composite
to the development area
will be cleaned of soil
and aggregates)
IV Solid Waste Disposal Mechanism
Project site (Disposal site Daily Twice a day Physical
of construction debris Observation
and cutting material)
V Traffic Monitoring
Near Project Site (to Daily Hourly Vehicle count
monitor impacts of and type
temporary construction
traffic)
VI Occupational Health Twice in a Continuous General Health
and Safety week database aspects
management of
causalities

Chapter 6
6.4 Environmental Monitoring during Operation Phase

The environmental monitoring cell will co-ordinate all the monitoring programs at
the complex and data thus generated will be regularly furnished to the State
Regulatory Agencies.
TABLE-6.3
MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS
Proposed Monitoring Practice
Sr. No Particulars Monitoring Duration of Monitoring
Frequency Sampling Parameters
I Air Pollution & Meteorology
A Stack Monitoring
Proposed DG set stacks Twice in a 30 min PM, SO2, NO2,
month Temperature, flow etc.,
B Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
6 locations within the Once in a 24 hrs PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2,
proposed site month continuously CO, O3, Pb, NH3, C6H6,
BaP, As, Ni
C Meteorology
Meteorological data is Hourly/Daily Continuous Wind speed & direction,
monitored at the proposed on line temperature, relative
site for the functional Monitoring humidity, atm.
requirements. pressure, rainfall and
solar radiation, visibility
etc.,
II Water and Wastewater Quality
A Effluent Treatment Plant
Effluent (Raw and treated Once in a 24 hr As per EPA rules, 1996
wastewater) month composite or as specified by
TNPCB.
B Sewage Treatment Plant
Sanitary (Raw and treated Once in a 24 hr As per EPA rules, 1996
wastewater) month composite or as specified by
TNPCB
C Water Quality
1 location within proposed Once in a Grab Parameters specified
site month under IS:10500-2001
Specifications for
Drinking Water
III Noise Level
6 locations within proposed site Continuous Hourly Sound Pressure Levels,
monitoring for Leq, Lmax
a day, once in
a month
DG Room Once in a 8 hr Sound Pressure Levels,
month continuous Leq, Lmax
with 1 hr
interval
IV Solid Waste Management
Solid waste storage area - Daily Twice a day Physical Observation
Process & Domestic including
hazardous and non-hazardous
V Traffic Management
Near Entrance Monthly 24 hrs Vehicle count and type,
continuously dwell time
VI Occupational Health Yearly Continuous General Health aspects
database

Chapter 6
Proposed Monitoring Practice

Sr. No Particulars Monitoring Duration of Monitoring
Frequency Sampling Parameters
management
of casualities
VII Safety/ Emergency Yearly Continuous Yearly emergency drill
database
management
6.5 Cost Provision for Environmental Measures

For environment protection and management and pollution control and treatment
and monitoring systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and
provision for recurring expenditure for environment management of the project
would be made. The details of budget allocation during functional phase are given
in Table-6.4.
TABLE-6.4
BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Budgetary allocation
(Rs. In lakhs)
Sr. No Description
O & M cost
Capital cost
per annum
Construction Phase
1 Site Sanitation Facilities 2.0 ---
2 Air Pollution Control Measures 2.5 ---
3 Disinfection & Health Checkup 1.0 ---
4 Greenbelt development 2.0 ---
5 Environmental Monitoring 2.5 ---
Operational Phase
1 Site Sanitation Facilities & others 48.0 8.0
2 Rainwater Harvesting scheme 15.0 1.0
3 Air Pollution Control Measurers 4.0 1.0
4 Disinfection & Health Checkup 2.0 2.0
5 Solid Waste Management 5.0 3.0
6 Greenbelt maintenance --- 2.0
7 Environmental Monitoring --- 10.0
Total 84.0 37.0

Chapter - 7
Additional Studies
Chapter 7
Additional Studies
7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
Risk analysis involves the identification and assessment of risks the persons
involved in the proposed project and the neighboring populations are exposed to as
a result of hazard occurrence. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure
probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this
information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often
confined to maximum credible accident studies.
In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risks in the
proposed project, maximum credible accident analysis and consequence analysis,
which give a broad identification of risks involved, are addressed. Based on the risk
estimation for fuel storage, a Disaster Management Plan (DMP) has been presented.
7.1 Risk Assessment
7.1.1 Approach to the Study
Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of

an event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:
Identification of potential hazard areas;

Identification of representative failure cases;
Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire (thermal radiation) and
explosion;
Assessment of the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events
and the impact zones from the accidental scenarios;
Assessment of the overall suitability of the site from hazard minimization and
disaster mitigation points of view;
Furnishing specific recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident
possibilities; and
Preparation of broad Disaster Management Plan (DMP), On-site and Off-site
Emergency Plan, which includes Occupational and Health Safety Plan.
7.1.2 Hazard Identification
Identification of hazards in the proposed textile SEZ is of primary significance in the

analysis, quantification and cost effective control of accidents involving HSD. A
classical definition of hazard states that hazard is in fact the characteristic that
presents potential for an accident. Hence, the components of the proposed project
need to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or
propagating an unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an
accident. The following two methods for hazard identification have been employed in
the study:
Identification of major hazardous units based on Manufacture, Storage and

Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 of Government of India (GOI Rules,
1989); and
Identification of hazardous units and storage units based on relative ranking

technique, viz. Fire-Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI).
Chapter 7
Additional Studies
7.1.3 Identification of Major Hazardous Units

Hazardous substances may be classified into three main classes such as flammable
substances and unstable substances and toxic substances. The ratings for a large
number of chemicals/substances based on flammability, reactivity and toxicity have
been given in NFPA Codes 49 and 345 M. In the proposed project, HSD will be
stored in-build the DG set for generation of power in case of grid failure. The details
of HSD storage and its classification as per GOI rules are given in Table-7.1.
Hazardous characteristics of HSD are listed in Table-7.2.
TABLE-7.1
APPLICABILITY OF GOI RULES TO FUEL
Sr. Threshold Quantity (T) for
Chemical/ Listed in
No. Storage Application of Rules
Fuel Schedule
5,7-9,13-15 10-12
0.17 T Inbuilt
1 HSD 3 (1) 25 MT 200 MT
storage
TABLE-7.2
PROPERTIES OF STORAGE FUELS
Chemical/ Codes/Label TLV FBP MP FP UEL LEL
Fuel C %
HSD Flammable 5 mg/m3 369 338 32.96 7.5 0.6
TLV : Threshold Limit Value FBP : Final Boiling Point

MP : Melting Point FP : Flash Point
UEL : Upper Explosive Limit LEL : Lower Explosive Limit
7.1.4 Common Causes of Accidents
Based on the analysis of past accident information, common causes of accidents are
identified as:
Poor housekeeping;
Improper use of tools, equipment, facilities;
Unsafe or defective equipment facilities;
Lack of proper procedures;
Failure to follow prescribed procedures;
Jobs not understood;
Lack of awareness of involved hazards;
Lack of guides and safety devices; and
Lack of protective equipment and clothing.
7.1.5 Failures of Human Systems
Major causes of human failures reported are due to:
Stress induced by poor equipment design, unfavorable environmental

conditions, fatigue, etc.;
Lack of training in safety and loss prevention;
Indecision in critical situations; and
Inexperienced staff being employed in hazardous situations.

Chapter 7
Additional Studies
Often, human errors are not analyzed while accident reporting and accident reports
only provide information about equipment and/or component failures. Hence, a
great deal of uncertainty surrounds analysis of failure of human systems and
consequent damages.
7.2 Hazard Assessment and Evaluation
7.2.1 Introduction
An assessment of the conceptual design is conducted for the purpose of identifying

and examining hazards related to utility and support systems, environmental
factors, facilities and safeguards.
7.2.2 Methodology
An assessment of the conceptual design is conducted for the purpose of identifying
and examining hazards related to utility and support systems, environmental
factors, facilities, and safeguards.
7.2.3 Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA)
A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out initially to identify the major hazards
associated with storages in the proposed project. This is followed by consequence
analysis to quantify these hazards. No major hazards with potential for any
emergency situation exist in the project site. The other hazards related to the
storage areas are given below in Table-7.3 and the preliminary hazard analysis for
the proposed project development is given in Table-7.4.
7.2.4 Maximum Credible Accident Analysis (MCAA)
Hazardous substances may be released as a result of failures or catastrophes,
causing possible damage to the surrounding area.
TABLE-7.3
PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS FOR PROCESS AND STORAGE AREAS
Equipment Process Potential Hazard Provision
Diesel Generator Converts mechanical Mechanical hazards As above
energy into electrical and fire hazards in
energy.
1. Lube oil system
2. Cable galleries
3. Short circuits
Power - Fire and explosion All electrical fittings
Transformers and cables are
provided as per the
specified standards.
Switch Yard - Fire in cable galleries As above

control room and switch
HSD Storage Used as start-up fuel Fire & explosion Leaks detection
for DG sets. system will be
provided.

Chapter 7
Additional Studies
TABLE-7.4
PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS IN GENERAL
PHA Description of Recommendation Provision
Category Plausible Hazard
Environ- If there is any - All electrical fittings and
mental leakage and cables will be provided as per
factors eventuality of the specified standards. All
source of ignition. motor starters are flame
proof.
Highly inflammable A well designed fire Fire extinguisher of small size
nature of fuels may protection including and big size are provided at
cause fire hazard in protein foam, dry all potential fire hazard
the storage facility. powder, CO2 places. In addition to the
extinguisher should above, fire hydrant network
be provided. is also provided.
A disastrous situation may arise due to outcome of fire, explosion or toxic hazards in
addition to other natural causes, which eventually lead to loss of life, property and
ecological imbalance. Major hazards posed by flammable storage can be identified
taking recourse to MCA analysis. Depending upon the effective hazardous attributes
and their impact on the event, the maximum effect on the surrounding environment
and the respective damage caused can be assessed.
The results of consequence analysis are useful for getting information about all
known and unknown effects that are of importance when some failure scenario
occurs in the proposed project and also to get information as how to deal with the
possible catastrophic events. It also gives the residents in the project and people
living in the vicinity of the area, an understanding of their personal situation.
Damage Criteria
The Inbuilt storage of HSD in the DG Sets and unloading facility may lead to fire and
explosion hazards. The damage criteria due to accidental release of any
hydrocarbon arise from fire and explosion. The vapors of these fuels are not toxic
and hence no effects of toxicity are expected.
Tank fire will occur if the radiation intensity is high on the peripheral surface of
the tank leading to increase in internal tank pressure. Pool fire will occur when
fuel collected in the dyke due to leakage gets ignited.
Fire Damage
A flammable liquid in a pool will burn with a large turbulent diffusion flame. This
releases heat based on the heat of combustion and the burning rate of the liquid. A
part of the heat is radiated while the rest is convicted away by rising hot air and
combustion products. The radiations can heat the contents of a nearby storage or
process unit to above its ignition temperature and thus result in a spread of fire. The
radiations can also cause severe burns or fatalities of workers or fire fighters located
within a certain distance. Hence, it will be important to know beforehand the
damage potential of a flammable liquid pool likely to be created due to leakage or
catastrophic failure of a storage or process vessel. This will help to decide the
location of other storage vessels and decide the type of protective clothing the
Chapter 7
Additional Studies
workers/fire fighters need, the duration of time for which they can be in the zone,
the fire extinguishing measures needed and the protection methods needed for the
nearby storage/process vessels. The damage effects on people and equipment due
to thermal radiation intensity are presented in Tables-7.5 and Table-7.6
respectively.
TABLE-7.5
DAMAGE DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITIES
Sr. Incident Type of Damage Intensity
No. Radiation Damage to Equipment Damage to People
(kW/m2)
1 37.5 Damage to process equipment 100% lethality in 1 min. 1%
lethality in 10 sec.
2 25.0 Minimum energy required to ignite wood 50% Lethality in 1 min.
at indefinitely long exposure without a Significant injury in 10 sec.
flame
3 19.0 Maximum thermal radiation intensity -
allowed on thermally unprotected
adjoining equipment
4 12.5 Minimum energy to ignite with a flame; 1% lethality in 1 min.
melts plastic tubing
5 4.5 - Causes pain if duration is longer
than 20 sec, however blistering
is un-likely (First degree burns)
6 1.6 - Causes no discomfort on long
exposures
Source: Techniques for Assessing Industrial Hazards by World Bank
The effect of incident radiation intensity and exposure time on lethality is given in
Table-7.6.
TABLE-7.6
RADIATION EXPOSURE AND LETHALITY
Radiation Intensity Exposure Time Lethality (%) Degree of Burns
(kW/m2) (seconds)
1.6 -- 0 No Discomfort even
after long exposure
4.5 20 0 1st
4.5 50 0 1st
8.0 20 0 1st
8.0 50 <1 3rd
8.0 60 <1 3rd
12.0 20 <1 2nd
12.0 50 8 3rd
12.5 -- 1 --
25.0 -- 50 --
37.5 -- 100 --
7.2.5 Risk Assessment Summary
The preliminary risk assessment has been completed for the proposed textile SEZ
and associated facilities:
There will be no significant community impacts or environmental damage

consequences; and

Chapter 7
Additional Studies
The hazardous event scenarios and risks in general at this facility can be
adequately managed to acceptable levels by performing the recommended safety
studies as part of detailed design, applying recommended control strategies and
implementing a Safety Management System.
7.2.6 Recommended Approach to Combat with the Possible Accidents
Considering all possible accident scenarios as analysed in the risk analysis, it is

established that there will not be any major potential hazards in the project
causing major damages inside and outside the boundary. In spite of this, the
project authorities should be well prepared to handle any such eventuality as
described below:
In case of Explosion:
The following measures and actions are to be taken:

Evacuate the area in vicinity;
Take all necessary actions to avoid escalation of the accident;
If problem appears to be out of control, call fire brigade and police. Report to
district collector, etc.; and
Provide first aid to the victims as suggested in the Material Safety Data
Sheets.
Spillage due to storage tank rupture or tanker failure
This accident scenario has considerable damage potential. In such scenario the
following steps should be taken:
Contain fuel supply to the tankers;

Determine the extent of damage; and
Undertake all the emergency actions mentioned above.
Spillage from Storage tank, storage tank/tanker overfilling, pipe-hose

rupture
In addition the measure stated above, the following actions are to be taken:
Stop further process of filling immediately;

Note the amount of fuel spilled in the area;
If the tanker is on the road, communicate about the accident to the traffic
police; and
Take help of the traffic police for preliminary emergency actions.
Major Spillage due to storage tank rupture or tanker failure
This accident scenario has considerable damage potential. In such case the
following steps have to be taken up:
Determine the extent of damage;

Contain fuel supply to HSD tanks; and

Chapter 7
Additional Studies
Undertake all the emergency actions mentioned above.
Accident Involving HSD

In case of leakage of oil from flanges, valves, tail ends or during transfer from
truck tanker (TTS):
Detect the source of leakage;
If possible, try to collect the leaking oil in a suitable container;
Bring portable fire extinguishers near to the area of leakage; and
Stop flow of spilled oil and prevent it from coming into contact with any
ignition source.
If HSD is ignited at the source of leak:
In addition to the above, following actions are to be taken:
Use fire extinguishers to diminish the fire;

See that the flame does not impinge on tanks or any other adjacent
installation;
If impingement of flame is unavoidable, put water curtain in between and cool
the adjacent installations;
Give priority to closure of valve and stop the flow;
Best trained personnel to prevent further spread of fire;
Take all necessary actions to avoid escalation of the accident; and
In case of fire, ensure suffocation and toxicity due to flame does not take
place.
In case of fire near HSD storage tanks:

If the fire is near the storage tanks area, use water hydrant and DCP type fire
extinguishers;
Never allow fire to spread to the area below the tank, start cooling the tank
by the emergency water spray; and
Call fire brigade & police for assistance.
7.3 Disaster Management Plan
A disaster is a catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into

helplessness and suffering, as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical
and social care and other necessities of life.
Disasters can be divided into two main groups. In the first, disasters resulting
from natural phenomena like earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, storm surges,
cyclones, tropical storms, floods, avalanches, landslides, forest fires etc. The
second group includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or mans impact
upon the environment. Examples are armed conflict, radiation accidents, campus
fires, river pollution, air, sea, rail and road transport accidents and can reach
catastrophic dimensions in terms of human loss.

Chapter 7
Additional Studies
There can be no set criteria for assessing the gravity of a disaster in the abstract
since this depends to a large extent on the physical, economic and social
environment in which it occurs. What would be considered a major disaster in a
developing country, ill-equipped to cope with the problems involved may not
mean more than a temporary emergency elsewhere.
However, all disaster brings in their wake similar consequences that call for
immediate action, whether at the local, national or international level, for the
rescue and relief of the victims. This includes the search for the dead and injured
and removal of debris and social care, the provision of temporary shelter to the
homeless food, clothing and medical supplies, and the rapid re-establishment of
essential services.
7.3.1 Objectives of Disaster Management Plan (DMP)
The Disaster Management Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage
operations in this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of the
Disaster Management Plan, it will be widely circulated and personnel training
given through rehearsals/drills.
The Disaster Management Plan would reflect the probable, consequential

severalties of the undesired event due to deteriorating conditions or through
Knock on effects. Further the management should be able to demonstrate that
their assessment of the consequences uses good supporting evidence and is
based on currently available and reliable information, incident data from internal
and external sources and if necessary the reports of outside agencies.
To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the factory or immediate

vicinity of the factory, a Disaster Management Plan has to be formulated and this
planned emergency document is called Disaster Management Plan.
The objective of the Disaster Management Plan is to make use of the combine
resources of the project and the outside services to achieve the following:
Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties;

Safeguard other people;
Minimize damage to property and the environment;
Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control;
Identify any dead;
Provide for needs of relatives;
Provide authoritative information to the news media;
Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area; and
Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into
the cause and circumstances of the Emergency.
In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to rescue rehabilitation and
render medical help and to restore normalcy.

Chapter 7
Additional Studies
7.4 Social Impact Assessment
The impact of the proposed project will begin with the starting up of the
construction activities at the site. The proposed construction will provide
employment to considerable number of skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled
construction labourers. In normal circumstances, the local people will be given
preference for the unskilled activities, as there are many construction laborers in
the vicinity of the project and are expected to be available with normal wages.
Presently, a large number of skilled and semi-skilled technicians and labourers

who in-migrated from various parts of India have been engaged in many
companies on wages/contract basis. Similar technicians and skilled workers will
either be brought or sourced from the local area for construction of the proposed
project.
The peak labour force required during the construction period will be about 1000
per day and it is anticipated that about two thirds of the labour force will be
sourced from the local area. Provision of wage employment to the local
population during construction period of the project will benefit the local area to
some extent. This will enhance the income levels of the construction labourers
and lead for their socio-economic wellbeing during the construction phase of the
proposed project, which will be positive impact due to the project.
In addition, the real estate in the region will get a boon and the land prices are
likely to shoot-up as part of speculation. Normally, the construction activity will
benefit the local populace in a number of ways, which include the requirement of
skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled construction labourers, tertiary sector
employment and provision of goods and services for daily needs including
transport. In line with the above, some more recommendations are given below:
Local people will be given preference;

All the guidelines under the Labour Act and Safety Rules as specified under
Factories Act, 1948 will be implemented during the construction work to avoid
any accidents;
The contractor will be instructed to provide cooking fuel to the workers to
prevent damage to trees. This will be part of the contractual agreement
between the project proponent and the contractor engaged for construction;
and
The construction site will be secured with fencing and will have guarded entry
points.
7.5 Rehabilitation & Resettlement Action Plans

The proposed project doesnt involve the land which has habitations, hence there
is no rehabilitation and resettlement issues/ plans.

Chapter - 8
Project Benefits
Chapter 8
Project Benefits
8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS
The current project will result in improvement of infrastructure as well upliftment

of social structure in the area. The people residing in the nearby areas will be
benefited directly and indirectly as well. It is anticipated that the proposed project
will provide benefits for the locals public in two phases i.e., during construction
phase as well as during operational phase.
8.1 Construction Phase
8.1.1 Employment
The major benefit due to the proposed project will be in the sphere of generating
temporary employment for substantial number of personnel. The construction
phase of project is expected to span over 18 24 months. Employment for about
100 people will be created by the proposed project during the construction phase,
which will last for over 2 years from the start of project execution activities at
site. These construction workers will be procured from the nearby vicinity to the
extent possible. Hence, the proposed project will benefit locals to a great extent.
8.1.2 Community Services
IG3 will employ local people to the extent possible. In addition, IG3 will develop
necessary infrastructure like water supply, sewerage, medical facility, etc. for
catering to the needs of the project personnel and their families, which will be
also beneficial to the locals residing in the area.
8.1.3 Transportation
Erection phase of the industrial plots and infrastructure works will involve
movement of material of great magnitude. The material to be transported
includes earthwork, concrete, steel, equipment and other materials. Transport of
construction materials to the project site will result in increased traffic in the
area, which will certainly put additional load on the existing road infrastructure.
Based on the above, it can be said that the proposed project will result in
improving the infrastructure facilities of the area.
8.2 Operational Phase
8.2.1 Population
During the operational phase, about 2,200 people will be employed. Considering a
family size of 5 persons, there is a likelihood of increase to about 11,000 persons.
Considering that most of the skilled & semiskilled personnel proposed to be
employed for the proposed project would be from outside the study area and
unskilled personnel will be from within the study area. The proposed project
would add to the population in the study area, which would result in better scope
for indirect employment.

Chapter 8
Project Benefits
8.2.2 Education
Unskilled people and limited skilled people (depending on availability) will be

hired from local population. So, especially skilled people expected to come to the
study area from outside are expected to be educated. In addition, some
secondary developments like opening of new schools may take place in view of
the increased family population due to the proposed employment. These factors
will be beneficial to locals residing in the study area.
8.2.3 Employment
The manpower requirement for the operational phase of the proposed project will
be about 2,200 people. In addition, there will be an indirect employment for
about 3,000 people with implementation of this project.
An employment for about 200 people will be created by the proposed project
during the construction phase, which will last for over two years from the start of
project execution activities at site.
All attempts will be made to employ locally available skilled personnel from the
study area. In case of non-availability of skilled persons, people will be hired from
outside the study area. Requirement of un-skilled / semi-skilled people will be
mostly met from the local population.
8.2.4 Transportation
The major raw materials namely textile raw materials and products will be
transported by road and rail to project site. However, there will also be small
increase in the vehicular traffic (15 trucks, about 20 cars and about 200 - 2/3
wheelers per day) due to passenger/material transport. This increase in traffic
also will not be of any scale of consequence to warrant special mention. One
should expect that the increased passenger/material load in the sector would
prompt the state government to start new and frequent services to this area,
bringing uplift to the whole area.
8.2.5 Other Benefits
As part of the Corporate Social Responsibility, IG3 proposes to take steps in

developing education, health, infrastructure development, women empowerment,
sports and vocational training facilities. These will be taken up as part of social
development of the neighboring villages. The proposed CSR expenditures amount
to 2.5% of the project cost fulfilling the norms of the companies act and MoEF
norms. The proposed activities and expenditures are provided in Table-8.1.

Chapter 8
Project Benefits
TABLE-8.1
PROPOSED CSR EXPENDITURES
Investment
Sr. No Activity
(Rs. Lakhs)
1 Potable water supply for Govt. Schools within 10 km 38.0
2 Enhanced library facility for Kasthuripalayam, Uthukuli, 28.0
Govt. schools
3 Infrastructure facilities in pallagounden palayam, 54.0
sundakkampalayam, uthukuli schools
4 Health camp for nearby villages & govt schools in and 18.0
around kasthuripalayam village
5 Improvement of water body in and around uthukuli 39.0
Total 177.0

Chapter - 9
Administrative Aspects
Chapter 9
Administrative Aspects of Environment Management Plan
9.0 ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.1 Introduction
The Management Action Plan aims at controlling pollution at the source level to
the possible extent with the best available technology followed by treatment
measures before they are discharged to the environment.
However, it may have some positive or negative impacts on the surrounding

environment. The negative impacts are within the limits and can be easily
ameliorated to a significant extent through adoption of appropriate mitigative
measures.
9.2 Environmental Management System
The earlier chapters identified measures for environmental protection especially

for providing the necessary pollution control to comply with the standards
stipulating the limits for emitting pollutants in air, water or on land so that the
assimilative capacity is not exceeded. Standards are stipulated by various
regulatory agencies to limit the emission of pollutants in air and water. Similarly,
a mandatory practice is recommended for preparing an Environment Statement
each year in order to reduce the quantities of wastes. This in itself is not sufficient
since this does not provide an assurance that its environmental performance not
only meets, but also will continue to meet legislative and policy requirements.
In the present report, the Environmental Management Systems (EMS) is

discussed for the proposed project, including facilities to ensure that the activities
and services of the region conform to the supportive and assimilative capacity.
This is based on Bureau of Indian Standard Specification IS: 14001 (2015).
9.2.1 Formation of an Environmental Management System
The Environmental Management System will enable IG3 to maximize its beneficial
effects and minimize its adverse effects - with emphasis on prevention. It will:
Identify and evaluate the environmental effects arising from the proposed
activities, and services to determine those of significance;
Identify and evaluate the environmental effects arising from incidents,
accidents and potential emergency situations;
Identify the relevant legislative and regulatory requirements;
Enable priorities to be identified and pertinent environmental objectives and
targets to be set;
Facilitate planning, control, monitoring, auditing and review activities to
ensure that the policy is complied with; and
Allow periodic evaluation to suit changing circumstances so that it remains
relevant.
Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad / Coimbatore 139

Chapter 9
9.2.2 Implementation of an Environmental Management System
It is essential that the top management is committed to development of its

activities in an environmentally sound manner and supports all efforts in
achieving this objective. Efficient management of all the activities pertaining to
project operations leads to reduce/prevent wastes and efficient use of resources,
which ultimately result not only in environmentally sound practices but also better
business returns.
Initial Environmental Review

IG3 will prepare an environmental review for the proposed facilities.
This will cover four areas:

Legislative and regulatory requirements;
Evaluation and registration of significant parameters and their environmental
impacts;
Review of environmental management practices and procedures; and
Assessment of feedback from investigation of environmental incidents and
noncompliance with legislation, regulations or policies and procedures.
The resulting report will address:

The nature and extent of problems and deficiencies;
The priorities to be accorded to rectify them; and
An improvement program designed to ensure that the personnel and material
resources required are identified and made available.
Environmental Policy
The top management will actively initiate, develop and support the environmental
policy, which is relevant to its proposed activities and services at the project and
their environmental effects.
Broadly, this will cover the following:
Comply with all applicable environmental laws and regulations and apply
responsible standards where laws and regulations do not exist
Encourage concern and respect for the environment, emphasize every
employees responsibility in environmental performance and foster
appropriate operating practices and training
Work with government and industry groups to foster timely development
of effective environmental laws and regulations based on sound science
and considering risks, costs and benefits, including effects on energy and
product supply

Chapter 9
FIGURE-9.1
ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

Chapter 9
Manage its business with the goal of preventing incidents and controlling
emissions and wastes to below harmful levels; design, operate and
maintain facilities to this end
Respond quickly and effectively to incidents resulting from its operations,
in co-operation with the industry organizations and authorized government
agencies
Conduct and support research to improve understanding of the impacts of
its business on environment, to improve methods of environmental
protection, and to enhance its capability to make operations and products
compatible with the environment
Communicate with the public on environment matters and share itsw
experience with others to facilitate improvements in industrys
performance
Undertake appropriate reviews and evaluations of its operations to
measure progress and foster compliance with this policy
Organization and Personnel
To facilitate the implementation of the EMS, one of the most important aspects
relate to the organization and personnel. The related issues are:
Define and document the responsibility, authority and inter-relations of key

personnel involved in the implementation of the environmental policy,
objectives and environmental management system;
Identify the in-house verification requirements and procedures including
resources and personnel;
Communicate to employees at all levels the importance of compliance with
the environmental policy, their role and responsibilities in achieving
compliance, the potential consequences of departures from the specified
procedures and identify and provide appropriate training; and
Establish and maintain procedures to ensure that contractors are made aware
of the environmental management system requirements and provisions.
Environmental Aspects and Impacts

IG3 authorities will establish and maintain procedures for:
Receiving, documenting and responding to internal as well as external
communications concerning environmental aspects and management;
Identifying, examining and evaluating the environmental effects of its
activities under normal and abnormal/emergency situations (including risk
assessment) and compiling significant effects in a register; and
Recording all legislative, regulatory and other policy requirements and codes
in a register.
Environmental Objectives and Targets

The objectives will be set with a view to realizing gradual and steady
improvements in environmental performance through application of best available
and economically viable practices.

Chapter 9
The areas targeted for improvement will be those where improvements are most
necessary to reduce risks (to environment & the project) and liabilities. These will
be identified through cost-benefit analysis wherever practicable.
Environmental Management Program

The establishment of an environmental management program is the key to
compliance with the proposed project's environmental policy and achievement of
the environmental objectives and targets.
Environmental Management Manual and Documentation

The documentation is intended to provide an adequate description of the
environmental management system. The manual is expected to provide a
reference to the implementation and maintenance of the system.
Operational Control
With respect to the proposed facilities, the management responsibilities will be

defined to ensure that the control, verification, measurement and testing of
environmental parameters within the industrial plots are adequately co-ordinated
and effectively performed.
The control, verification, measurement and testing will be made through

documented procedures and work instructions defining the manner of conducting
activities, the absence of which can lead to violation of the environment policy.
In the event of non-compliance, procedures for investigation of the causative

mechanism will be established and the factors reported for corrective actions.
Environment Management Plan
IG3 will prepare Environment Management plan (EMP) and establish and maintain
a system of records to demonstrate compliance with the environmental
management systems and the extent of achievement of the environmental
objectives and targets. In addition, the other records (legislative, audit and
review reports) and management records will address the following:
Details of failure in compliance and corrective action;

Details of incidents and corrective action;
Details of complaints and follow-up action;
Appropriate contractor and supplier information;
Inspection and maintenance reports;
Monitoring data;
Environmental training records; and
Housekeeping.
Environment Management Audits
The management audits are to determine whether the activities are conforming
to the environmental management systems and effective in implementing the

Chapter 9
environmental policy. They may be internal or external, but carried out

impartially and effectively by a person properly trained for it. Broad knowledge of
the environmental process and expertise in relevant disciplines is also required.
Appropriate audit programs and protocols will be established.
Environmental Statement
As a mandatory requirement under the Environment Protection Rules (1986) as

amended through the Notification issued by the Ministry of Environment and
Forests in April 1993, an Environmental Statement will be prepared annually. This
will include the consumption of total resources (e.g. water), quantity and
concentration of pollutants (air and water) discharged, quantity of hazardous and
solid waste generation, pollution abatement measures, conservation of natural
resources and cost of production vis--vis the investment on pollution abatement.
The intention of this statement is:
To identify the areas where resources can be used more efficiently through a
comparison with the figures of a similar project (thereby reducing the
consumption of resources);
To determine the areas where waste generation can be minimized at source
and through end of pipe treatment (thereby reducing the wastes generated
and discharged); and
To initiate a self-correcting/improvement system through an internal analysis
to achieve cost reduction through more efficient practices.
Environmental Management Reviews
The senior management will periodically review the Environment Management

System (EMS) to ensure its suitability and effectiveness. The need for possible
changes in the environmental policy and objectives for continuous improvement
will be ascertained and revisions made accordingly. EMS based on the above
objectives will be formulated and implemented.
9.3 Environment Management Cell
Conscious of this, IG3 will create an Environment Management Cell consisting of

officers from various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with the
management and implementation of the environmental control measures at the
proposed warehouses. This Environment Management Cell will be the nodal
agency to co-ordinate and provide necessary services on environmental issues
during operation of the project. This department interacts with TNPCB/SEIAA and
other environment regulatory agencies. The organization structure of the
Environmental Management Cell at the proposed project is shown in Figure-9.1.
The Environment Management Cell will be responsible to obtain Consent for

Operation under Water Act and Air Act from TNPCB. Basically, this Cell supervises
the monitoring of environmental pollution levels viz. ambient air quality, water
and effluent quality; noise level etc., either departmentally or by appointing

Chapter 9
external agencies wherever necessary. Monitoring will be done in line with

regulatory compliance so as to ensure that the pollution is limited to allowable
values and to take corrective action by either providing new equipment or by
improving the performance of the pollution control equipment.
In case the monitored results of environmental pollution are found to exceed the
allowable values, the Environment Management Cell suggests remedial action and
gets these suggestions implemented through the concerned plant authorities. The
actual operation and maintenance of pollution control equipment of each unit is
under the respective plant managers. The Environment Management Cell also co-
ordinates all the related activities such as collection of statistics of health of
workers and population of the region, afforestation and green belt development.
Head of IG3
SEZ Association
Manager Environment /
Environment Engineer / Scientist
Members of Environmental Horticulturist

Complex Consultant
FIGURE-9.2
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENT CELL

Chapter - 10
Summary & Conclusion
Chapter 10
10.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
10.1 Justification for Implementation of the Project
The proposed project is a textile SEZ and involved in manufacturing or processing

of textiles hence it cause for air, water and noise pollution and environmental
degradation. With the implementation of the proposed pollution control and
environment management measures, even the minor impacts anticipated due to
construction and operation of the proposed project development will be mitigated.
In fact, presently the project site is a barren land and has no vegetation. With the
proposed extensive green belt and landscaping, the environment within the
premises will definitely improve.
This project will also generate indirect employment to a considerable number of

families, who will render their services during the construction phase of the
project.
10.2 Summary of Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation
The summary of anticipated adverse environmental impacts and mitigation

measures are given in Table-10.1.

Chapter 10
TABLE-10.1
ANTICIPATED ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
Probable
Discipline Potential Negative Impacts Mitigative Measures Remarks
Sources
Constructional Impact
Water Quality Increase in suspended solids Loose soil at During monsoon season run-off from construction site ---
due to soil run-off during heavy construction will be routed to a temporary sedimentation tank for
precipitation site settlement of suspended solids
Air Quality Increase in dust and NOx Vehicular Isolate the construction area with flexible enclosures/ Construction vehicles will
concentration leads to air borne movements, curtains so that the air emissions will not spread in the be maintained properly
diseases excavation surroundings. for reducing air pollution
and leveling levels from vehicle
activity Sprinkling of water in the construction area and unpaved exhausts.
roads. Proper maintenance of vehicles will be done.
Restrict dust-generating activities, such as blasting or

top soil removal, to calm wind conditions.
Cover heavy vehicles moving offsite.
Restrict vehicle speed on construction roads and ensure

vehicles use only dedicated construction roads and
access points.
Visually monitor particulate emissions from diesel

vehicles and carryout regular maintenance on all
machineries and equipment.

Chapter 10
Probable
Sources
Noise Increase in noise level causes Construction Develop and implement a construction noise Equipment will be kept in
psychological impact in living equipment management plan. good condition to keep
organisms the noise level within 90-
Limit hours of construction where practical. dB (A).
Where blasting occurs, pit shapes and blast campaigns Workers will be provided
will be designed such that the blast faces are oriented with necessary protective
away from noise sensitive receivers. equipment e.g. earplugs,
earmuffs.
Terrestrial Clearing of vegetation Soil enabling Landscaping and extensive plantation will be done Open spaces reserved
Ecology activities will be green turfed and
appropriate type of
plantations will be done
in these parks
Socio- Loss of land and habitation Land The proposed site is presently free from encumbrances, --
economics Acquisition hence private land acquisition and resultant
rehabilitation and resettlement issues are not involved
Excavated Loss of excavated top soil Excavation The topsoil will be properly stored and used for leveling --
Material in the low-lying area. The construction debris will be
used to level the low lying area
Operational Impact
Water Quality Deterioration of surface water Discharge Provide adequate treatment and conditioning facilities so All wastewater generated
quality and ground water from various that the treated sewage and effluent conforms to the from process and
quality sources regulatory standards. domestic will be treated
in ETP & STP
respectively. The treated
water will be utilized for
nourishing greenbelt
Chapter 10
Probable
Sources
Noise Increase in noise levels from Vehicular Equipment will be designed to conform to noise levels There will be no major
the project movement prescribed by regulatory agencies impacts due to Noise in
and DG sets the project.
operation
Green belt will be
developed all along the
boundary wall for
attenuating the noise
Air Quality Increase in dust and gaseous Vehicular Usage of Bharat-IV/Euro-IV compliant vehicles. The resultant air quality
pollutants in ambient air traffic, Stack will conform to the
emissions Usage of low sulphur fuel for transportation and for DG stipulated standards.
from DG sets sets.
Adequate stack heights
Motorable roads in the project will be paved to reduce will be provided to DG
dust emission. Sets for the proper
dispersion of pollutants
Ensure operational procedures are adequately Emissions from DG sets
implemented and regularly reviewed so as to identify will be controlled to
opportunities for continual improvement. below regulatory
standards
Traffic Impacts Impact on infrastructure and Automobile Improvement of infrastructure, provision of the proper Proper roads will reduce
impact on air quality and noise movement parking yard and evaluate impact of traffic density and the dust emissions to a
levels vehicular emissions. great extent.
Solid waste Impact on human health Domestic All solid waste will be segregated at source and will be -
usage handed over to the authorized disposers. Hazardous
solid waste will be given to secured disposers.

Chapter 10
Probable
Sources
Demography Strain on existing amenities like Influx of All ultra-modern civic amenities will be provided inside The proposed project
and Socio- housing, water sources and people of the complex would generate
economics sanitation and infrastructure proposed employment both directly
facilities. project. and indirectly.
This would enhance

overall socio-economic
development and quality
of life of people
Terrestrial Impact on plant species Vehicular Greenbelt of 33 ha will be effective in controlling the air As emissions will be
Ecology movement and noise pollution. within limits, no active
and emissions damage to vegetation is
from stack Part of the treated wastewater from domestic uses can expected.
be used for greenbelt development
Storm water Impact on water resources Rain water etc Provide separate storm water drainage network Rainwater will be routed
Control and stored in UG Tanks,
Suitable rain water harvesting structures underground harvesting pits & ponds
tanks, recharge pits, ponds shall be provided
Fire and Safety Accidents / disasters related to Storage of Prepare and implement disaster management plan A well-laid firefighting
fire and safety HSD, system and fire
chemicals, etc extinguishers will be
installed as per fire safety
norms. Regular fire
safety training and mock
drills will also be
conducted.

Chapter 10
10.3 Conclusion
The proposed project development has certain level of marginal impacts on the
local environment. However, development of this project has certain beneficial
impact/effects in terms of improving the economy of the state and
socioeconomics of the area during the operational phase of the project.

Chapter - 11
Disclosure of Consultant
Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed Sector Specific (Textile)
Special Economic Zone in a plot area of 97.54 ha with a build-up area of
2,20,000 sq.m at Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam village, Avinashi Taluk,
Tiruppur District, Tamil Nadu
Chapter 11
11.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT
11.1 Introduction
VIMTA Labs Limited is a leading multi-disciplinary testing and research

laboratory in India. VIMTA provides contract research and testing services in the
areas of clinical research, pre-clinical (animal) studies, clinical reference lab
services, environmental assessments and analytical testing of a wide variety of
products.
VIMTA - Environment Division has been in the forefront of its vision to provide
better environment through guiding and assisting the industry for sustainable
development. A stalwart in the mission to protect and preserve the natural
resources on earth for future generations, Vimta offers extensive research and
consultancy services in the field of Environment. With its rich experience, multi-
disciplinary expertise and with the support of its state-of the-art analytical
equipment, the services offered by Vimta are wide ranging and encompasses
entire gamut of Environment Management and Monitoring Services. With its
emphasis on quality services, Vimta, over the years, has evolved itself into a
single reference point in India for Comprehensive Environmental Services.
11.2 The Quality Policy
VIMTA is committed to good professional practices and quality of operations in

its testing, validation and research services.
VIMTA shall ensure customer satisfaction by maintaining independence,
impartiality and integrity in its operations.
VIMTA shall provide the services in accordance with national and international
norms.
VIMTA shall implement quality system as per ISO/IEC 17025 and applicable
GLPs & GCPs, to generate technically valid results/data.
VIMTA shall ensure that all its personnel familiarize with the policies and
procedures of the quality system and implement the same in their work.
11.3 Milestones and Accreditations
1984 - Registered with an initial investment of Rs.2 Lakhs.

1985 - Recognized by ISI (now known as Bureau of Indian Standards).
1987 - Qualified by the criteria of Ministry of Environment and Forests was
notified as one of the 14 standard Environmental Laboratories published in the
Gazettee of India.
1988 - Licensed for carrying out tests on Drugs and Pharmaceuticals.
1990 - Cherlapally land purchased with plans of larger, more comprehensive
facility.
1991 - Accredited by NCTCF, DST, Government of India (the forerunner of
NABL).
1992 - Laboratories shifted to new facility at Cherlapally.
1993 - State-of-the-art equipment worth Rs.60 million procured.

Chapter 11
1995 - Accredited by NABL under its revised scheme, certified by Standards

Australia, Quality Assurance Services as per ISO/IEC Guide 25 and ISO 9002.
1996 - GLP Compliance.
1997 - Restructuring of Vimta from 165 to 100 associates with same
performance.
1998 - Accreditation by GOSSTANDART and joint venture for certification of
Food Exports with ROSTEST, Russia.
2001 - World Bank Recognition.
2002 - ANVISA Brazil certification.
2003 - USFDA accepts Vimta Bioequivalence study report. Showcased Vimta
at AAPS (USA) and ICSE-CPHI (Germany).
2003 - Vimta VHS Research Center inaugurated at Chennai, Launched district
laboratories at Visakhapatnam and Vijayawada, Patient service centers
launched at 160 locations across the country.
2003 Vimta Labs Recognized by Saudi Arabian Standards Organization.
2004 - Vimta increases people strength from 225 in 2003 to 400 in 2004.
Vimta achieves export turnover of $ 2.5 million.
2004 - Vimta releases its first fortnightly medical newsletter Vaidyalekha,
Vimta enters Gulf market - bags a contract for Environmental Consultancy in
Kuwait.
2004 - Vimta acquires 10.7 acres of land in S.P.Biotech Park Genome
Valley, Hyderabad, to create a world class Research Laboratory of 150000
sq.ft by July 2005.
2004 Vimta starts a new state of the art speciality services in Molecular
Diagnostics at TICEL Bio-Tech Park at Chennai.
2006 Vimta expands its overseas activities. Undertakes environmental
assignments in Saudi Arabia and Tanzania
2008 Vimta has been Pre-Qualified by World Health Organization (WHO).
2009Undertaken Comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessment in
Cameroon, Africa
2010 Accredited by QCI/NABET, Government of India for EIA report
preparation
2011- Undertaking environmental and social impact assessment study in
Tanzania, Africa as per IFC-World Bank Guidelines
11.4 Management and Board of Directors
1. Dr. S.P. Vasireddi Executive chairman

2. Mrs. Harita Vasireddi Managing Director
3. Mr.V. Harriman Executive Director Operations
4. Mr. V.V. Prasad Executive Director - Administration
5. Mr. S. Subrahmanyam Director
6. Mr. T.S. Ajai Director
7. Dr. Pavuluri Subba Rao Director
8. Prof. D. Balasubramanian Director

Chapter 11
11.5 Services Offered
Spread over the 70,000 Sq.ft lush green garden premises at Cherlapally,
Hyderabad (India), the scientifically designed and meticulously groomed
infrastructural facility of the Central Laboratory of VIMTA has the most
sophisticated instruments backed by an excellent team of professionals. The
40,000 Sq.ft, three-storied, 120 roomed, centrally air conditioned state-of-the-art
Laboratory equipped with Rs.100 million worth analytical instruments and
computerized data management systems, all under one roof is perhaps the only
one of its kind in South Asia in the contract testing and research sector.
Vimta offers various services under the following divisions:
Environment;
Analytical;
Clinical Reference Lab; and
Clinical Research.
The environment division of VIMTA Labs Limited (Vimta) has its presence all over
India including a strong association with international consultants like Japan Bank
for International Cooperation (JBIC), Kennametal Inc. - USA, BBL - UK, Rudal
Blanchard UK, E&E Solutions Japan, NEPESCO & KNPC Kuwait, Marafiq
Saudi Arabia and others. Vimta has the following credentials:
Recognitions by BIS;
Recognitions by Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India;
Recognitions by State Pollution Control Boards (wherever applicable) ;
Recognitions by Department of Science & Technology, Govt. of India (NABL) ;
Recognitions by Ministry of Defense, Govt. of India;
Recognitions by APEDA, Ministry of Commerce, Govt. of India;
Recognitions by Saudi Arabia Standard Organization (SASO), Saudi Arabia;
Recognitions from NEMC, Tanzania;
Accreditations by NCTCF;
Certification from Standard Australia;
Recognition from ANVISA Brazil;
Quality Assurance Services as per ISO/IEC 17025; and
Quality Assurance Services as per ICH Guidelines
11.6 Services
Environment essentially being a multi-disciplinary science, the range of services

offered by the Division are also comprehensive and caters to the needs of
industry, pollution control agencies, regulatory authorities and in a larger pursuit
of a green globe. The services under Environmental Assessments include:
Site Selection and Liability Studies;

Environmental Impact Assessments;
Environment Management Plans;
Carrying Capacity based Regional Studies;

Chapter 11
Environmental Audits;
Solid and Hazardous Waste Management;
Risk Assessment (MCA,HAZON,HAZOP) & DMP;
Occupational Health and Safety, Industrial Hygiene;
Environmental Monitoring for Air, Meteorology, Water, Soil, Noise, Ecology
and Socio-Economic;
Industrial Emission Source Monitoring;
Offshore Sampling and Analysis of Marine Water and Sediments;
Marine Ecological Studies;
Marine Impact Assessment;
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Studies;
Forestry and Ecological Studies;
Geological and Hydro-geological Studies;
Land Use /Land Cover Studies based on Remote Sensing;
Socio-Economic Studies;
Due Diligence Studies;
Epidemiological Studies;
Wasteland Management Studies; and
Study on Bio-indicators.
The services under Environmental Chemistry include:
Analysis of Water, Wastewater, Soil, Solid Waste, Hazardous waste as per

Indian and International Codes;
Source Emissions and Work Zone Air/Noise quality monitoring;
Analysis of SVOCs, VOCs, PAH, BTEX, AOX, PCBs, TCLP metals, TOC etc.;
Categorization of Hazardous Waste; and
Pesticide Residue Analysis.
11.7 Facilities
Vimta-Environment Division is located in scientifically designed Central Laboratory

with the state-of the-art modern facilities to offer vide range of services in indoor
and outdoor monitoring and analytical characterization in the field of
Environment. Further, it is ably supported by highly skilled and experienced team
of professionals in the fields of Science, Engineering, Ecology, Meteorology, Social
Planning, Geo & Hydro-geology, and Environmental Planning.
Besides the regular monitoring equipment such as Respirable Dust Samplers,

Automatic Weather Monitoring Stations, Stack Monitoring Kits, Personal
Samplers, Noise Meters, Portable Water Kits etc, the other major specialized
equipment include:
Monostatic SodarDesigned by National Physical Laboratory, GOI;

Integrated Noise Level MeterQuest, U.S.A;
Flue Gas AnalyzersTesto, Germany;
113-A Gravimetric Dust Sampler-Casella, London;
ICP AES Varian, USA;
Gas Liquid Chromatographs with FID, ECD & pFPDVarian, USA;

Chapter 11
Gas Chromatograph with Mass DetectorVarian, USA;

Atomic Absorption Spectrometer [AAS]Varian, USA;
PAS-AFC-123 instrument;
High Performance Liquid Chromatograph;
Laser Particle Size Analyzer;
Monostatic Sodar Designed by National Physical Laboratory, GOI;
Integrated Noise Level MeterQuest, U.S.A;
Flue Gas AnalyzersTesto, Germany;
113-A Gravimetric Dust Sampler-Casella, London;
ICP AES Varian, USA;
Gas Liquid Chromatographs with FID, ECD & pFPDVarian, USA;
Gas Chromatograph with Mass DetectorVarian, USA;
Atomic Absorption Spectrometer [AAS]Varian, USA;
11.8 Quality Systems
The fact that Environment division and its supporting Site Laboratories are
accredited by NABL (IS0-17025) and Ministry of Environment and Forests and by
other international bodies such as Asian Development Bank (ADB) and World
Bank stands testimony to its emphasis on Quality Systems.
11.9 Achievements
Being the first laboratory to be recognized under Environment Protection (EP) Act
by GOI in 1986, Environment Division with its best mind power and industrial
knowledge competency that allows it to compare with the best in the business.
The Environment Division till date has executed about 350 Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environment Management Studies with Risk
Assessment and Disaster Management Plans and obtained statutory
approvals.
Supported by the strong modern laboratory support and experienced hands,
Environment division is well equipped in conducting Due Diligence, Phase-I
and Phase-II studies.
Undertaken specialized studies such as Regional Environmental Impact
Assessment on Carrying Capacity Principle; Upper Air Meteorological studies
using SODAR for major Industrial Complexes.
Associated with prestigious studies such as Environmental Pollution
monitoring around Taj Trapezium, Pre and Post Satellite launch studies for
SHAR, ISRO and monitoring for offshore Oil & Gas exploration for deep-sea
water and sediment sampling.
The services offered include vide spectrum of industries covering Power,
Chemical, Cement, Mining, Steel & Alloys, Metallurgical, Dye & Intermediates,
Bulk Drugs, Pesticides, Agro-Chemicals, Petro-Chemicals, Refineries, Pulp &
Paper, Oil & Gas Exploration & Production, Asbestos, Infrastructure, River
valley, Foundries etc.
The Environment division has also offered its services to major infrastructure
projects such as Ports, Oil & Gas Pipelines, Green field Air Ports, Roads and
Highways.

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone in a plot area of 97.54 ha with a
build-up area of 2,20,000 sq.m at Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam village, Avinashi Taluk, Tiruppur District, Tamil Nadu
Chapter 10
TABLE-11.1
DETAILS OF PERSONNEL INVOLVED IN CURRENT EIA REPORT
Sr. No. Name Qualification Position Experience
1 Mr. M. Janardhan M.Tech (Env) Head & Vice About 24 years of experience in the field of air quality impacts, and noise,
President(Env) environmental management and environmental engineering
2 Dr. K.S. Muneeswaran M.E. (Env. Engg).,(Ph.D) Senior About 26 years of experience in the field of environmental chemistry and environmental
Manager/Senior impact assessment
Scientist
3 Dr. B. Chandra Sekhar M.Sc, Ph.D Sr. Manager About 14 years of experience in the field of environmental management and modelling
3 Mr. G.V. Raghava Rao M.Tech (Env) Group Leader About 17 years of experience in the field of Environmental Engineering & Management
4 Ms. Durga Bhavani M.Tech (Env) Group leader About 13 years of experience in the field of environmental impact assessment
5 Mr. S. Kishore Kumar M.Tech (Env) Env Engineer About 6 years of experience in the field of Environmental Impact Assessment studies
6 Mr. P.Niranjan Babu B.Com Asst Manager About 23 years of experience in the field of Environmental Monitoring and secretarial
assistance
7 Dr. Subba Reddy M.Sc., Ph.D Scientist About 8 years of experience in the field of Environmental Impact Assessment studies
8 Mr. Rajashekhar M.Sc., Ph.D Ecologist About 10 year of experience in the field of environmental monitoring and
environmental impact assessment
9 Mr. S. Srinivas Goud M.S.W Group Leader About 14 year of experience in the field of social impact assessment
10 Dr. Subba Reddy M.Sc., Ph.D Scientist About 8 years of experience in the field of Environmental Impact Assessment studies
11 Mr. J. Bharatvaj M.E., (Env. Engg) Env. Engineer About 3 year of experience in the field of environmental monitoring and environmental
impact assessment
12 Mr. R. Vignesh M.Tech., (Env. Engg) Env Engineer About 1 year of experience in the field of environmental monitoring and environmental
impact assessment
13 Mr. A. Ashok B.Tech (Biotechnology) Jr. Env. Engineer About 4 year of experience in the field of Environmental Science and monitoring
14 Mr. Ganesan B.Tech (Env.Enginer) Jr. Env. Engineer About 2 year of experience in the field of Environmental Science and monitoring
15 Mr. P. Krishna I.T.I (Civil) Sr. Draftsman About 14 years of experience in the field of Environmental and Civil Drawings
16 Mr. J. Ramakrishna I.T.I (Civil) Sr. Draftsman About 13 years of experience in the field of Environmental and Civil Drawings
Empaneled Experts
1 Mr. J. Rajendra Prasad M.Sc Consultant About 13 years of experience in the field of Remote sensing, Hydrogeology
2 Mr. J. Rajgopal Krishnan M.Tech (Chem. Engg) Consultant About 40 years of experience in the field of risk and hazard assessment

Chapter 10
FIGURE -11.1
NABET ACCREDITATION

Special Economic Zone in a plot area of 97.54 ha with a build-up area of 2,20,000
sq.m at Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam village, Avinashi Taluk, Tiruppur
District, Tamil Nadu
Executive Summary
1.1 Introduction
IG3 Infra Limited proposes to construct a Textile Park SEZ at Vadamugam

Kangeyampalayam Village, Avinashi Taluk of Tiruppur District, Tamil Nadu State. The
total land area under the ownership of 103.65 ha (256.0 acres) has been declared as an
sector specific SEZ by Ministry of Commerce & industry vide its notification no. 785 dated
9th June 2008. The total plot area of the proposed project is 97.54 ha (241.01 acres). The
project will be developed with an estimated cost of Rs. 70.93 Crores.
As per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006, the proposed project falls under
Category B1 under Schedule No. 8(b) [Townships and Area Development
projects], for which Environmental Clearance (EC) from SEIAA is necessary. This
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report is prepared to obtain Environmental
Clearance (EC) from State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) of
Tamil Nadu and Consent for Establishment (CFE) from Tamil Nadu Pollution Control
Board (TNPCB).
In-line with the EIA Notification, 76th SEAC meeting was held on 30th June 2016 for
determining TOR for the preparation of EIA report for the proposed project. This EIA has
been prepared based on the TOR conditions stated by SEIAA vide Letter No. SEIAA-
TN/F-4414/2015/ToR-253/SEZ/8(b)/TIR/2016 dated. 11.7.2016.
1.2 Environmental setting of the site
The details of the environmental setting are given in Table- 1.1. The index map of the
project site is shown in Figure- 1.1. Similarly, the study area map of 10 km radius is
depicted in Figure- 1.2 and Figure-1.3 shows the aerial view of the proposed site.

Executive Summary
TABLE 1.1
ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING OF THE SITE
Sr.
Particulars Details
No.
1 Site co-ordinates
Latitude Longitude
A 11o 12 36.57 N 77o 26 23.65 E
B 11o 12 53.39 N 79o 27 09.06 E
C 11o 12 21.85 N 79o 27 13.39 E
D 11o 12 06.73 N 79o 26 49.48 E
2 Site Elevation 299 m AMSL
3 Climatic Conditions Annual Max. Temp: 380C
(IMD, Chennai) Annual Min. Temp: 180C
Annual Total Rainfall: 574.3 -mm
4 Land use classification Unclassified as per DTCP
6 Nearest Railway station Uthukuli R.S (5.2 km, South)
7 Nearest airport Coimbatore Airport (48.0 km, ESE)
8 Nearest seaport Kochi Port (189 km, SW)
9 Socio economic factors No resettlement and rehabilitation issues
10 Forest areas Kongampalayam R.F (6.0 km, NNE)
Vayappadi R.F (6.5 km, ESE)
11 Ecologically sensitive Nil within 10 km radius
zones such as Biospheres,
Sanctuaries, National
parks
12 Inland rivers/ water bodies Noyyel River (9.2 km, South)
13 Defense installations/ Nil within 10 km radius
Historical monuments
14 Historical/ Archaeological Nil within 10 km radius
places
15 Nearest habitation Samaiarpalayam (2.2 km, North)
17 Nearby Industries Sakthi autocomponents (7.2 km, NE)

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone in a plot area of
97.54 ha with a build-up area of 2,20,000 sq.m at Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam village, Avinashi Taluk, Tiruppur
Executive Summary
Project Site
FIGURE- 1.1
INDEX MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE
Executive Summary
FIGURE-1.2
10 KM RADIUS STUDY AREA MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE
SURVEY OF INDIA TOPOSHEET NO. : 66C/3

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Proposed Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone in a plot area of
97.54 ha with a build-up area of 2,20,000 sq.m at Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam village, Avinashi Taluk, Tiruppur
Executive Summary
FIGURE- 1.3
AERIAL VIEW OF THE PROPOSED SITE

Executive Summary
1.3 Details of the proposed project
The details of the proposed project are given in Table-1.2 and Table 1.3.
TABLE-1.2
PROJECT DETAILS
Proposed Project Proposed Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone in a

plot area of 94.75 ha with build-up area of 2,20,000 sq.m
Schedule & Category 8(b), Townships and Area Development projects, B1
Location & S.F. Nos Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam
S.F. No. 126, 129, 132, 135 144, 151- 161, 165, 166, 167,
171, 178, 209, 216-218, 229, 232, 235, 237
Land use Total plot area as per Patta: 97.54 ha (241.01 acres)
SEZ Notified area: 103.65 ha (256.0 acres)
Captive Power Plant:6.07 ha (15.0 acres)
Sr. Area
No. Particulars ha acres (%)
3 Road 5.0 12.4 5.1
5 OSR area 9.8 24.2 10.1
7 Warehouses 10.0 24.7 10.3
8 Open area 5.0 12.4 5.1
Total 97.5 241 100
Land use Unclassified land use as per DTCP
classification
Total built-up area 2,20,000 sq.m
Building profile Industrial plots Parking area
Common amenities ETP Facility
Cogeneration power STP facility
plant 48 MW Solid waste storage
Greenbelt area
Manpower 2,200 employees including floating population
Parking details Open parking area of 1.0 ha
Water requirement Total Water Requirement 1,047 KLD
Daily make up 127 KLD
Source: New Tiruppur Area Development Corporation Limited

Executive Summary
Sanitation details Proposed sewage treatment plant (STP) capacity of 275

KLD based on Modified Extended Aeration Activated
Sludge Process
Two (2) Dyeing units will be providing their own ETP of
capacity 1750 KLD for effluent
Solid-waste Municipal solid waste will be segregated into
Management biodegradable and non-biodegradable
Biodegradable will be treated by composting. Non-
biodegradable waste will sent to authorized recycling
centre
STP Sludge will be dried and re-used for greenbelt
Non-hazardous process waste from sizing and loom
operations are re-used again in process
Hazardous process waste like ETP Sludge, Salt will be
collected and transported to secured disposal facility by
individual units
Power requirement 48 MW
Source: Captive Power Plant (Coal based TPP)
(Obtained Environmental Clearance vide SEIAA Letter- SEIAA-
TN/ F.No.679/2012/1d/EC/2014 dated 23.12.2014)
Emergency Back-up DG Sets
3 Nos. x 185 KVA

Total fuel Requirement: Diesel 37 L/hr/DG
Mode of storage: Each DG Set will be provided with in-built

diesel storage of 200 Litres
Air pollution/noise DG Sets will be provided with
generation sources
Stack height of 3m above the building height.
Suitable acoustic enclosure to minimize noise.
Total investment of Rs. 70.93/- Crores
the project/activity.
Funds allocated for Capital cost: Rs. 84.0 Lakhs
EMP Recurring cost: Rs. 37.0 Lakhs/annum

Executive Summary
1.3.1 Land requirement
The proposed Sector Specific (Textile) SEZ (SEZ) will be developed in 97.54-acres
(241.01 ha) land with 2,20,000 Sq.m built-up area. The proposed project consists of
Industrial sheds, Open parking area, Road, Greenbelt area, OSR Area, ETP, STP, Solid
waste storage area, RWH area and etc. The details of land use of the project are given
in the Table-1.3
TABLE-1.3
DETAILS OF PROPOSED LAND USE
Area
Sr. No. Particulars ha acres (%)
3 Road 5.0 12.4 5.1
5 OSR area 9.8 24.2 10.1
7 Warehouses 10.0 24.7 10.3
8 Open area 5.0 12.4 5.1
Total 97.5 241 100
1.3.2 Power & Fuel Requirement
The estimated power demand for park usage and industrial plots usage are 0.25 MW &
42.5 MW respectively. The power will be sourced from Thermal Power plant. Incase of
non-operation of power plant, 25 KW of power will be sourced from TANGEDCO. The
distribution system design option is based on safety of personnel, protection of
equipment, cost reliability and flexibility in operation. Proposed scheme will be designed
to be implemented in a single where the entire power distribution infrastructure &
equipment is planned and procured as required.
1.3.2.1 Back-up Power Supply
The power supply will be met from DG Sets during the power failure. The capacity of
the proposed DG sets is 3 x 125 KVA which will fulfill common requirement during the
period of power failure.
The DG sets will be having inbuilt storage of fuel (HSD) and fuel requirement will be
sourced from nearby petrol bunks. DG sets will be housed inside acoustic enclosures to
bring down noise level below permissible limits. Also DG sets are provided with noise
silencers (10- 25 db(A)) and stack of adequate height.

Executive Summary
1.3.3 Raw Material Requirement

The raw materials required for the textile unit are yarn and chemicals. It is expected
that, the proposed textile units would be manufacturing cotton (cotton weaving) and
manmade (rayon or polyester).
TABLE-1.4
RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT & SOURCE
Quantity in Mode of
Activity Raw Material Source
Kg/d transport
Spinning Raw cotton, Wool, 11740 Coimbatore, Erode, By closed
manmade fibre Guntur, Tiruchengode, trucks
Mumbai
Weaving Cotton yarn, 7298 Coimbatore, Erode,
manmade yarn, Rajapalayam, Salem,
silk yarn, wool yarn Mumbai
Garmenting Fabrics (grey and 10621 Coimbatore, Erode,
dyed) Salem
Dyeing Acid dyes, basic 8000 Coimbatore, Erode,
dyes Bangalore, Mumbai
1.3.4 Water Requirement
1.3.4.1 Construction Phase
The Project will be developed in phased manner. The peak water demand during the
construction phase will be about 20-m3 /day. The water requirement for the
construction phase will be met from the private water supply agencies.
1.3.4.2 Operation Phase
The total water requirement for the operation phase of the project has been estimated
as 1,407 KLD which is a one-time requirement and daily make up of fresh water is 127
KLD. The water requirement will be met from the The New Tiruppur Area
Development Corporation Limited (NTADCL). The details of water requirement are
given in Table-1.5.
TABLE-1.5
WATER REQUIREMENT
1 Domestic consumption 97
2 Process
a Dyeing 1,280
b Looming 0.1
c Warping 0.04
d Sizing 30.151
e Secondary warping 0.033
f Garmenting 0.106
Total 1,407

Executive Summary
The total water demand for one time : 1,407 KLD

Daily make-up of freshwater : 127 KLD
Treated water from CETP and STP : 1,342 KLD [1,250 KLD + 92 KLD]
1.3.5 Manpower requirement
The facility will provide employment to considerable number of personnel directly and
to many others indirectly. The manpower employed for the proposed textile SEZ during
operation will be about 2,200 persons for direct activities and about 200 for indirect
activities. The details of manpower break-up are given in Table-1.6.
TABLE-1.6
MANPOWER BREAK-UP
Sr. No Particulars Number of Persons

1 Dyeing units 450
2 Warping units 96
3 Secondary warping units 48
4 Sizing units 96
5 Looming units 860
6 Garmenting units 650
Total 2,200
1.3.6 Manufacturing process
Process Description
The Sector Specific (Textile) SEZ will be developed with 26 industrial sheds for various
textile activities such as weaving, warping, sizing, dyeing and garmenting. The flow
chart of textile processing from Yarn cotton to end product is given in Figure-1.4.
1.3.6.1 General
A fibre undergoes various transformations, before it is converted into a fabric. The

transformations are carried out under dry process that includes weaving, warping,
sizing and looms etc.,
1.3.6.2 Manufacturing Process
In a cotton textile mill, the carded, combed and spun raw cotton is warped and sized
(slashed) into a mono colour and multi-colour fabrics. All these processes are dry
processes except sizing. The process flow diagram is provided in Figure-1.4.
1.3.6.3 Yarn
Yarn is a long continuous length of interlocked fibres, suitable for use in the production
of textiles, sewing, crocheting, knitting, weaving, embroidery and rope making. Dyed
yarn / Grey yarn received in the form of Cone or Cheese package received from outside
Mills with below specified quantity.

Executive Summary
Yarn quality specification (Raw materials)
Particulars Single Yarn Double Yarn

Count CV% 3.0 2.5
Strength CV% 4.0 5.0
CSP 2100 2600
U% 9 9
Thin 1 1
Thick 25 28
Neps 25 28
Total ims/km 51 57
1.3.6.4 Warping
It is a commonly known fact that fabrics are constructed through two major techniques
weaving and knitting apart from other minor techniques. In these processes, two
distinct sets of yarns called the warp and the weft are interlaced with each other to
form a fabric.
The fabric is separated in two steps of warping, direct warping is mono colour or Grey
fabrics and Sectional warping is Multi colour pattern.
1.3.6.5 Sectional Warping
In put material received from stores, this machine application only for multicolor
pattern. Machine having Creel, leasing/ denting head, warping head, waxing head and
weavers beam head with downing / doffing arrangement. Input dyed yarn packages
mounting in creel against fabric pattern, Leasing / denting devices will helps to
separating the yarn, Waxing device will helps to coating lubrication, Section Head will
helps to groping the yarn against pattern, Finally beaming Head produce required warp
sheet and wound on weavers beam for weaving, 4 Nos of Direct warping machine
launching for feeding 420 Looms
1.3.6.6 Direct Warping
In put material received from stores, this application only for Mono color or Grey
fabrics. Machine having Creel, leasing/denting head, warping head with downing/doffing
arrangement. Input grey yarn packages mounting in creel against fabric width, Leasing
/ denting devices will helps to separating the yarn, Beam Head will helps to groping the
yarn against width of fabric, beaming Head produce required warp sheet and wound on
wrappers beam for sizing, 2 Nos of Direct warping machine launching for feeding 420
Looms
1.3.6.7 Sizing
Sizing of the warp yarn is essential to reduce breakage of the yarn and thus production
stops on the weaving machine. The yarn is seized with starch and Poly Vinyl Alcohol
(PVA) or Carboxy Methyl Cellulose (CMC) to give necessary tensile strength and
smoothness required for weaving.

Executive Summary
1.3.6.8 Looms
A loom is a device used to weave cloth. The basic purposes of any loom are to hold the
warp threads under tension to facilitate the interweaving of the weft threads. Warp yarn
& weft yarn interlacement process done in Dobby/Jacquard looms
1.3.6.9 Inspections
The cloth Roll is received from looms and the grade is inspected and the inspected cloth
bundles are sending to processing unit.
1.3.6.10 Garments
Processed cloth bundles received from processing unit and confection process done in
Garment section.
1.3.6.11 Final Inspection and dispatch
Finally the quality and quantity is inspected and the finished goods are packed and
dispatched

Executive Summary
Yarn
Dyed Yarn & Grey

Yarn
Sec.Warp Dir.
ing Warping
Sizing
Looms
Inspections
Processing send to
outside
Garments
Final Inspection
Finished Goods
Dispatch
FIGURE- 1.4
PROCESS FLOW CHART
Executive Summary
1.3.7 Wastewater Generation and Treatment
The wastewater generation of the proposed project is about 1380 KLD which includes
sewage and the effluent. The generated wastewater from process and domestic will be
treated in proposed ETP (1750 KLD) and in STP (275 KLD) respectively. The wastewater
generation is provided in Table-1.7.
TABLE-1.7
1 Sewage 92
2 Process
a Dyeing 1258.2
d Sizing 30.09
Total 1380.3
The treated wastewater of 1250-KLD from ETP will be utilized again for process and
cleaning purposes. Treated water from STP of about 92 KLD will be used for sizing,
warping & nourishing greenbelt maintenance.
1.4 Baseline Environmental Status
The baseline environmental monitoring studies were carried out to determine the
conditions of various environmental attributes from 1st June 2016 to 31st August 2016 in
the 10 km radius study area around the proposed site.
1.4.1 Land Use
The land use pattern of the study area has been studied by analyzing the available
secondary data published in the District Primary Census abstract of the year 2011. In
addition to the establishment of land use pattern based on the review of secondary
data, the land use pattern in study area and its buffer zones covered within a radius of
10 km from the proposed development has been established through interpretation of
satellite imageries and by means of preparation of land use/land cover map.
1.4.2 Meteorology
Baseline data generation was undertaken for various meteorological parameters in

order to generate the site-specific data, which is presented in Table-1.8.
TABLE-1.8
RESULTS OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA GENERATION
Results
Sr. No. Parameter
Maximum Minimum
1. Temperature (oC) 35 23
2. Humidity (%) 94 27
The predominant winds are mostly from South West (41.6%).

Executive Summary
1.4.3 Ambient Air Quality
To establish the baseline status of the ambient air quality in the study area, the air
quality was monitored at 8 locations. The summary of the Ambient Air Quality monitored
is given in Table-1.9.
TABLE- 1.9
SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO
Maximum
Samiarpalayam Attupakkam Samiarpalayam Samiarpalayam Samiarpalayam
(AAQ3) (AAQ4) (AAQ3) (AAQ3) (AAQ3)
49.5 17.2 11.6 17.3 352
Minimum
Virumandapalayam Virumandapalayam Chamrajpalayam Chamrajpalayam Project site
(AAQ8) (AAQ8) (AAQ5) (AAQ5) (AAQ1)
32.4 5.9 5.0 10.0 203
All Concentrations are expressed in g/m3
The concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX and CO are observed to be well within the
standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for Industrial, Rural,
Residential and other area. Other parameters including Ozone (O3), Ammonia (NH3), Lead
(Pb), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) & Mercury (Hg) are
found to exist below detectable limits.
1.4.4 Ambient Noise Levels
The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of ambient noise levels at ten
locations in the study area. The observations are given in Table- 1.10.
TABLE- 1.10
AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS
Observed Noise levels Recommended Noise levels

Sr.
Location dB (A) dB (A)
No.
Daytime Night Daytime Night
1 Residential 40.0 - 43.6 35.2 37.8 55 45
2 Commercial 49.6 45.0 65 55
1.4.5 Water Quality
Six ground water samples and two surface water samples within the study area were
considered for assessment. Th results of the surface water and groundwater complied
with the limits of IS: 10500 for drinking water and water source for absence of alternate
source. The results of the analyses are given in Table- 1.11.

Executive Summary
TABLE- 1.11
WATER QUALITY RESULTS
Sr.
Parameter Unit Surface Water Ground Water
No.
1. pH - 7.0 - 7.8 7.6- 7.8
2. Total Hardness mg/l 169 - 735 363- 478
3. Total Dissolved mg/l 294 - 392 741- 976
Solids
4. Chlorides mg/l 16.9 - 73.5 36.3- 47.8
5. Fluorides mg/l 0.2 - 0.6 0.1- 0.2
6. Nitrates mg/l 9.3 - 42.5 12.3- 18.2
7. Coliform Bacteria MPN/100 Nil Nil
8. Heavy Metals mg/l Below Detectable Below Detectable
Limits Limits
1.4.6 Soil Quality
The details of the soil quality in the study area are laid down in Table- 1.12 and
classified according to standard soil classification by ICAR. It has been observed that
the light brown coloured sandy loam was observed in the study area.
TABLE- 1.12
SOIL QUALITY
Sr.
Parameter Observed Values
No.
1 pH 7.3 - 7.7
2 Bulk density (g/cm3) 1.1 - 1.4
3 Electrical conductivity (s/cm) 167 - 361
4 Organic matter (%) 0.9 1.8
5 Nitrogen (kg/ha) 146 165
6 Phosphorus (kg/ha) 9.5- 13.4
7 Potassium (kg/ha) 210 - 324
It has been observed that the texture of soil is mostly Sandy Loam in the study area.
The common color of the soil is light brown. It has been observed that the pH of the soil
quality ranged from 7.3 7.7, indicating that the soil is usually neutral to slightly
alkaline in nature. The bulk density of soil ranges in between 1.2 1.5.
The Electrical Conductivity was observed to be in the range of 167 - 361 S/cm, with
the maximum (361) observed in the Chengapalli (S6) and with the minimum (167)
observed in Samiarpalayam (S3).
The Organic matter ranged between 0.9-1.8 percent. The maximum Percentage (1.8%)
was found to be in the village of Tenmugam Kangeyampalayam (S2) indicating that the
organic carbon is having more than sufficient Percentage. The minimum Percentage
(0.9%) was observed in Sottakavundanpalayam (S4) indicating that the organic carbon
has Sufficient Percentage.

Executive Summary
The Nitrogen values ranged between 149-165 kg/ha. The maximum value (165) was
found to be in the village of Chengapalli (S6) indicating that the soil is having Good
quantity of Nitrogen. The minimum value (149) was observed in Aruvangattupalayam
(S2) indicating that the soil has Good quantity of Nitrogen.
The Phosphorus values range in between 9.5 13.4 kg/ha. The maximum value (13.4)
was found in the chengapalli (S6) and the minimum value (9.5) was observed in the
proposed project site (S1) indicating that the soil has very less quantity of
Phosphorus.
The Potassium values range in between 185 - 305 kg/ha. The maximum value (13.4)
was found in the proposed project site (S1) and the minimum value (9.5) was observed
in sottakavundamapalayam (S4) indicating that the soils in the area have medium
quantity of Potassium.
1.4.7 Flora and Fauna
From the field observations it can be concluded that the forests in the study area are
under anthropogenic pressure and show signs of degradation in the form of tree
cutting, lopping, grazing and collection of NTFPs and habitat fragmentation. As per
MOEF and Forest Department of Tamil Nadu state reveals that there are no Wildlife
sanctuaries, National parks/biosphere reserves in 10 km radius from the proposed
project site boundary. As per the records of the Botanical Survey of India there are no
plants of conservation importance in the study area.
It can be concluded that there is one species belonging to 4 species of Sch-II (cobra, coral
snake, viper & pit viper) and rest of species belongs Sch-III, Sch-IV and Sch-V of Wildlife
Protection Act, 1972. As of now, no specific conservation action plan is required,
however Schedule II and III mammal like Hyeana hyeana (Hyeana) and other schedule
IV birds are protected by the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. All the wildlife
above listed will be protected by the district Wildlife authorities as per Indian Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972 and state government conservation rules.
1.4.8 Socio-Economic Environment
As per 2011 census the population of the study area consists of 2,99,284 persons. Both
males and females constitute 50% to the study area population respectively. The
average household size of the study area is 4 persons. In the study area, 42% of the
population belongs to Scheduled Castes (SC). The study area experiences average
literacy rate of 72%. As per 2011 census records, the main workers comprise 44% of
the total population. The marginal workers and non-workers constitute 3% and 51% of
the total population respectively.
1.5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts
1.5.1 Impacts during Constructional Phase
The environmental impacts during the erection stage will be short term, temporary in
nature and will be confined very close to the project site.

Executive Summary
Impact on Land use
There is no forest land or ecological sensitive land within proposed project site. Hence,
no major impact on land use is envisaged.
Impact on Soil
The construction activities will result in loss of some vegetation cover, topsoil and earthen
material to some extent in the plant area. However, it is proposed to use the soil and
earthen material for greenbelt development and levelling of project site. Apart from
localized construction impacts at the project site, no adverse impacts on soil in the
surrounding area are anticipated.
Impact on Air Quality
The main sources of emission during the erection period are the movement of equipment
at site and dust emitted during the levelling, grading, earthwork, foundation works.
Exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the construction phase is
also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx, PM and CO. The impact
will, however, be reversible, marginal and temporary in nature.
Impact on Terrestrial Ecology
The initial erection works at the project site involves land clearance. The removal of
vegetation from the soil and loosening of the topsoil generally causes soil erosion.
However, such impacts will be confined to the project site and will be minimized through
paving and water sprinkling. No major impacts are envisaged on terrestrial ecology.
Socio-Economic Impacts
Services of skilled and unskilled workers of different trades are required in large numbers.
The project will provide either direct or indirect job opportunities to the local population as
far as possible. These earnings are likely to change the economic status of local people.
1.5.2 Impacts during Operational Phase
Impact on Soil
Most of the impacts of proposed project on soils are restricted to the construction phase,
which will get stabilized during operational phase. The impact on the topsoil will be
confined to the project area as all the activities are limited within the project site boundary
only.
Impact on Air Environment
The impact on air quality is assessed based on emissions of the proposed project site.
Particulate Matter (PM10), Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) will be
the important pollutants emitting from the proposed expansion. The maximum resultant
ground level concentrations of PM10, SO2 and NOx are given in Table-1.10. Cumulative
concentration of pollutants due to the nearby industries are given in Table-1.11.

Executive Summary
TABLE-1.13
RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLCs
Pollutant Concentration (g/m3) Distance/

Standards
Baseline Incremental Resultant Direction
PM10 49.5 1.23 50.73 1.0 km, East 100
SO2 11.6 13.70 25.30 1.5 km, East 80
NOx 27.8 1.23 29.03 1.0 km, East 80
A perusal of previous sub-section reveal that the resultant concentration of short-term 24

hourly ground level concentrations for PM10, SO2 and NOx likely to be encountered in the
operation of the project are 85.6, 16.9 and 29.2 g/m3 respectively occurring at a distance
of about 1.4 km in the North East direction. It is evident that the concentrations of the
emissions are within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009.
Impact on Water Environment
The total water requirement for the project has been estimated to be 1,407 KLD which
is a one-time requirement and daily fresh water make up of 127 KLD will be met
through New Tiruppur Area Development Corporation Limited (NTADCL).
The wastewater generated from industrial units with activities such as dyeing and sizing
activities shall be treated in the effluent treatment plant of capacity 1750 KLD and the
sewage generated from industrial plots will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant of
275 KLD capacity respectively. The treated water from ETP shall be reused for dyeing
process and the treated sewage will be re-used for process such as warping, looming &
greenbelt. No wastewater will be discharged outside the premise.
TABLE-1.14
Sr. No Category Quantity in KLD Management

1 Sewage 92 STP of capacity 275 KLD
2 Process
a Dyeing 1258.2 ETP of capacity 1750 KLD
d Sizing 30.09
Total 1380.3
In order to conserve water resources and rainwater in the proposed development,

efforts will be made for rainwater harvesting structures within the premises. The
rainwater from the roofs, greenbelt and paved areas shall be properly segregated,
collected by the suitable rainwater storage structures.
Impact of Solid Waste Generation
The source, quantity of solid wastes generated and the corresponding waste management
measures are presented in Table- 1.15.

Executive Summary
During operational phase of the project, considerable quantities of solid wastes from
process and domestic use be generated. If the solid wastes are not disposed-off
efficiently, these may cause for environmental degradation.
The solid waste generated from the textile SEZ are classified to process waste and
domestic waste. In domestic waste, source segregation is proposed with common
collection and disposal, using color coded bins positioned at each plots. The
biodegradable wastes shall be collected, segregated and composted within the project
premise. Sludge generated from STP of quantity 0.9 TPD and horticulture waste, such
as dried leaves, flowers etc. shall be utilized as manure for greenbelt
TABLE- 1.15
SOLID WASTE GENERATION
Sr. No Solid waste
(TPD) measures
2 End bits 0.23
2 Non-biodegradables 0.18 Will be given to authorized
(40%) centres
3 STP Sludge 0.9 Dried and re-used as manure
for greenbelt
The process waste shall be again categorized into hazardous and non-hazardous waste.
Non-hazardous process waste such as end bits, cuttings shall be reused again in
process. Hazardous process waste such as MEE salt, ETP sludge, RO reject, Solar bed
residue, used oil shall be collected & stored in dykes, PE bags & barrels. Adequate solid
waste storage area of 1.5 ha has been allocated in the project premise and the waste
shall be kept with accordance to the material compatibility. The stored waste shall be
periodically disposed to secured disposal centre authorized by CPCB/ TNPCB. Hence, the
generation of solid wastes in the proposed project development will not create adverse
impacts.
Impact on Ecology
The impacts on aquatic ecology due to proposed expansion activity would be negligible as
no wastewater is discharged outside the premise.
Impact on Reserve/Protected Forest
The forest blocks are found within the study area are more than 5.0 km away from the
project site. Hence no impact is envisaged

Executive Summary
Impacts of Noise Levels
It was observed from the proposed development, noise levels ranging between 60 64
dB (A) and it will be limited to work zone only. At the corners of the plant boundary,
noise levels will be varying between 44 dB (A) to 46 dB (A).
Impact on Public Health and Safety
The discharge of waste materials (stack emission, wastewater and solid wastes) from
process operations can have potential impact on public safety and health. The impact
from the discharge of waste products is not expected to be significant since, the
adverse impacts on ambient air, water and soil quality are predicted to be low.
1.6 Environment Management Plan
The Environmental Management Plan that is proposed to be carried out during the
erection and operation phase of the proposed project is presented in Table- 1.13 and
1.14 respectively.

Nadu
Executive Summary
TABLE-1.16
ANTICIPATED ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
Probable
Sources
Constructional Impact
Water Quality Increase in suspended solids Loose soil at During monsoon season run-off from construction site ---
due to soil run-off during heavy construction will be routed to a temporary sedimentation tank for
precipitation site settlement of suspended solids
Air Quality Increase in dust and NOx Vehicular Isolate the construction area with flexible enclosures/ Construction vehicles will
concentration leads to air borne movements, curtains so that the air emissions will not spread in the be maintained properly
diseases excavation surroundings. for reducing air pollution
and leveling levels from vehicle
activity Sprinkling of water in the construction area and unpaved exhausts.
roads. Proper maintenance of vehicles will be done.
Restrict dust-generating activities, such as blasting or

top soil removal, to calm wind conditions.
Cover heavy vehicles moving offsite.
Restrict vehicle speed on construction roads and ensure

vehicles use only dedicated construction roads and
access points.
Visually monitor particulate emissions from diesel

vehicles and carryout regular maintenance on all plant
and equipment.

Nadu
Executive Summary
Probable
Sources
Noise Increase in noise level causes Construction Develop and implement a construction noise Equipment will be kept in
psychological impact in living equipment management plan. good condition to keep
organisms the noise level within 90-
Limit hours of construction where practical. dB (A).
Where blasting occurs, pit shapes and blast campaigns Workers will be provided
will be designed such that the blast faces are oriented with necessary protective
away from noise sensitive receivers. equipment e.g. earplugs,
earmuffs.
Terrestrial Clearing of vegetation Soil enabling Landscaping and extensive plantation will be done Open spaces reserved
Ecology activities will be green turfed and
appropriate type of
plantations will be done
in these parks
Socio- Loss of land and habitation Land The proposed site is presently free from encumbrances, --
economics Acquisition hence private land acquisition and resultant
rehabilitation and resettlement issues are not involved
Excavated Loss of excavated top soil Excavation The topsoil will be properly stored and used for leveling --
Material in the low-lying area. The construction debris will be
used to level the low lying area
Operational Impact
Water Quality Deterioration of surface water Discharge Provide adequate treatment and conditioning facilities so All wastewater generated
quality and ground water from various that the treated sewage and effluent conforms to the from process and
quality sources regulatory standards. domestic will be treated
in ETP & STP respectively.
The treated water will be
utilized for nourishing
greenbelt

Nadu
Executive Summary
Probable
Sources
Noise Increase in noise levels from Vehicular Equipment will be designed to conform to noise levels There will be no major
the project movement prescribed by regulatory agencies impacts due to Noise in
and DG sets the project.
operation
Green belt will be
developed all along the
boundary wall for
attenuating the noise
Air Quality Increase in dust and gaseous Vehicular Usage of Bharat-IV/Euro-IV compliant vehicles. The resultant air quality
pollutants in ambient air traffic, Stack will conform to the
emissions Usage of low sulphur fuel for transportation and for DG stipulated standards.
from DG sets sets.
Adequate stack heights
Motorable roads in the project will be paved to reduce will be provided to DG
dust emission. Sets for the proper
dispersion of pollutants
Ensure operational procedures are adequately Emissions from DG sets
implemented and regularly reviewed so as to identify will be controlled to
opportunities for continual improvement. below regulatory
standards
Traffic Impacts Impact on infrastructure and Automobile Improvement of infrastructure, provision of the proper Proper roads will reduce
impact on air quality and noise movement parking yard and evaluate impact of traffic density and the dust emissions to a
levels vehicular emissions. great extent.
Solid waste Impact on human health Domestic All solid waste will be segregated at source and will be -
usage handed over to the authorized disposers. Hazardous
solid waste will be given to secured disposers.

Nadu
Executive Summary
Probable
Sources
Demography Strain on existing amenities like Influx of All ultra-modern civic amenities will be provided inside The proposed project
and Socio- housing, water sources and people of the complex would generate
economics sanitation and infrastructure proposed employment both directly
facilities. project. and indirectly.
This would enhance

overall socio-economic
development and quality
of life of people
Terrestrial Impact on plant species Vehicular Greenbelt of 33 ha will be effective in controlling the air As emissions will be
Ecology movement and noise pollution. within limits, no active
and emissions damage to vegetation is
from stack Part of the treated wastewater from domestic uses can expected.
be used for greenbelt development
Storm water Impact on water resources Rain water etc Provide separate storm water drainage network Rainwater will be routed
Control and stored in UG Tanks,
Suitable rain water harvesting structures underground harvesting pits & ponds
tanks, recharge pits, ponds shall be provided
Fire and Safety Accidents / disasters related to Storage of Prepare and implement disaster management plan A well-laid firefighting
fire and safety HSD, system and fire
chemicals, etc extinguishers will be
installed as per fire safety
norms. Regular fire
safety training and mock
drills will also be
conducted.

Executive Summary
1.6.1 Greenbelt Development
The development has already allotted 33.2 ha (34.1%) of greenbelt of the total project
area fulfilling CPCB norms.
1.6.2 Cost Provision for Environmental Measures
The existing EMP measures have been established and also being maintained with the
capital cost of Rs. 84 lakhs and a recurring cost of Rs. 37 lakhs/annum
1.7 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE & TECHNOLOGY)
The proposed project is an development of textile SEZ which involves construction of

26 industrial sheds & common amenities for textile units. The development will be
carried out in the area of 97.5 ha (241.01 acres) which has been recognized as the
Sector Specific Special Economic Zone (SEZ) by Ministry of Commerce & Industry. The
proposed project of textile SEZ is carried out based on the following criteria
The land area involved has been recognized as SEZ area by MoCI, India.
They have close proximity and synergy with nearby textile cluster & industries
They have a well-established power plant in this area
No forest land is involved;
No crop land or agricultural field are located nearby;
Nearest habitation (Samiarpalayam) is more than 1 km;
The site has near connectivity to raw material suppliers;
Accessibility to Uthukuli railway line and Kochi seaport;
National highway (NH-47) is adjacent to the project site;
Back-up power connectivity from TANGEDCO;
Manpower availability from nearby areas;
No resettlement and rehabilitation issues; and
Absence of areas of archeological and historical importance within 15 km radius
Based on the above criterion, proposed project has been decided to carryout in this
region.
1.8 Post Project Environment Monitoring Programme
Post project environmental monitoring is important in terms of evaluating the

performance of pollution control equipments installed in the project. The sampling and
analysis of the environmental attributes will be as per the guidelines of CPCB/SPCB. The
frequency of air, noise, surface water and ground water sampling and locations of
sampling will be as per the directives of Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board.
1.9 Disaster Management Plan
An effective Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to mitigate the risks involved has been
prepared. This plan defines the responsibilities and resources available to respond to
the different types of emergencies envisaged. Training exercises will be held to ensure
that all personnel are familiar with their responsibilities and that communication links
are functioning effectively.

Executive Summary
1.10 Project Benefits
The proposed project will result in improvement of infrastructure as well as upliftment

of social structure in the surrounding villages. The major benefit due to the proposed
project will be in the sphere of generating temporary employment for substantial
number of personnel during the erection phase.
The manpower for the proposed textile SEZ during operational period is estimated to be
about 2200 persons in addition to the existing manpower.
1.11 Corporate Social responsibility
As part of the Corporate Social Responsibility, IG3 proposes to take steps in developing
education, health, infrastructure development, women empowerment, sports and
vocational training facilities. These will be taken up as part of social development of the
neighboring villages. The proposed CSR expenditures amount to 2.5% of the project
cost fulfilling the norms of the companies act and MoEF norms. The proposed activities
and expenditures are provided in Table-1.17.
TABLE-1.17
PROPOSED CSR EXPENDITURES
Investment
Sr. No Activity
(Rs. Lakhs)
1 Potable water supply for Govt. Schools within 10 km 38.0
2 Enhanced library facility for Kasthuripalayam, Uthukuli, 28.0
Govt. schools
3 Infrastructure facilities in pallagounden palayam, 54.0
sundakkampalayam, uthukuli schools
4 Health camp for nearby villages & govt schools in and 18.0
around kasthuripalayam village
5 Improvement of water body in and around uthukuli 39.0
Total 177.0
1.12 Conclusion
The proposed expansion of the textile SEZ has certain level of marginal impacts on the
local environment. However, development of this project has certain beneficial
impact/effects in terms of bridging the textile product demand and supply gap and
providing employment opportunities that will be created during the course of its setting
up and as well as during the operational phase of the entire project.

Annexure-I
Annexure-I
Annexure-I
Annexure-I
Annexure-I
Annexure-I
Annexure-I
Annexure-I
COMPLIANCE REPORT Annexure-II
TERMS OF REFERENCE ISSUED BY SEIAA, TAMILNADU
LR. NO. SEIAA,TN/F4414/2015/TOR 253/SEZ/8b/TIR/2016 dt. 11.07.2016
Sr.
Queries Reply
No
1 Letter from the competent Authority The letter from the competent authority is
endorsing the claim that the location attached as Annexure-IV.
of the proposed plant is away from
the notified critically polluted areas
as identified by MOEF & CC, GOI,
shall be furnished.
2 Affidavit stating that :-
i The Effluent Treatment Plant will be The affidavit was enclosed as Annexure-V.
provided individually by alloted units in
the proposed Textile SEZ to achive ZLD.
ii No CETP for process effluent will be Undertaking conferring No CETP installation
proposed / provided in the SEZ. In the in the SEZ area has been attached as
event of such a proposal category and Annexure-V.
schedule no. Of project will be changed
and fresh appraisal by SEAC shall be
made.
3 The nature and operations The nature and activity of the units is
(Dyeing/non-dyeing) of the provided in Chapter-2, Page No.14.
industries in the proposed Textile
SEZ with the breakup details of their The breakup details of the effluent
effluent generation, pre-treatment, generation in Table-2.7, Page No. 25;
etc. breakup of individual units contributing to
the generation is provided as Annexure-
XIX.
Effluent and sewage treatment will be

carried out using ETP (1750 KLD) and STP
(275 KLD) respectively. The details of them
are provided in Chapter-2, section 2.10,
Page No. 25-29.
4 The TOR for EIA Study and report is The order of the appeal no. 32 of 2015 is
being issued subject to outcome of enclosed as Annexure-III.
NGT(SZ) appeal no. 32 of 2015.
ANNEXURE-I
8(b): Standard Terms of reference for conducting Environment Impact Assesment
study for Township/ Area Developement Projects and information to be included in
EIA/EMP report.
1 Examine details of Land use as Per The land use as per the master plan are
Master Plan and land use around 10 km provided in Chapter-2, Table No. 2.1, Page
radius of the project site. Analysis should No. 13.
be made based on latest satellite
imagery for land use with raw images. The land use as per the satellite imagery
Check on flood plain of any river. based on IRS P6 LISS-IV-5m are provided in
Chapter-3, Table-3.25, Page No. 84.
2 Submit details of environmentally There is no sensitive places in the study
sensitive places, land acquisition status, area with respect to the proposed project.
rehabiliation of communities / villages The environmental status of the study area
and present status of such activities. has provided in Chapter-1, Table no. 1.2,
Page no. 9.
The land acquisition for the project has been

complete
COMPLIANCE REPORT
The land area proposed for the project has

no habitation, hence there is no
resettlement and rehabilitation issues.
Presently, the land area is a unclassified land

as per DTCP
3 Examine baseline environmental quality The baseline environmental quality and
along with projected incremental load projected incremental load due to the
due to the project. project are presented in detail in Chapter-3
and in Chapter-4.
4 Environmental data to be considered in The baseline landuse studies are provided in
realtion to the project development Chapter-3, Section 3.9, Page No. 80-85
would be
(a) land The baseline groundwater details of the
(b) ground water proposed project are provided in Chapter-3,
(c) surface water Section 3.6.2, Page No. 59- 63 and surface
(d) air water details are provided in Section 3.6.2,
(e) bio-diversity Page No. 64-65.
(f) noise and vibrations,
(g) socio economic and health. The baseline air quality details are provided
in Chapter-3, Section 3.5, Page No. 53-59.
The baseline ecology status are provided in

Chapter-3, Section 3.8, Page No. 69-79.
The baseline noise survey of the proposed

project are provided in Chapter-3, Section
3.7, Page No. 65-68
The baseline demography & socioeconomic

status of the study area is provided in
5 Submit a copy of the contour plan with The contour plan of the project site is
slopes, drainage pattern of the site and provided in Chapter-2, Figure-2.2, Page No.
surrounding area. Any obstruction of the 19. The same is also provided as
same by the project . Annexure-XI. The drainage pattern of the
site is provided in master plan; there is no
obstruction with regards to the project
6 Submit the details of the trees to be The land is barren land devoid of trees
felled for the project. however site clearing activities will remove
weeds of the area.
7 Submit the present land use and The landuse certificate obtained from DTCP
permission required for any conversion is attached as Annexure-XII.
such as forest, agriculture etc
8 Submit Roles and responsibilites of the The roles and responsibility of the developer
developer etc for compliance of for compliance of environmental regulations
environmental regulations under the under the provsions of EP Act are enclosed
provisions of EP act. as Annexure-VI.
9 Ground water classification as per the The region has been classified as zone by
Central Ground Water Authority. CGWB.
10 Examine the details of Source of water, The one time water requirement (1407 KLD)
water requirement, use of treated waste and daily make up (127 KLD) will be sourced
water and prepare a water balance chart. from New Tiruppur Area Development
Corporation Limited (NTADCL).
COMPLIANCE REPORT
The split up of water requirement is

provided in Chapter-2, Table-2.5, Page No.
23.
The treated water from ETP shall be used for

dyeing process. The treated water from STP
shall be reused in greenbelt, sizing, warping
and looming process.
The water balance during operation stage of

the project are presented in Chapter-2,
Figure-2.4, Page No. 24.
11 Rain water harvesting proposals should Suitable rainwater harvesting stuctures are
be made with due safeguards for ground proposed for the proposed project with
water quality. Maximize reycling of water respect to the groundwater water quality
and utilization of rain water. Examine and reuse potential.
details.
Rainwater from covered surfaces are
diverted to underground storage tank (42 x
600 KL) where it will be treated and reused
Rainwater from open area and greenbelt

shall be used for routed to 708 rainwater
harvesting pits.
Rainwater from road and paved area shall

be routed to rainwater harvesting pond of
7.5 MLD.
12 Examine the soil characteristics and The soil characteristics of the study area are
depth of ground water table for rain provided in Chapter-3, Section 3.4, Page No.
water harvesting. 49-52. The groundwater block is uthukuli
which is safe zone according to CGWB.
13 Examine details of solid waste generation Domestic waste generated will be collected
treatment and its disposal. from all the respective units and segregated
into biodegradable (0.26 TPD) and non-
biodegrdable wastes (0.18 TPD).
Biodegradable waste will be composted
within the project premise, non-
biodegradable will be provided to authorized
recyclers. STP sludge (0.9 TPD) will dried
and be used for nourishing greenbelt
Process waste such as end bits (0.23 TPD),

cloth wastes (0.57 TPD) will be reused
within the process. hazardous solid wastes
such as CETP sludge (1.6 TPD), MEE salt
(0.4 TPD) shall be given to secured disposal
centre authorized by CPCB/ TNPCB.
14 Examine and submit details of use of The solar plant capacity and installation
solar energy and alternative source of details are provided as Annexure-XIV. 4
energy to reduce the fossil energy MW of solar power will be harnessed through
consumption. Energy conservation and the provided infrastructures.
energy efficiency.
15 DG sets are likely to be used during The emissions of Diesel generators are
construction and operational phase of considered for the AQIP modelling. The
the project. Emissions fron DG sets must details of them are furnished in Chapter-4,
COMPLIANCE REPORT
be taken into consideration while Section 4.3.8, Page No. 99-106.

estimating the impacts on air
environment. Examine and submit
details.
16 Examine road / rail connectivity to the The road connectivity details are provided in
project site and impact on the traffic due Chapter-1, Table-1.2, Page No. 9. The Level
to proposed project . Present and future of service in the baseline traffic is C which
traffic and transport facilities of the is good/fair according IRC guidelines. The
region should be analysed with measures predicted level of service after the
for preventing traffic congestion and establishment remains the same with
providing faster trouble free system to respect to the number of trucks in and out
reach different destinations in the city. of the project premise. The details are
briefly provided in Chapter-3, Section 3.11,
Page No.89-92 & Chapter-4, section 4.3.9,
Page no. 107.
17 A detailed traffic and transportation The details are briefly provided in Chapter-3,
study shoud be made for existing and Section 3.11, Page No.89-92 & Chapter-4,
projected passenger and cargo traffic. section 4.3.9, Page no. 107.
18 Examine the details of transport of The details of the raw material and transport
materials for construction which should are provided in Chapter-2, section 2.4, Page
include source and availability. No. 22
19 Examine seperately the details for The environment management and
construction and operation phases both mitigation plans and mitigation measures for
for Environmental Management Plan and construction and operational phases are in
Environment Monitoring Plan with cost Chapter-4, Page No. Section 4.5, Page No.
and Parameters. 109-114.
20 Submit details of a comprehensive The details of disaster management plan are
Disaster Management Plan including provided in Chapter-7, section 7.4, Page No.
emergency evacuation during natural 131-132.
and man made disaster.
21 Details of litigation pending against the The NGT order for appeal 32 of 2015 is
project, if any, with direction / oder enclosed as Annexure-III.
passed by any court of Law agaist the
project should be given.
22 The cost of the project (capital cost and The capital cost and recurring cost of EMP
recurring cost) as well as the cost measures are 84 lakhs and 37 lakhs/annum.
towards implementation of EMP should The detailed EMP expenditure is provided in
be clearly spelt out. Chapter-6, Table-6.4, Page No. 124.
23 Any further clarification on carrying out The corresponding points in the manual are
the above studies including anticipated noted.
impacts due to the project and mitigative
measure, project proponent can refer to
model TOR available on ministry
websites
''http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Townships".
In additon to the above, the following shall be furnished:-
1 The Executive summary of the EIA/EMP The executive summary of the project is
report in about 8-10 pages should be enclosed with the report
prepared incorporating the information
on following points:
2 Project name and location (Village, The details of the project are provided in
District, State, Industrial Estate (if Chapter-1, Table-1.1, Page. No. 2-3.
applicable).
COMPLIANCE REPORT
3 Products and capacities. If expansion The products and capacities are provided in
proposal then exixting products with Chapter-2, section 2.4, Page No. 22
capacities and reference to earlier EC.
4 Requirement of land, raw material, All the details are in provided in Chapter-2
water, power, fuel, with source of supply
(Quantitative). Land section 2.3, Page no. 13,14
Raw material section 2.4, Page No. 22
Water section 2.8, Page No. 23-24
Power section 2.5.4, Page No. 21,22
No fuel is used other than diesel which will
be used only during power failure
5 Process discription in brief, specifically The process description in bried are provided
Indicating the gaseous emission, liquid in Chapter 2, section 2.4, Page No. 14-17.
effluent and soil and hazardous wastes. The industry is predominatly water intensive
consumer and it generates predominantly a
wastewater than gaseous emissions. The
wastewater in regard to the concerned
process are provided in Chapter-2, Figure-
2.4, Page BChapter-3, Section 3.11, Page
No.89-92 & Chapter-4, section 4.3.9, Page
no. 107. Figure 2.4, Page No. 24.
6 Measures for mitigating the impact on The environment management and
the environment and mode of discharge mitigation plans and mitigation measures for
or disposal. construction and operational phases are in
Chapter-4, Page No. Section 4.5, Page No.
109-114.
7 Capital cost of the project, estimated The capital cost is 70.93 crores. 24 months
time of completion. years after obtaining prior approval from
concerned authorities
8 Site selected for the project Nature of The land area proposed for the development
land Agricultural (single/double crop), is categorized as unclassified land by DTCP.
barren, Govt/ private land, status of is The environmental setting of the proposed
acqisition, nearby (in 2-3 km.) water project is provided in Chapter-1, Table-1.2,
body, population, with in 10 km other Page No. 9.
industries, forest, eco-sensitive zones,
accessibility, (note- in case of industrial
estate the information may not be
necessary).
9 Baseline Environmental datas air quality, The baseline landuse studies are provided in
surface and ground water quality, soil Chapter-3, Section 3.9, Page No. 80-85
charecteristic flora and fauna, socio
economic condition of the nearby The baseline groundwater details of the
population. proposed project are provided in Chapter-3,
Section 3.6.2, Page No. 59- 63 and surface
water details are provided in Section 3.6.2,
Page No. 64-65.
The baseline air quality details are provided

in Chapter-3, Section 3.5, Page No. 53-59.
The baseline ecology status are provided in

The baseline noise survey of the proposed

COMPLIANCE REPORT
project are provided in Chapter-3, Section

3.7, Page No. 65-68
The baseline demography & socioeconomic

status of the study area is provided in
10 Identification of hazard in handling, The brief details about hazards are provided
processing and storage of hazardous in Chapter-7.
material and safety system provided to
mitigate the risk.
11 Likely impact of the project on air, water, There is a marginal impacts on air, water,
land, flora-fauna and near by population land and in fauna
12 Emergency preapredness Plan in case of The emergency preparedness are provided
natural or in plant emergencies in Chapter-7, section 7.3.5, Page No. 130-
131
13 Issues raised during public hearing (if Public hearing is not needed as the project is
applicable ) and response given. categorized under Schedule No. 8(b)
[Townships and Area Development projects],
Category. B1.
14 CSR plan with proposed expenditure. CSR and proposed expenditure are
presented in Chapter-8, section 8.2.5, Page
No. 136-137.
15 Occupational Health Measures. Occupational health measures during
construction phase will carried out by
developer and in the operation phase, the
industrial plots will be carrying the
responbsibility.
16 Post project monitoring plan. Post project monitoring plan are presented
in Chapter-6, section 6.4, Page No. 123-124.
Besides the above, the below mentioned general points should also be followed:-
a A note confriming complaince of the The cross referencing of the relevant
TOR, with cross referencing of the sections has been done
relevent sections / pages of the EIA
report should be provided.
b All documents may be properly Complied
referenced with index, page numbers
and continous page numbering.
c Copy of permission related to port Not applicable.
facility, Desalination plant, wind mill /
solar power plant from competent
Authority.
d Where data are presented in the report Complied
especially in tables, the period in which
the data are collected and the sourced
should be indicated.
e While preparing the EIA report, the Complied
instructions for the proponents and
instructions for the consultants issued by
MoEF vide O.M. No, J-11013/41/2006-
IA.II(I) dated 4th August, 2009, which
are available on the website of this
Ministry should also be followed.
f The consultants involved in the Disclosure of consultant along with the
preparations of EIA / EMP report after accreditation has been provided in Chapter-
COMPLIANCE REPORT
Accreditation with Quality council of 11.

India (QCI) / National Accrediation Board
of education and Training (NABET) would
need to include a certificate in this
regard in the EIA/EMP reports prepared
by them and data provided by other
organisation/Laboratories including their
status of aprrrovals etc. In this regard
circular no F. No.J-11013/77/2004-IA-
II(I) dated 2nd December, 2009,18th
March 2010, 28th May 2010, 28th June
2010, 31st December 2010 & 30th
September 2011 posted on the Ministry's
website http:www.moef.nic.in/ may be
referred.
g After preparing the EIA (as per the Complied

generic structure prescribed in Appendix
III of the EIA Notification, 2006)
covering the above mentioned points,
the proponent will take further necessary
action for obtaining environmental
clearance in accordance with the
procedure prescribed under the EIA
Notification, 2006
h The final EIA report shall be submitted to The baseline study has been carried out as
the SEIAA, Tamil Nadu for obtaing per the direction of SEIAA. The study has
Environmental clearance. As requested been duly incorporated in the report.
by the proponent baseline data
generated from june 2016 may be used.
i The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a Noted and we shall comply with the norms
period of three years from the date of of SEIAA.
issue, for submission of the EIA/EMP
reported as per OMNo.J-11013/41/2006-
IA-II(I)(part) dated 8th October 2014.
The receipt of this letter may be
acknowledged.
Annexure-III
Annexure-III
Annexure-III
SF 190971
%sk aum0tlm
-SM
1A.8.9
u4W. SeTU pm:
UNDERTAKING
involved in
I, A. Subramanian Senior Vice-President, MIs. 1G3 Infra Limited
Nadu for the
the process of obtaining environmental clearance from SETAA, Tamil
Avinashi Taluk,
proposed textile SEZ at Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam Village,
categorized as
Tiruppur District, Tamil Nadu. The proposed project has been
Projects), Category 81
I Schedule. 8(b) (Townships and Area development affirm and furnishing the
under EIA Notification 2006. I hereby solemnly
1 following undertaking to the Authority.
involved in the
I I undertake and commit to the SEIAA I TN that the land area
sq.m. The
proposed development is 97.5 ha with the buildup area of 2,20,000
textile
proposed development houses 26 industrial sheds to carry out various
Fo 103 Infra Ljmitecl
I
Ruthor -rd S;nrahr,
I
processing activities viz., weaving, warping, sizing, dyeing and garmenting. The
land involved in the proposed textile SEZ has been already notified as sector
specific special economic zone for textile processing by Ministry of Commerce
and Industry.
Furthermore, the occupier in the textile SEZ portion will separately manage their
effluents efficiently to ensure Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) in the project premise
& no Common Effluent Treatment Plant Facility will be made without the
knowledge of SEIAA, Tamil Nadu as well.
The textile SEZ will adhere to Zero Liqilid Discharge system and no
wastewater will be discharged outside the project premise
I am aware that I can be prosecuted under the relevant Act and Rules, if I am not
ensuring the adherence of the above undertaking. Rather
Undertaking signed by me on 14th day of Dec 2016. ltd
Vu. .
p
Sipflat0fl
AuthonscCi
ANNEXURE-V
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY LEVELS
TABLE-1
Location : Proposed plant site (AAQ1)
CO
Date PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx
I II III
01.06.2016 41.6 13.7 8.5 10.9 236 256 264
02.06.2016 38.0 12.5 8.1 11.5 241 297 249
03.06.2016 39.3 13.0 7.6 13.2 229 284 265
04.06.2016 41.7 13.8 8.4 11.1 252 293 267
06.06.2016 41.8 13.8 8.8 11.4 242 223 260
07.06.2016 41.1 13.6 8.0 13.4 213 215 256
08.06.2016 39.2 12.9 10.4 10.1 267 249 256
09.06.2016 38.8 12.8 7.9 13.6 249 265 271
01.07.2016 41.1 13.6 8.8 12.4 245 296 258
02.07.2016 40.4 13.3 8.2 11.8 249 236 265
04.07.2016 38.9 12.8 8.1 12.8 256 247 265
05.07.2016 40.1 13.2 9.2 13.5 261 294 255
06.07.2016 38.7 12.8 7.9 13.8 217 287 259
07.07.2016 36.9 12.2 8.0 13.2 261 287 261
08.07.2016 37.9 12.5 8.8 13.8 287 244 258
09.07.2016 38.7 12.8 10.4 12.2 261 255 244
01.08.2016 41.2 13.6 8.7 13.2 261 244 255
02.08.2016 41.6 13.7 9.2 11.2 261 249 255
03.08.2016 38.9 12.8 10.4 13.9 249 203 277
04.08.2016 39.3 13.0 8.5 12.8 258 255 244
05.08.2016 38.2 12.6 8.9 13.4 244 282 261
06.08.2016 39.7 13.1 9.2 13.7 255 249 261
08.08.2016 42.2 13.9 10.4 13.3 203 255 261
09.08.2016 40.8 13.5 8.2 11.9 287 246 261
10.08.2016 38.6 12.7 8.6 11.1 244 287 249
11.08.2016 38.2 12.6 8.8 13.2 253 244 249
Maximum 42.2 13.9 10.4 13.9 297
Minimum 36.9 12.2 7.6 10.1 203
Average 39.7 13.1 8.8 12.5 256
98 %tile 42.0 13.9 10.4 13.9 295
3
Benzene (C6H6), Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) ng/m , Lead (Pb), Ozone (O3)
Ammonia (NH3), Arsenic (As) ng/m3 and Nickel (Ni) ng/m3
are Below the Detectable Limit
All the values except BaP, As, Ni are expressed as g/m3
1
ANNEXURE-V
TABLE-2
Location : Aruvangattupalayam (AAQ2)
CO
I II III
01.06.2016 42.2 13.9 8.4 11.1 259 300 253
02.06.2016 38.5 12.7 9.5 11.5 268 284 243
03.06.2016 39.8 13.1 7.5 13.7 259 284 259
04.06.2016 42.3 13.9 8.2 11.1 284 262 243
06.06.2016 42.3 14.0 9.2 11.4 259 243 249
07.06.2016 41.7 13.7 7.9 13.9 259 256 253
08.06.2016 39.7 13.1 7.4 11.2 243 250 253
09.06.2016 39.3 13.0 7.8 13.8 249 300 243
01.07.2016 41.7 13.7 7.5 12.3 255 253 249
02.07.2016 41.0 13.5 8.1 11.7 248 261 259
04.07.2016 39.4 13.0 8.0 12.7 253 273 259
05.07.2016 40.7 13.4 9.1 13.5 300 279 264
06.07.2016 39.2 12.9 7.8 13.7 284 255 259
07.07.2016 37.4 12.3 9.5 14.0 242 284 249
08.07.2016 38.4 12.7 8.7 13.5 255 243 273
09.07.2016 39.2 12.9 9.4 13.7 253 253 261
01.08.2016 41.7 13.8 8.6 13.2 273 253 243
02.08.2016 42.1 13.9 9.1 13.7 258 253 249
03.08.2016 39.5 13.0 9.2 13.4 264 259 253
04.08.2016 39.8 13.1 8.4 11.2 284 284 284
05.08.2016 38.7 12.8 8.8 13.4 273 259 284
06.08.2016 40.2 13.3 9.1 11.3 259 243 253
08.08.2016 42.7 14.1 8.8 13.2 253 259 284
09.08.2016 41.4 13.6 8.1 11.9 243 273 284
10.08.2016 39.1 12.9 9.5 13.9 249 259 243
11.08.2016 38.7 12.8 8.7 13.2 258 279 284
Maximum 42.7 14.1 9.5 14.0 300
Minimum 37.4 12.3 7.4 11.1 242
Average 40.3 13.3 8.5 12.7 262
98 %tile 42.5 14.0 9.5 14.0 300
3
2
ANNEXURE-V
TABLE-3
Location : Samiarpalayam (AAQ3)
CO
I II III
01.06.2016 48.9 17.0 9.5 13.7 272 315 266
02.06.2016 44.7 15.5 11.6 15.9 282 299 282
03.06.2016 46.2 16.0 8.8 13.7 272 272 272
04.06.2016 49.0 17.0 9.4 14.6 299 299 279
06.06.2016 49.1 17.0 9.9 14.0 272 282 305
07.06.2016 48.3 16.8 9.0 14.7 272 332 266
08.06.2016 46.0 16.0 8.9 13.8 279 269 266
09.06.2016 45.5 15.8 8.8 15.0 266 315 312
01.07.2016 48.3 16.8 9.9 15.2 272 266 319
02.07.2016 47.5 16.5 9.2 14.5 299 299 272
04.07.2016 45.6 15.8 9.1 15.7 266 332 352
05.07.2016 47.1 16.4 10.3 14.4 315 345 272
06.07.2016 45.4 15.8 8.8 16.9 299 266 272
07.07.2016 43.3 15.1 9.0 17.3 332 299 332
08.07.2016 44.5 15.4 9.9 14.0 340 272 299
09.07.2016 45.4 15.8 9.1 15.6 266 266 349
01.08.2016 48.4 16.8 9.8 15.9 272 299 266
02.08.2016 48.8 17.0 10.3 13.4 279 266 345
03.08.2016 45.7 15.9 11.6 15.2 266 272 266
04.08.2016 46.2 16.0 9.5 15.9 299 299 299
05.08.2016 44.8 15.6 10.0 13.8 266 272 299
06.08.2016 46.6 16.2 10.3 14.3 272 269 266
08.08.2016 49.5 17.2 11.6 15.4 266 272 299
09.08.2016 47.9 16.6 9.2 14.6 282 266 299
10.08.2016 45.3 15.7 9.6 13.4 299 272 272
11.08.2016 44.8 15.6 9.9 15.3 332 299 299
Maximum 49.5 17.2 11.6 17.3 352
Minimum 43.3 15.1 8.8 13.4 266
Average 46.6 16.2 9.7 14.9 289
98 %tile 49.3 17.1 11.6 17.1 347
3
3
ANNEXURE-V
TABLE-4
Location : Sottakavundampalayam (AAQ4)
CO
I II III
01.06.2016 46.7 15.4 9.1 13.1 261 304 255
02.06.2016 42.6 14.1 8.7 13.5 271 287 259
03.06.2016 44.0 14.5 8.2 16.6 261 287 261
04.06.2016 46.7 15.4 9.0 13.1 287 244 258
06.06.2016 46.8 15.5 9.5 13.3 261 255 244
07.06.2016 46.1 15.2 11.2 16.6 261 244 255
08.06.2016 43.9 14.5 8.1 13.1 261 249 255
09.06.2016 43.5 14.3 8.5 16.2 249 303 277
01.07.2016 46.1 15.2 9.5 14.5 258 255 244
02.07.2016 45.3 15.0 8.9 13.8 244 282 261
04.07.2016 43.5 14.4 8.7 15.0 255 249 261
05.07.2016 45.0 14.8 9.9 15.8 303 255 261
06.07.2016 43.4 14.3 8.5 16.2 287 246 261
07.07.2016 41.4 13.6 8.6 16.5 244 287 249
08.07.2016 42.4 14.0 9.5 16.6 253 244 249
09.07.2016 43.4 14.3 8.6 16.5 255 255 249
01.08.2016 46.2 15.2 9.4 15.5 249 255 248
02.08.2016 46.6 15.4 9.9 16.2 252 255 246
03.08.2016 43.6 14.4 11.2 16.5 249 261 255
04.08.2016 44.0 14.5 9.1 16.6 287 287 287
05.08.2016 42.8 14.1 9.6 16.4 244 261 287
06.08.2016 44.5 14.7 9.9 16.0 261 244 255
08.08.2016 47.2 15.6 11.2 16.5 255 261 287
09.08.2016 45.7 15.1 8.9 14.0 277 279 287
10.08.2016 43.2 14.3 9.2 16.2 253 261 244
11.08.2016 42.8 14.1 9.5 15.5 244 259 287
Maximum 47.2 15.6 11.2 16.6 304
Minimum 41.4 13.6 8.1 13.1 244
Average 44.5 14.7 9.3 15.3 262
98 %tile 47.0 15.5 11.2 16.6 303
3
4
ANNEXURE-V
TABLE-5
Location : Chamarajapalayam (AAQ5)
CO
I II III
01.06.2016 37.3 12.3 6.8 10.4 248 265 243
02.06.2016 34.1 11.3 6.5 11.7 249 251 250
03.06.2016 35.2 11.6 8.2 14.5 258 251 250
04.06.2016 37.4 12.3 6.7 11.4 251 243 243
06.06.2016 37.5 12.4 7.1 10.6 277 271 250
07.06.2016 36.9 12.2 6.4 12.5 284 264 258
08.06.2016 35.1 11.6 6.0 10.4 258 255 264
09.06.2016 34.8 11.5 6.3 14.3 281 265 267
01.07.2016 36.9 12.2 8.4 10.4 248 243 246
02.07.2016 36.2 12.0 6.6 12.3 250 250 264
04.07.2016 34.8 11.5 6.5 10.8 243 264 259
05.07.2016 36.0 11.9 7.4 11.4 265 258 243
06.07.2016 34.7 11.5 8.3 11.3 251 243 248
07.07.2016 33.1 10.9 6.4 11.9 258 251 243
08.07.2016 34.0 11.2 7.1 11.0 243 268 254
09.07.2016 34.7 11.5 8.3 11.9 258 275 243
01.08.2016 36.9 12.2 7.0 11.1 253 264 251
02.08.2016 37.3 12.3 7.4 11.3 243 261 258
03.08.2016 34.9 11.5 8.3 12.3 264 243 243
04.08.2016 35.2 11.6 6.8 11.2 251 251 251
05.08.2016 34.2 11.3 7.2 12.2 279 264 282
06.08.2016 35.6 11.7 7.4 13.0 255 270 243
08.08.2016 37.8 12.5 8.3 11.9 258 243 250
09.08.2016 36.6 12.1 6.6 10.0 243 261 251
10.08.2016 34.6 11.4 8.4 10.2 264 258 243
11.08.2016 34.2 11.3 7.1 11.1 259 243 251
Maximum 37.8 12.5 8.4 14.5 284
Minimum 33.1 10.9 6.0 10.0 243
Average 35.6 11.8 7.2 11.6 255
98 %tile 37.6 12.4 8.4 14.4 281
3
5
ANNEXURE-V
TABLE-6
Location : Tenumugamkangeyampalayam (AAQ6)
CO
I II III
01.06.2016 38.1 12.6 6.9 11.6 253 271 248
02.06.2016 34.8 11.5 6.6 11.4 254 256 255
03.06.2016 35.9 11.9 8.4 14.8 263 256 255
04.06.2016 38.1 12.6 6.8 11.6 256 248 248
06.06.2016 38.2 12.6 7.2 12.8 283 276 255
07.06.2016 37.6 12.4 6.5 12.7 289 269 263
08.06.2016 35.8 11.8 6.2 12.4 263 260 269
09.06.2016 35.5 11.7 6.4 14.6 286 271 273
01.07.2016 37.6 12.4 8.6 10.6 253 248 251
02.07.2016 37.0 12.2 6.7 12.5 255 255 269
04.07.2016 35.5 11.7 6.6 11.0 248 269 264
05.07.2016 36.7 12.1 7.5 11.6 271 263 248
06.07.2016 35.4 11.7 8.5 11.6 256 248 253
07.07.2016 33.7 11.1 6.5 12.1 263 256 248
08.07.2016 34.6 11.4 7.2 11.2 248 273 259
09.07.2016 35.4 11.7 8.5 12.1 263 280 248
01.08.2016 37.7 12.4 7.1 11.4 258 269 256
02.08.2016 38.0 12.5 7.5 11.5 248 266 263
03.08.2016 35.6 11.7 8.5 12.6 269 248 248
04.08.2016 35.9 11.9 6.9 11.4 256 256 256
05.08.2016 34.9 11.5 7.3 12.5 285 269 288
06.08.2016 36.3 12.0 7.5 13.3 260 276 248
08.08.2016 38.6 12.7 8.5 12.1 263 248 255
09.08.2016 37.3 12.3 6.7 10.2 248 266 256
10.08.2016 35.3 11.6 8.6 11.4 269 263 248
11.08.2016 34.9 11.5 7.2 11.4 264 248 256
Maximum 38.6 12.7 8.6 14.8 289
Minimum 33.7 11.1 6.2 10.2 248
Average 36.3 12.0 7.4 12.0 261
98 %tile 38.4 12.7 8.6 14.7 287
3
6
ANNEXURE-V
TABLE-7
Location : Chengapalli (AAQ7)
CO
I II III
01.06.2016 37.7 12.4 6.9 12.5 250 268 245
02.06.2016 34.4 11.4 6.6 12.8 252 254 253
03.06.2016 35.6 11.7 8.3 14.6 261 254 253
04.06.2016 37.8 12.5 6.8 11.5 254 245 245
06.06.2016 37.8 12.5 7.1 11.7 280 274 253
07.06.2016 37.2 12.3 6.5 12.6 286 267 261
08.06.2016 35.5 11.7 6.1 11.5 261 258 267
09.06.2016 35.1 11.6 6.4 14.4 283 268 270
01.07.2016 37.2 12.3 8.5 10.5 250 245 248
02.07.2016 36.6 12.1 6.7 12.4 253 253 267
04.07.2016 35.2 11.6 6.6 10.9 245 267 261
05.07.2016 36.3 12.0 7.4 11.5 268 261 245
06.07.2016 35.0 11.6 8.4 11.2 254 245 250
07.07.2016 33.4 11.0 6.5 12.0 261 254 245
08.07.2016 34.3 11.3 7.1 11.1 245 271 256
09.07.2016 35.0 11.6 8.4 12.0 261 277 245
01.08.2016 37.3 12.3 7.1 11.2 255 267 254
02.08.2016 37.6 12.4 7.4 11.0 245 264 261
03.08.2016 35.3 11.6 8.4 12.5 267 245 245
04.08.2016 35.6 11.7 6.9 11.3 254 254 254
05.08.2016 34.6 11.4 7.2 12.3 282 267 285
06.08.2016 35.9 11.9 7.4 13.2 258 273 245
08.08.2016 38.2 12.6 8.4 12.0 261 245 253
09.08.2016 37.0 12.2 6.7 10.1 245 264 254
10.08.2016 34.9 11.5 8.5 11.3 267 261 245
11.08.2016 34.6 11.4 7.1 11.2 261 245 254
Maximum 38.2 12.6 8.5 14.6 286
Minimum 33.4 11.0 6.1 10.1 245
Average 36.0 11.9 7.3 11.9 258
98 %tile 38.0 12.5 8.5 14.5 284
3
7
ANNEXURE-V
TABLE-8
Location : Virumandapalayam (AAQ8)
CO
I II III
01.06.2016 36.6 12.1 6.7 11.2 243 260 238
02.06.2016 33.4 11.0 6.4 11.5 244 246 245
03.06.2016 34.5 11.4 8.0 14.2 253 246 245
04.06.2016 36.6 12.1 6.6 11.2 246 238 238
06.06.2016 36.7 12.1 6.9 12.4 271 265 245
07.06.2016 36.1 11.9 6.3 12.2 278 259 253
08.06.2016 34.4 11.4 5.9 12.2 253 250 259
09.06.2016 34.1 11.2 6.2 14.0 275 260 262
01.07.2016 36.1 11.9 8.2 10.2 243 238 241
02.07.2016 35.5 11.7 6.5 12.0 245 245 259
04.07.2016 34.1 11.3 6.4 10.6 238 259 254
05.07.2016 35.3 11.6 7.2 11.1 260 253 238
06.07.2016 34.0 11.2 8.1 12.2 246 238 243
07.07.2016 32.4 10.7 6.3 11.6 253 246 238
08.07.2016 33.3 11.0 6.9 10.6 238 262 249
09.07.2016 34.0 11.2 8.1 11.6 253 269 238
01.08.2016 36.2 11.9 6.8 10.9 248 259 246
02.08.2016 36.5 12.0 7.2 12.2 238 256 253
03.08.2016 34.2 11.3 8.1 12.1 259 238 238
04.08.2016 34.5 11.4 6.7 11.1 246 246 246
05.08.2016 33.5 11.1 7.0 12.0 274 259 277
06.08.2016 34.9 11.5 7.2 12.8 250 265 238
08.08.2016 37.0 12.2 8.1 11.6 253 238 245
09.08.2016 35.9 11.8 6.5 12.8 238 256 246
10.08.2016 33.9 11.2 8.2 12.1 259 253 238
11.08.2016 33.5 11.1 6.9 10.9 254 238 246
Maximum 37.0 12.2 8.2 14.2 278
Minimum 32.4 10.7 5.9 10.2 238
Average 34.9 11.5 7.1 11.9 250
98 %tile 36.9 12.2 8.2 14.1 276
3
8
ANNEXURE-V
Total
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO
Max 49.5 17.2 11.6 17.3 352
Min 32.4 10.7 5.9 10.0 203
Average Max 46.6 16.2 9.7 15.3 289
Min 34.9 11.5 7.1 11.6 250
9
PRODUCED BY AN AUTODESK EDUCATIONAL PRODUCT
201
164
rain
7 water
collecting
179
8 chamber
E 160
AP AREA
SC
ND SLNO
LA EA PARTICULARS HECTARE ACRES PERCENTAGE
AR

2
RO
2 1 INDUSTRIAL SHEDS 33 81.5 38
AD
178
LINE
PIPE
CAR PARKING WITH SOLAR UNIT
WATER
2 MW
2 OPEN PARKING AREA 0.96 2.4 1
1
RO
AD
135 3 ROAD AREA 5 12.4 6
LINE
5
WATER PIPE
6 166 4 GREEN BELT AREA 33.2 82 34
RAIN WATER
LINE
159 RAIN WATER COLLECTING PIPE
PIPE
HARVESTING 5 OSR AREA 9.8 24.2
WATER
RAIN WATER COLLECTING PIPE
4 10
WATER PIPE LINE

R O C K
167
OL 6 37.6
TR K OPEN AREA 15.2 16
PE BUN
ROAD

7 CETP,STP,SOLID WASTE STORAGE AREA 0.4 1 0.4
WATER PIPE LINE
E
PIP
G
217
TIN
EC
LL
STORAGE
7105 M2
CO
TOTAL
ER
158
3
AT
97.5 241.01
W
136
SHED 1
IN
WATER PIPE LINE
WEAVING UNIT
RA
24 LOOMS
ROAD
W UNIT 7 4800 M2
SPINNING INDUSTRIAL SHEDS

ROAD
UNIT ROAD
4350 SHED 10 UNIT 1 8000

rain
WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
GARMENTING UNIT
BLOCKTITLE UNIT AREA M2
ROAD
rain water
M2 200 S.M.U
STP 2000
UNIT 1
water collecting W UNIT 8 8600 M2
GARMENTS UNIT 1 9000

collecting chamber
well(rick)
137 156
ROAD
UNIT 4 7200 M2
UNIT 1 1200 M2
CETP UNIT 1 2000

ROAD
WEAVING UNIT OF
UNIT 2 4800 M2
GARMENTS UNIT 2,3 12500
36 LOOM SHED
W UNIT 9 8600 M2
155
GARMENTS STAFFS REST ROOM UNIT 1 60000
GARMENTING UNIT
200 S.M.U W UNIT 1 5400 M2 W UNIT 2 5400 M2
UNIT 4,5 18000
7105 M2
RAIN WATER
ROAD
UNIT 1 8500
STORAGE
WATER PIPE LINE
UNIT 5 7200 M2
WEAVING UNIT1,2,6 31000

SHED 3
UNIT 3 4800 M2
HARVESTING
ROAD
WEAVING UNIT OF
WEAVING UNIT3 8200
36 LOOM SHED
WEAVING UNIT OF
154
36 LOOM SHED
W UNIT 14 8600 M2
ROAD ROAD
UNIT 4 CANTEEN UNIT 1 2500
W UNIT 10 8600 M2
153 WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
WEAVING 4500
WEAVING UNIT OF
DISPENSARY UNIT 1 4500

ROAD
141
36 LOOM SHED
W UNIT 4 3100 M2
WEAVING UNIT 5 7500
ROAD
WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
WARE HOUSE UNIT 1 4500

WEAVING UNIT OF
UNIT 7,18,19,20,21
WATER PIPE LINE
36 LOOM SHED W UNIT 6 5400 M2
WEAVING 30000
W UNIT 11 8600 M2
rain W UNIT 15 8600 M2

water
collecting 152
WORKERS HOSTEL UNIT 1
ROAD
4500
chamber
W UNIT 5 5150 M2
WEAVING UNIT 8 TO 17 115000

ROAD
WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
216
WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
UNIT1,2,3,4 18500 OSR UNIT 1 98000
W UNIT 12 8600 M2
WARPING
ROAD
rain
water W UNIT 16 8600 M2
collecting
ROAD
well(rick)
TEXCHANGE- PROJECT
UNIT1,2 OPEN SPACE UNIT 1 78900
WEAVING UNIT OF
SAND
BED
WELL
DYING 12500
36 LOOM SHED WATER PIPE LINE
126 ROADS UNIT 1 50000

ROAD
SPINNING
TEXCHANGE- PROJECT
W UNIT 13 8600M2
142 WEAVING UNIT OF

151
ROAD
UNIT1, 30000
36 LOOM SHED
W UNIT 17 8600 M2
237 STORAGE SHED UNIT 1,2,3 GREEN BELT AREA UNIT 1 332000
WATER PIPE LINE
WEAVING UNIT
24 LOOMS
23000
W UNIT 18 4800 M2 ROAD
ROAD 217
ROAD
7105 M2
229
WEAVING UNIT19
4400 M2
WARPING UNIT DYING 4200 M2
STORAGE
UNIT 3
ROAD
UNIT1
SHED 2
24 LOOMS UNIT 1 4400 M2
ROAD
4800 M2
NG UNIT
WARPI
ROAD
UNIT 2
UNIT 4
DYING
UNIT2 4200 M2
235 218
4400 M2
4400 M2
150 rain
WEAVING UNIT RAIN WATER COLLECTING PIPE water
24 LOOMS SAND collecting
ROAD ROAD FILTER well(rick)
W UNIT 20 4800 M2
WATER PIPE LINE
WATER PIPE LINE
ETP LINE
149/150
WEAVING UNIT FENCING
24 LOOMS
POWER PROJECT
ROAD
AREA
W UNIT 21 4800M2
143
rain
water rain
14000 SFT collecting water
rain
chamber water
SLNO
collecting
2
rain
water
chamber
collecting
well(rick)
PARTICULARS
LINE
collecting
well(rick) ETP LINE
PIPE
ER
WAT
1 CAR PARKING
SUB STATION
144
ETP
2 GREEN BELT AREA

ETP LINE
E
E LIN
PIPE LINE
WATER
CLUB
PIP
3
TER
WA
ETP LINE
WATER PIPE LINE

4 EX . ROOM
5 SITE OFFICE
6 CREACH
7 AMPULANCE ROOM
TOPO SKETCH PLAN
PRODUCED BY AN AUTODESK EDUCATIONAL PRODUCT 8 NURSHING ROOM
201
164
rain
7 water
collecting
rain
water
179
8
collecting
chamber
E 160 well(rick)
AP
SC
ND
LA EA
AR rain
water

collecting
chamber
RO
2
AD
178
LINE
PIPE
WATER
1
RO
AD
AREA
135
LINE
5 SLNO PARTICULARS HECTARE ACRES PERCENTAGE
WATER PIPE
2 MW
CAR PARKING WITH SOLAR UNIT
6 166
RAIN WATER 1 INDUSTRIAL SHEDS 21.7 53.6 22.3
LINE
159 RAIN WATER COLLECTING PIPE
PIPE
HARVESTING
WATER
WATER PIPE LINE

R O C K
2 OPEN PARKING AREA 1 2.5 1
OL 167
TR K
PE BUN
ROAD
3 ROAD AREA 5 12.4 5.1

WATER PIPE LINE
GREEN BELT AREA 82.1
E
4
PIP
33.2 34.1
G
217
IN
CT
E
LL
STORAGE
CO
ER
3 158
AT
W
136
5 OSR AREA 24.2
IN
SHED 1
WATER PIPE LINE
WEAVING UNIT
9.8
RA
24 LOOMS
10.1
ROAD
W UNIT 7 32825 SFT
SPINNING
ROAD
UNIT ROAD
6 SOLAR POWER PLANT 5.3 13.1 5.4
234900 WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
rain GARMENTING UNIT
7 WARE HOUSES 10 24.7 10.3
ROAD
rain
water
collecting
water
collecting
chamber
SFT W UNIT 8 64300 SFT
200 S.M.U
well(rick)
137 156
ROAD
UNIT 4 46100 SFT
UNIT 1 48150 SFT
8 RAIN WATER HARVESTING POND 5 12.4 5.1

ROAD
UNIT 2 27800 SFT
WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
W UNIT 9 64300 SFT
GARMENTING UNIT
155
9 OPEN AREA 5 12.4 5.1
164810 SFT
200 S.M.U W UNIT 1 64280 SFT W UNIT 2 64280 SFT
ROAD
STORAGE
WATER PIPE LINE
UNIT 5 46100 SFT
10 CETP,STP,SOLID WASTE STORAGE AREA 1.5 3.7 1.5

SHED 3
UNIT 3 27800 SFT

ROAD
WEAVING UNIT OF
TOTAL
97.5 241. 100.00
36 LOOM SHED
WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
W UNIT 14 64300 SFT
154 ROAD ROAD
W UNIT 10 64300 SFT
153
WEAVING UNIT OF WEAVING UNIT OF
ROAD
36 LOOM SHED 36 LOOM SHED

W UNIT 4 19635 SFT
141
ROAD
WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
WEAVING UNIT OF
WATER PIPE LINE
rain 36 LOOM SHED W UNIT 6 64280 SFT

W UNIT 11 64300 SFT
water
collecting
W UNIT 15 64300 SFT
chamber
152
ROAD
W UNIT 5 32825 SFT

ROAD
rain
WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED
216
WEAVING UNIT OF
water 36 LOOM SHED
collecting W UNIT 12 64300 SFT
ROAD
well(rick)
W UNIT 16 64300 SFT
ROAD
TEXCHANGE- PROJECT
WELL
SAND
BED
WEAVING UNIT OF
36 LOOM SHED WATER PIPE LINE
126
ROAD
TEXCHANGE- PROJECT
W UNIT 13 64300 SFT
151
142 WEAVING UNIT OF
ROAD
36 LOOM SHED
rain rain
W UNIT 17 64300 SFT
237 water
WATER PIPE LINE
water
collecting collecting
WEAVING UNIT chamber well(rick)
24 LOOMS
W UNIT 18 32825 SFT ROAD
ROAD 217
ROAD
229
WEAVING UNIT
24400 SFT
WARPING UNIT DYING 25855 SFT
STORAGE
UNIT 3
ROAD
UNIT1
SHED 2
24 LOOMS UNIT 1 24400 SFT
ROAD
32825 SFT
IT
NG UN
WARPI
ROAD
UNIT 2
UNIT 4
DYING
UNIT2 25855 SFT
235 218
24400 SFT
24400 SFT
150 rain
WEAVING UNIT RAIN WATER COLLECTING PIPE water
24 LOOMS SAND collecting
ROAD ROAD FILTER well(rick)
W UNIT 20 32825 SFT
WATER PIPE LINE
WATER PIPE LINE
ETP LINE
149/150
WEAVING UNIT
FENCING
24 LOOMS
POWER PROJECT
ROAD
AREA
W UNIT 21 32825 SFT
143
rain
water rain
14000 SFT collecting water
rain
chamber water
collecting
collecting
2
rain chamber
water well(rick)
LINE
collecting
well(rick) ETP LINE
PIPE
ER
WAT
SUB STATION
144
ETP
ETP LINE
E
E LIN
LINE
WATE R PIPE
PIP
TER
WA
ETP LINE
WATER PIPE LINE

www.devsolar.com DEV SOLAR
SOLAR MODULE
Solar cell - A Grade poly crystalline
cell with efficiency more than 17.8%
Cell size - 156 *156 mm
No of cells per panel - 60 full cell
Module Watts - 250 Wp
Open circuit voltage(Voc) - 37.6 V
Short circuit current(Isc) - 8.8 A
Maxx.PP voltage(Vmp) - 30.6 V
Maxx.PP current(Imp) - 8.3 A
Fill factor - 78%
Module Eff. - 15.6%
Dimension - 1660*990*42 mm

SOLAR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
NO OF SERIES - 27 MODULE/ STRING
TOTAL NO OF STRING - 37 NOS
NO OF PARALLEL PER ARRAY JUNCTION BOX- 4 STRING / AJB (LINE)
INPUT WIRE FOR AJB - 4 SQMM SOLAR CABLE
INPUT FUSE (POSITIVE) - 10A / STRING
OUTPUT WIRE FOR AJB - 16 SQMM SOLAR CABLE
NO OF PARRELLEL PER DC DB - 5 LINES / DCDB (INPUT)
INPUT WIRE FOR DCDB - 16 SQMM
CONNECTION METHOD - COPPER BAR
BREAKER RATING - 315 A (1000VDC)
SURGE PROTECTOR - 45 KA TYPE -II
OUTPUT WIRE FOR DCDB - 95 SQMM SOLAR CABLE
TOTAL NO OF INPUT FOR INVERTER - 8 NOS (POS+NEG)
INVERTER INPUT DC VOLTAGE - 985.5 VDC
INVERTER INPUT CURRENT - 1184 ADC
TOTAL POWER MAXIMUM - 999 KW

TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER - IS 2026 (2011)
RATING - 1250 KVA
NO LOAD VOLTAGE AT NOMINAL TAPPING HV - 11000
NO LOAD VOLTAGE AT NOMINAL TAPPING LV - 406
AMPERE - 65.61
AMPERES - 1777.56
AMBIENT TEMP - 45 C
INSULATION LEVELS (LI/AC) - 75/28
NO OF PHASES - 3
FREQUENCY - 50 HZ
WINDING MATERIAL - COPPER
INSULATION CLASS - A
VECTOR GROUP - DYN-11
(ABOVE DETAILS ARE CONSIDERED AS 11 KV FEEDER IT MAY BE CHANGE

ACCORDING TO THE FEEDER INPUT I.E-22KV, 33KV)

SOLAR POWER GENERATION
SOLAR GENERATION PER KW PER DAY - 4 UNITS (MINIMUM)
3996 KW SOLAR GENERATION - 4.25* 3996 = 16983 UNITS / DAY
PER MONTH GENERATION (NOT LESS THAN) - 16983*30 = 509490/ MONTH
PER YEAR GENERATION (NOT LESS THAN) - 509490*12 = 6113880 UNITS / YEAR

COMMERCIAL OFFER
DESCRIPTION AMOUNT
Lakhs
Supply , installation and commissioning of 4 MW Solar Power
Plant.
Solar PV Module Poly
Module Structure
Central Inverter
Array Junction Box , Solar Cables
ACB Panel, Transformer and VCB Panel & Yard work
Power Evacuation Line upto 1 KM
Chemical Earthing and Lightning Arrestor
PCC concrete for Mounting Structure. *** *
SS Fastners,
UPVC Pipe for cables
# Detailed Bill of Materials attached.
Excluding VAT @ 5%
VAT Nil against any exemption certificate.

COMMERCIAL OFFER
Terms & Conditions
Customer Scope All Govt Approvals and Charges
All work inside 110 KVA Sub-Station like CT, Breaker etc..
Control Room for Central Inverter
Site development, Fencing if required, Road , Ditch, Gate..
Module Cleaning arrangements.
Project Completion With in 3-4 Month from the date of PO /Advance
Payment terms As per payment schedule enclosed
Taxes As applicable at the time of billing. Prevailing rate of tax

VAT - @ 5 % . Exempted against necessary certificate
ED Exemption Necessary Documents to be provided

COMMERCIAL OFFER
Terms & Conditions
Warranty Solar Panel : 10 year replacement warranty against

workmanship defects.
Performance warranty : 25 years
Inverter : 5 years from the date of Installation

O&M First year free of the cost. 2nd year onwards 2% of Project
Cost / Year
Validity Of This Offer 30 Days

Green Vision
ETP PROPOSAL for 1750KLD
For
THE PROPOSED UNIT at
M/s. IG3 Infra Limited.,(Textiles SEZ)

Vadamugam Kangeyampalayam,
Kasthuripalayam (PO), Uthukuli(TK)
Tirupur 638751.
By
M/s. GREEN VISION.,

9A/25, Indra Nagar,
Rathinapuri, Coimbatore 641 027.
0422 4355045, 8098022551
greenvisionind@gmail.com
Refine Nature Define future

Green Vision
Contents
1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 3
2. Water Consumption and Waste Water Details ......Error! Bookmark not defined.
3. Raw Effluent Characteristics ............................................................................................ 3
4. Effluent Treatment Plant Flow Diagram ...................................................................... 3
5. Design Basis of Effluent Treatment Plant .................................................................... 4
6. Details of Civil Works.......................................................................................................... 4
7. Details of Mechanical Equipments ................................................................................. 4
8. Solid Waste Management.5
9. Method of Treatment5
10.Details of RO Feed Characteristics.6
11. Details of RO Plant Diagram.6
12. Techanical Details of RO Plant7-10
13. Methods of Evaporations11
14. Techanical Details of Mechanical Evaporation....12-13

Green Vision
1. INTRODUCTION
M/s. RR DENIM (P) LTD., is an unit to be involved in the production of Knitted & Washing denim products at
its unit is to be located at IG3 Infra Ltd Textile Park, Uthukuli Taluk, Tirupur District.
The plants suggested by Green Vision, allow an optimum reduction of the contamination contained in waste
water and the transformation of this contamination into chemical elements not dangerous to the
environment and human life.
Annexure I
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT - 1750 M3/DAY
DESIGN BASIS:-
The proposal is for a wastewater treatment plant for the entire wastewater generated in the complex and to
reuse the treated water for non-contact uses like, gardening and toilet flushing
Total Design Capacity of Treatment - 1750 KLD

Expected characteristics of the influent water to the treatment system will be as follows
WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER DETAILS
(a) Water Consumption

S.No. Details Quantity
1. Water Consumption for Dyeing, Bleaching & Washing 1310 KLD
Purpose
(b) Wastewater Details

The Effluent from the unit operation is generated from this unit as follows.
S.No. Details Quantity
1. Trade Effluent Design Capacity 1750 KLD
RAW EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS

S.No. Parameters Raw Effluent TNPCB Standards
1. pH 12 16 5.5-9.0
2. Total Suspended Solids 850 1250 mg/l 30 mg / l
3. Total Dissolved Solids 8000 12000 mg/l 2100 mg / l
4. Bio Chemical Oxygen Demand 250 - 350 mg / l 30 mg / l
5. Chemical Oxygen Demand 600 - 800 mg / l 250 mg / l
6. Chlorides 300 - 600 mg / l 1000 mg / l
7. Sulphates 550 - 850 mg / l 1000 mg / l
8. Oil & Grease 0 - 5 mg / l 10 mg / l

Green Vision
Characteristics of the Treated Effluent with filters (Sand & Carbon)

The treated sewage will meet the following levels
Sl. No. Parameter Value TNPCB Norms Unit
1. pH 7 to 8 5.5 to 9.0 No.
2. Total Suspended solids < 10 100 mg/l
3. BOD <10 30 mg/l
4. COD <80 250 mg/l
5. Oil & Grease <1 10 mg/l
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT FLOW DIAGRAM
Raw Effluent Bar Screen
Grid Chamber
Equalization Sump
Neutralization Sump Chemicals Tank

Sludge Dewatering
Primary Clarifier
Sludge SBR Aeration Tank

Digester
Secondary Clarifier
Filter Feed Sump
Pressure Sand Filter
Activated Carbon Filter
Ultra Filtration
Treated Effluent
Green Vision
DESIGN BASIS OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT UNITS

ACTUAL FLOW 1288KLD
DESIGN FLOW 1750 KLD
A BAR SCREEN
FLOW 45KLPH
VOLUME REQUIRED 100M3
FREE BOARD 1.0M
SIZE OF THE TANK 7.0 X 5.0 X 3.0
B GRID CHAMBER
FLOW 45KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
C EQUALISATION SUMP 2NOS
FLOW 900KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
D NEUTRALISATION TANK
FLOW 450KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
E CHEMICALS TANK 3 NOS
FLOW 45KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
F PRIMARY CLARIFIER
FLOW 600KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
SIZE OF THE TANK 15.0 X 12.0 X 3.0 (5.0)
G SBR TREATMENT SUMP
FLOW 750KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
SIZE OF THE TANK 25.0 X 20.0 X 2.5(4.0)
H SECONDARY CLARIFIER
FLOW 300KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
SIZE OF THE TANK 10.0 X 10.0 X 3.0 (5.0)
I SLUDGE DIGESTER
FLOW 200KLPH

Green Vision
FREE BOARD 1.0M
J FILTER FEED SUMP
FLOW 1000KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
K ULTRAFILTRATION SUMP
FLOW 500KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
L TREATED EFFLUENT SUMP
FLOW 1000KLPH
FREE BOARD 1.0M
7. DETAILS OF CIVIL WORKS

S.No. Name of the Unit Quantity MOC Size in m
1. Bar Screen 1 no. RCC 7.0 x 5.0 x 3.0 m
2. Grid Chamber 1 no. RCC 7.0 x 5.0 x 3.0 m
3. Equalization Sump 2nos RCC 30.0 x 10.0 x 3.0 m
4. Neutralisation Sump 1 no. RCC 20.0 x 10.0 x 2.5 m
5. Chemical Tanks 2 nos RCC 5.0 x 4.0 x 3.0 m
6. Primary Clarifier 3 nos. RCC 15.0 x 12.0 x 3.0(5.0)m
7. SBR Treatment Tank 1 no. RCC 25.0 x 20.0 x 2.5(4.0)m
8. Secondary Clarifier 1 no. RCC 10.0 x 10.0 x 3.0(5.0)m
9. Filter Feed Sump 1 no. RCC 25.0 X 20.0 X 2.0 m
10. Treated water Sump 1 no. RCC 25.0 X 20.0 X 2.0 m
11. Sludge Digester 4 no. RCC 15.0 X 10.0 X 3.0 m
8. DETAILS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENTS

S.No. Name of the Equipment Quantity Capacity
1. Mechanical Bar Screen 2 no. 10 HP
2. Effluent Transfer Pump 2 no. 10 HP
3. Mechanical Agitator 2 no. 10 HP
4. SBR Decanter 2 no. 10 HP
5. Clarifier Raking Arm 2 no. 5 HP
6. Mechanical PSF/ACF Each 1 no. 600 m3
7. Ultra Filtration 1 no. 90 m3

Green Vision
9. SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

The solid wastes will be generated as follows.
S.No. Solid Wastes Quantity / month Method of Disposal
1. Sludge from ETP 10 m3/hr Collected and Stored Inside for
Secured Land fill
METHOD OF TREATMENT
The raw effluent is collected in a collection sump followed by equalization tank through bar screen and grid
chamber to filter the large size suspended particles. The tank will have a hydraulic retention time of 20
hours. The Raw effluent from the equalization tank is pumped to the Neutralisation tanks to maintain the pH
levels by using acid/alkali chemicals with coagulants. After the chemicals treatment, it is allowed to proimary
clarifier to out the 70% of sludge. And then, overflow from primary clarifier is passed to the SBR aeration
tank reduce the BOD/COD. The complete operation of SBR divided into a number of cycles that will be carried
per day in single reactor or basin , the duration of each cycle is 3-6 hours and each cycle comprises of the
following phase which are repeated.
Fill
Aeration
Settling
Decanting
The following operation are performed during these steps

The waste water is filled in the basin up to a predetermined operating level
The waste water is aerated by the diffuse aeration system as per designed duration
After the aeration is completed, the biomass or MLVSS is allowed to settle down by keeping
the basin flow quiescent
After settling duration is over, the supernatant (clarified effluent) is removed from the
surface of basin using a decanter
Excess or surplus sludge is wasted during decanting of supernatant while recycling of sludge
is carried out during the aeration process.
Schematic diagram of a typical cycle of SBR Process

The overflow from the SBR is passed to the secondary clarifier for filtration of sludge and partially treated
effluent. Settled sludge from settling tank will be pumped to the sludge digester. The clear overflow from the
secondary clarifier will be passed to Pressure Sand Filter and Activated Carbon Filter followed by
Ultrafiltration for removal of suspended solids, odor and turbidity. The outlet from Filters will meet out the
standards prescribed by TNPCB and it can be used for reusable purpose for the process. So, that total 1600
KLD Water is recycling through RO Plant.

Green Vision
ANNEXURE II: 1600000 LPH Reverse Osmosis Plant

Required Treated Effluent Quality as RO Feed
pH 7.22
Total Dissolved Solids 5000 to 15000 ppm
Taste Disagreeable
Odor Agreeable
Color Colorless
Turbidity 10 ntu
Chloride 186 ppm
Sulphate 12 ppm
Alkalinity 144 ppm
Nitrate 2.36 ppm
Fluride Nil
Iron Nil
Total hardness (mg/l) 516 ppm
Silica (mg/l) 1 ppm
TDS in Treated Effluent <50ppm
RO Plants Flow Chart
Treated Effluent Multi Media Filter
RO FEED SUMP
Micron Filter
Triple Stage Membrane
REJECT PERMEATE
REUSE
EVAPORATION
MECHANICAL SOLAR
EVAPORATION (Or) EVAPORATION
(or)

Green Vision
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF RO PLANT
S. No Particulars Quantity
Ist Stage RO Components Recovery 70% (ie 112KLPH from 160KLPH)
1 High Pressure Pump (HPP) 1O+1S
2 Feed Pump 1O+1S
3 MS PC Skid 1
4 Dosing Pump 8
5 SS Cartridge Filter housing with filter 1
6 Membrane 16 (80200)
7 5 Element Long Membrane Housing 16
8 Rota meters 2
9 Pressure Gauges 3
10 HPS & LPS 1 Set
11 Pipeline 1 lot
12 Panel Board 1
Second Stage RO Components Recovery 55% (ie 27KLPH from 48KLPH)
2 MS PC Skid 1
3 Dosing Pump 3
4 Membrane 8 (80200)
5 5 Element Long Membrane Housing 600 psi 8
6 Rota meters 2
7 Pressure Gauges 3
8 HPS & LPS 1 Set
9 Pipeline 1 lot
10 Panel Board 1
Third Stage RO Components Recovery 50% (ie 11KLPH from 21KLPH)
2 MS PC Skid 1
3 Dosing Pump 1
4 Membrane 4 (80200)
5 5 Element Long Membrane Housing 1000 psi 4
6 Rota meters 2
7 Pressure Gauges 3
8 HPS & LPS 1 Set
9 SS Pipeline 1 lot
10 Panel Board 1

Green Vision
1. FEED PUMP [RAW WATER]:
TYPE : MONOBLOCK
QUANTITY : 1 No
MAKE : CRI
CAPACITY : 7Mt SUCTION
PRESSURE : 6.2 BAR
POWER CONSUMPTION : 3 HP / 750 WATTS / SINGLE PHASE
MOC : CAST IRON
2. ANTISCALANT DOSING SYSTEM:

PUMP : 1 SET
MAKE : E-DOES
QUANTITY : 1 NO
TYPE : ELECTRONIC DIAPHRAGM
CAPACITY : 0 - 10 LPH
QUANTITY OF TANK : 1 No
CAPACITY OF TANK : 50 Liters
MOC OF TANK : HDPE
3. CATRIDGE FILTER HOUSING:

FLOW RATE : 2 M3 / Hr
MOC : HDPE
LENGTH OF HOUSING : 20 JUMBO
NO.OF CATRIDGE HOUSING : 2 Nos
MAKE : LOTOUS COMPOSITES
4. MICRON CATRIDGE FILTER:

FLOW RATE : 2 M3 / Hr
MOC : PP
LENGTH OF HOUSING : 20 JUMBO
NO.OF FILTERS : 2 Nos
MAKE : LOTOUS COMPOSITES
RATING : .5 MICRON
5. HIGH PRESSURE PUMP:

TYPE : VERTICAL CENTRIFUGAL MULTI STAGE
QUANTITY : 1 Nos
Green Vision
MAKE : CRI
POWER CONSUMPTION : 5HP / THREE PHASE
MODEL : MV SERIES 10-15TR / 5.5HP
FLOW : 1 M3
PRESSURE : 18 -24 Kg / Cm2
6. MEMBRANE PRESSURE TUBE:

MOC : FRP
SIZE : 80*40
DIAMETER : 8
LENGTH : 4 FEET
QUANTITY : 1 Nos
HOUSING ELEMENT: 5 Element
OPERATING PRESSURE: 15.2 BAR [MAX]
7. MEMBRANE:
TYPE : TFC POLYAMIDE
SIZE : 80 DIA * 4 FEET LENGTH
QUANTITY : 5 Nos
MAKE : HYDRONAUTICS
RATING : 0.0001 MICRON
8. SKID:
MOC : SS 202
QUANTITY : 1 No
CAPACITY : 3000LPH PLANT
TYPE : RECTANGLE
SIZE : 2 METER
9. PRESSURE SWITCH :
PRESSURE SWITCH : HIGH & LOW PRESSURE
QUANTITY : 1 + 1 Nos
LOCATION : BEFORE & AFTER H.P.PUMP
MAKE : DANFOS / WAREE

Green Vision
10. PRESSURE GAUGE :
MAKE : GLISERIN FIELD
QUANTITY : 2 Nos
RATING : 0 20 BAR
MOC : SS
11. FLOW METERS :

MAKE : DROPLET
QUANTITY : 2 Nos
RATING : 1000 7500 Lph
MOC : TRANSPARENT GLASS
TYPE : FLOAT TYPE PANEL MOUNTED
MEASURING POINT: REJECTION WATER & PRODUCT FLOW
12. CONTROL PANEL :

QUANTITY: 1 No
RATING: THREE PHASE
MOC: SS
PROCESS DETAILS OF RO PLANT
Our RO Plant has been designed for the feed capacity of 16,00,000lit/day. It is designed for three stage
recovery. The Permeate from the stage-I shall be about 70%, i.e., 11,20,000litres of product water obtained
from the feed water. The remaining reject of 30%, i.e., 48000liters from stage-I is treated in stage-II. The
Permeate from stage-II is about 55%, i.e., 27000litres. The remaining reject of 45%, i.e., 21000liters from
stage-II is treated in stage-III. The Permeate from stage-III is about 45%, i.e., 11000litres and the reject
quantity 10000litres/day.
MANAGEMENT OF RO REJECTION
The reject from the stage III of RO System is about 100000litres of wastewater with high TDS will be
generated. The rejects shall be evaporated as the options mentioned in below.

Green Vision
OPTION I: SOLAR EVAPORATOR PONDS - 1000 L/Hr
The total vol. of rejects from RO : 10000 lit / day.
Area required for evaporating the above said quantity of rejects as per our Meteorological Norms is
(5.0 x 5.0 x 0.3) m - 25m2 for 100 lit/day.
To Evaporate 10000 lit/day, Area required as 2500 m2 or 25600 Sq.ft = 60 Cents.
If we have these much of land, we can go to the OPTION I
If we dont have these much of land, we can switch to OPTION II as follows,
OPTION II: DESIGN PHILOSOPHY - MECHANICAL EVAPORATOR 1000 L/Hr
The system designed with the principle of Thermal Evaporation. Feed is evaporated in multiple stages of
calendrias and steam ejected with constant pressure and re circulated in multistage toachieve the desired
result. We designed the system in such a way that the liquid reaches the ultimatums stage of specific gravity
to minimize pollution. In the process, the entire liquid which evaporated is condensed and taken back as pure
water. Feed is transferred via pre heater at backward directions to keep feed temperature to near
evaporation temperature and entered in top of first calendrias. In our design, the major evaporation is done
in first two calendrias by using steam recycling from second calendrias outlet. Steam ejector with multiple
nozzles is help to thermo vapor recompression for steam recycling. Vacuum is maintained in all calendrias to
keep effective evaporation at less than 90 degree.

Green Vision
TECHNICAL DETAILS OF MECHANICAL EVAPORATOR
Item No. Description QTY UOM
Calendria ( Heat Exchanger) : (UNDER VACCUM)

Shell Size : 0.4 X 3.0 m.
MOC of Shell : MS
Shell thickness : 8 mm
Tube ID : 17 mm & OD : 21 mm
1 No of tubes : 65 Nos 3 No
MOC of Tube : SS316
MOC of Tube Guide plate : SS 304
Thick ness of Tube guide plate : 3 mm
Bottom and top dish end Height & Thick : 300 mm & 4 mm
For Other Details - Ref Drawing
Conical Chamber( VAPOUR SEPARATOR) : (UNDER VACCUM)
Shell Size : 0.45 Dia X 2.5 Ht.
2 Hopper Bottom Height : 0.4m 1 No
MOC of Chamber : SS 316
Chamber thickness : 3 mm, Auto High TDS Water Filling
Shell & Tube Condenser: (UNDER VACCUM)
MOC of Shell : MS
Tube ID : 17 mm & OD : 21 mm
No of Tubes : 65 Nos.
3 MOC of Tube : SS 304 1 No
MOC of Tube Guide plate : SS 304
Thick ness of Tube guide plate : 3 mm
MOC of Chamber : MS
Shell thickness : 6 mm
Salt Settler Drain collection Tank : (Nutsche Filter)
4 Type : Bottom Discharge 1 No
Capacity : 200 Ltr. MOC : SS Wall thick : 2 mm
Feed Pump :
MOC of wetted are : PP
MOC of Casing : CI
5 1 No
Make : Anti Chem / Anala.
Type : Couple type.
Capacity : 2 m^3 / Hr @ 6 m Head.
Recirculation pump :
MOC of wetted are : SS 316
MOC of Casing : SS - 316
6 3 No
Make : Anti Chem / Anala .
Type : Split Type With Mechanical seal .

Green Vision
7 Digital EMF Meter(500 TO 5000 LPH) Teflon Linied 1 No
Effluent water ring Vacuum pump:
MOC of wetted are : C.I
8 MOC of Casing / Weted parts : C.I / SS - 316 , G.M 1 Lot
Make : PPI/ Kirloskar Type : Couple type.
HP 3 Capacity : 31 m^3 / Hr @ 710 MM OF HG.
Supporting structure arrangement using ISMB & ISMC
9 1 Lot
(Details in Drawing)
10 Circulation pipe line accessories with control valves - SS - 304 . 1 Lot
11 Vapour accessories with control valves 1 Lot
12 Drain pipe line accessories with control valves 1 Lot
Fall In Film Separator :
Shell Size : 0.5 mtr Dia X 0.75 mtr Ht.
13 2 No
MOC of Chamber : SS 316 Chamber Thickness : 3 mm
Flash vessel( Vacuum tank) :
14 1 No
MOC of Chamber : MS Chamber thickness : 6 mm
Cooling Tower :
15 Capacity : 60 TR MOC of tower : FRB 1 No
Type : Bottle type Support legs : G.I
16 Cooling tower circulation piping accessories with control valves 1 Lot
Cooling water Circulation pump,
MOC : CI
17 Make : Kirloskar . 1 No
Type : Couple type.
Control panel and Instrumentation.
18 1 Lot
( Suitable for Equipments and pumps)
19 Erection & Commissioning 1 Unit
STEAM Boiler IBR / NON IBR 400 kg/hr , ( Firewood / Diesel Coil
Type ) Wood Fired With Chimney - 12 Mtr Height & 45 Deg
Ducting Connection , Feed Water Tank 2000 Liters , Diesel Tank
20 1 Lot
300 Liters With Stand, With Piping ( Steam , Vent , Feed Water,
Drain,Condensate Return ), Feed Water Pump - 1 no , INCLUDING
Boiler Auxleries Erection Work .

ETP & STP TREATMENT PLANT
ADEQUACY REPORT
FOR IG3 INFRA LTD TEXTILE PARK
NABL Accreditated Laboratory

No.4 Manjolai 1st Main Road
Ekkaduthangal, Guindy
Chennai- 600 032
SECTION I
INTRODUCTION AND DESIGN BASIS:
M/S IG3 INFRA LTD TEXTILE PARK, with their Registered Office at Chennai one 200Feet
Thoraipakkam Pallavaram Road, Thoraipakkam, Chennai - 97, are planning to establish a textile park
with facilities for cotton based textile products.
The clients wish to establish an Effluent Treatment Plant for treating the effluent from all dyeing units to
the levels of Zero Discharge Units and have assigned us to provide them with design & consultancy for
providing Effluent Treatment Plants for their entire complex.
The effluent generated from the dyeing units shall be treated in
1. Primary Treatment Scheme and

2. Secondary Treatment Scheme (RO Process) and Tertiary Treatment Scheme
(Evaporation Process)
And the product water from Secondary & Tertiary Treatment Scheme shall be recycled for process
reuse.
The effluent generated from Sizing units and Domestic sewage shall be treated
Separately in Primary Treatment Scheme and shall be reused for gardening and toilet flushing.
The process flow chart, process description of the

1. Proposed Primary treatment schemes of Biological and Chemical Treatments and
2. The proposed secondary treatment scheme of Reverse Osmosis and Nano filtration System
and
3. Tertiary Treatment Scheme of Evaporation System: It is detailed in the subsequent sections
of this concept report for the preliminary approval of the client so that detailed calculations
can be worked out subsequently.
SECTION II
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PROCESS
ANALYSIS OF TRADE EFFLUENT
The characteristics of combined Trade effluent generated from the proposed units
would be higher than the discharge standards of TNPCB with respect to TDS , TSS , BOD ,
COD . The various parameters shall be as tabulated below:
Parameters Units measured Inlet valve Outlet Valve

COD ppm 1500 - 1800 15 - 20
BOD5 ppm 400 500 -
TDS ppm 8000 100 300
pH - 8.0 9.5 6.5 -7.0
o
Temperature C 40 35
Colour pt/co 1500 10 15
TKN ppm 40 01
Phosphorus ppm 10 0
SS ppm 200 0
Total hardness Ppm as CaCO3 80 05
Alkalinity Ppm as CaCO3 1000 0 10
Cl- ppm 3000 3500 0
SO42- ppm 800 1500 0
Fe2+ ppm 01 0
SiO2 ppm 20 0
Recovery % 88
TREATMENT PROCESS:
The effluent has to be treated for the following parameters:

Acidity
Total Suspended Solids
B.O.D and C.O.D.
Total Dissolved Solids
The following treatment methodology shall be suitably adopted for treatment of the wastewater
generated from this textile park complex :
PRIMARY TREATMENT:
Equalization:
The trade effluent generated from the various process streams shall be collected in a
Collection Tank so that the concentration variations of the different process streams are
equalized and the effluent can be treated for an uniform set of parameters. The coarse
suspended particles settle down by gravity in this tank and the sludge is removed
periodically to Filter Press / Sludge Drying beds.
Neutralization:
The equalized effluent is acidic in nature. Hence milk of lime is added to neutralize
the effluent and to raise the pH level to desired range of 7-9.
Anaerobic Digestion
Oxidative digestion is carried out in the absence of air in a closed vessel and
methane and ammonia are liberated as the end products. We have adopted one of the
High Rate Anaerobic system for anaerobic treatment of the trade effluent generated from
this industry. The Anaerobic Reactor operates as a suspended growth system, with no
packing material in the reactor. The waste water enters the tank from the bottom, and
flows upward through the sludge bed, which gets formed during the process itself.
The microbes attach to each other or to small particles of the suspended matter of
sewage, to form granules or agglomerates and ultimately the sludge bed.
The gas produced in the process causes sufficient agitation to keep the sludge fully
mixed. Retention of the bacteria containing sludge in this reactor is one of the most
important features of this process.The bacteria in the sludge continue to perform their
function of treating the incoming effluent. The continuous bacterial presence and activity
enables retention time in the reactor to be reduced to about 6-12 hrs as compared to at
least 30 hours that is required for conventional treatment systems. 70-90% reduction in
BOD is achieved in this. The treated effluent is discharged out for further aerobic
treatment. The sludge is periodically shifted into the drying beds, to be used as a soil
enriched
.
ANOXIC TANK
The effluent from the Anaerobic Reactor shall be held in an anoxic unit for 60 to 90
minutes for de-nitrification purposes. DO in this tank shall be maintained at less than 1
ppm and never zero. The treated water shall be mixed in this tank at a ratio of around 0.75
to 1.
MODIFIED ACTIVATED SLUDGE PROCESS- EXTENDED AERATION -

SEQUENTIAL BATCH REACTOR:
The supernatant from the Anoxic Unit flows into the Sequential Batch Reactor which
will facilitate mixing metabolism and sedimentation. The SBR process utilizes a fill and
draw reactor with complete mixing during the batch reaction step and the subsequent
steps of aeration and clarification occurs in the same tank.
For continuous flow application the settling zone shall be provided in an annular
manner circumscribing the fill and aeration zone. The amount and frequency of sludge
wasting shall be determined by performance requirements.
The unique feature of the SBR process is that there is no need for a return activated
sludge system since no sludge is lost in the react step and none has to be returned to
maintain the solids content in the aeration chamber.
The drained treated effluent from the Sequential Batch Reactors Settling zone is
disinfected by adding suitable chlorinating agents and pumped out after filtration in the
Pressure Sand Filter for gardening and irrigation.
This system has several advantages like higher Oxygen Transfer Rate , low cost of
construction and operation. The treated effluent is fit for recycling for toilet flushing ,
gardening etc.
THEORY OF SBR
The Activated Sludge Process (ASP) has been widely used as a standard method for
treating domestic wastewater. This process though efficient, is costly in terms of capital
cost, operational costs and requires more power than other comparable process. In the
ASP, the pumps recycle the biological flocs from the secondary clarifier in the aeration
tank for maintaining requisite concentration of the biomass for metabolic reactions. If it is
possible to keep the biological flocs in the aeration tank by arresting the carry over of the
solids into the secondary clarifier, the recycle pumping system may be removed which
reduces the cost appreciably. This is possible if the units of ASP are integrated and the
geometry plays an importance role.
Sequential Batch reactor is a treatment scheme where in a tank / sets of tanks on a fill,
react and draw on sequence of operations. The tank(s) are filled for a certain period and
then operated as a batch reactor. After desired level of treatment is achieved the mixed
liquid is allowed to settle for a predetermined time, and the clarified supernatant is
discharged from the tank.
The sequence of operations carried out for effective treatment involves five phases viz.
Fill, React, Settle, Draw and Idle.The SBR is an activated sludge process designed to
operate under non-steady state condition. An SBR operates in true batch mode with
aeration and settling both occurring in same tank. The major difference between SBR and
conventional continuous flow, activated sludge system is that the SBR tank carries out the
functions of equalization aeration and sedimentation in a time sequence rather than in the
conventional space sequence of continuous-flow systems. In addition, the SBR system can
be designed with the ability to treat a wide range of influent volumes whereas the continuous system is
based upon a fixed influent flow rate. Thus, there is a degree of flexibility associated with working in a
time rather than in a space sequence.
SBRs produce sludge with good settling properties provided the influent wastewater is
admitted into the aeration in a controlled manner.
SBR system is a modified version of Activated Sludge Process. As in any activated sludge
process a mixed culture of bacteria capable of removing COD, BOD and nutrients is
developed.
The SBR is unique in its ability to act as an equalization basin, aeration basin and clarifier
within a single basin. The system operates with proven simple sequences of FILL, REACT, SETTLE
and DECANT in a single reactor configuration. In the reactor sufficient amount of oxygen is supplied to
oxidize the organics absorbed by the bacterial biomass. Required quantity of oxygen is supplied, and
mixing is done by the Diffused Aeration System. The settled sludge at the bottom of the reactor is used
to maintain the bacterial population in the reactor. The excess sludge is wasted periodically into the
Sludge. Drying Bed (SDB). The filtrate from the SDB is collected in filtrate collection sump and the
filtrate is transferred to the SBR Required quantity of urea & DAP are added manually.
Chemical Co-agulation and Flocculation:

An aqueous solution of the chemical reagent consisting of inorganic salts, free acid and a polyelectrolyte
is well mixed with the effluent in adequate dosage.
The inorganic salts present in the reagent coagulate the materials existing in the solution in hydrophilic
colloidal state and precipitate a portion of the other dissolved organics.
The polyelectrolyte as well as metallic ions having more than four valencies flocculating the coagulated
and precipitated fine particles by forming bridges between them.
The flocculating effect thus enhances the settling rate of the particles/flocs as well
as the sedimentation and thickening of the sludge at the bottom of the settling tank/clarifier.
In this process, along with the removal of collided and suspended particles, substantial quantity of
dissolved organics are also removed partly by precipitation and party by adsorption to the new surface
created by coagulation/precipitation.
Chemical Co-agulants like Ferrous Sulphate is added to bring the non-settling
particles into larger heavier masses of solids called flocs. This is accomplished in the
mixing platform by
1. by addition of lime for raising the pH of the effluent is raised to the range of
around 12 for enabling good reaction of FeSO4
2. dosing the co-agulant FeSO4in the range of 500-700 ppm
3. alongwith around 5 ppm of polyelectrolyte and
4. passing the dosed effluent to pass through the baffled mixing channels.
Settling:
The effluent is allowed to settle in the Settling Tank where the flocks settle down
and the supernatant is clear water.
The sludge shall be periodically removed to the Filter Press / Sludge drying beds
where after drying for around 5-7 days shall be disposed for safe disposal .
Filtration:
The clarified effluent is subjected to filtration in the Multi Media Filter for
removing any fine suspended particles that might have escaped in the sedimentation
process.
SECONDARY TREATMENT- MEMBRANE FILTRATION:
Reverse Osmosis / Nano Filtration Processes:

Reverse Osmosis Process is the forced passage of water through a membrane against the natural
osmotic pressure to accomplish separation of ions and water.
In the process of Osmosis, a thin membrane of suitable material (Cellulose Acetate
or Polyamide) (0.10 to 0.15 mm thick) separates two salt solutions. Water from the side of lower salt
concentration flows through the membrane to the solution of high concentration , attempting to equalize
the salt content , while the membrane allowing water flow blocks passage of salt ions. If pressure is
applied to the side of higher salt content , flow of water can be prevented. This pressure at no net flow is
called osmotic pressure. The osmotic pressure of sea water is about 350 psi; brackish ground water
pressure, having a lower salt concentration is significantly less. If pressure is increased, the water flow is
reversed and passes from salt water to fresh water. In this manner the salts are separated from the
solution.
The rate of water transfer depends primarily on the difference in salt concentration
between the solutions , characteristics of the membrane and magnitude of the applied pressure. Spiral
wound module , is constructed of large membrane sheets covering both
sides of a porous backing material that collects the permeate. The membranes are sealed
in pairs on the two long edges and one end to form an envelope enclosing the permeate
collector. The other end of the membrane envelope is connected to a central perforated
tube , which receives and carries away the permeate from the collectors. Several of these membrane
envelopes with mesh spacers between them for brine flow are rolled up to form a spiral wound module.
Saline water enters the end of the module through voids between the membrane envelopes provided by
the mesh spacers. Under high pressure , water is forced from the brine in the spacer voids through the
membranes and conveyed by the enclosed porous permeate collectors to the perforated tube in the center
of the module. Reject brine discharges from the spacer voids at the outlet end of the module.
The Nanofiltration process is a Reverse Osmosis process using a relatively open
RO membrane, allowing water and small univalent ions (Na+, K+, Cl-) to pass.
The filtration process takes place on a selective separation layer formed by an
organic semi permeable membrane. The driving force of the separation process is the pressure difference
between the feed (retentive) and the filtrate (permeate) side at the separation layer of the membrane.
However, because of its selectivity, one or several components of a dissolved
mixture are retained by the membrane despite the driving force, while water and
substances with a molecular weight < 200 D are able to permeate the semipermeable
separation layer. Because nanofiltration membranes also have a selectivity for the charge of the
dissolved components, monovalent ions will pass the membrane and divalent and
multivalent ions will be rejected.
The nano filtration technique is mainly used for the removal of two valued ions
and the larger mono valued ions such as heavy metals. This technique can be seen as a
coarse RO (reversed osmosis) membrane. Because Nano filtration uses less fine membranes, the feed
pressure of the NF system is generally lower compared to RO systems. Also the fouling rate is lower
compared to Ro systems.
Applications for NF systems are:

softening
specific removal of heavy metals from proces streams for reuse of water
Reduction of salt contents of slightly brackish water
Typical membrane performance for NF membranes are 50% NaCl removed

and 90% (or more) for CaSO4
SCHEMATIC FLOW CHART OF PROPOSED ETP I X 1750 KLD CAPACITY
FOR DYEING UNITS
Waste Water UASBR

from Collection Anoxic Unit
Tank
SBR Aeration Zone &

Settling Zone
Coagulation Tank and

Filter Press
Clarifier
Pressure Sand Flter and Activated

Carbon Filter
70% Product
RO 1 1750KLD
50% Product
RO 2 525 Kld
40% Product
RO 3 262 KLD
60% Brine
Nano 131 KLD
For Process Reuse Multiple Effect Evaporator

65 KLD
90% condensate
10% concentrate to Solar bed and

make crystal
SCHEMATIC FLOW CHART OF PROPOSED STP OF 275 KLD CAPACITY
Waste Water from

UASBR
Collection Tank
SBR
Filter Press
Pressure Sand Filter and Activated

Carbon Filter
Disinfection by 2 stage UV
Treated Water for gardening

ABSTRACT OF CIVIL WORKS & MECHANICAL EQUIPMENTS
S.No Name of Treatment Dimensions in m Equipment fitted in the unit

No. of
Unit units
1 DETAILS OF OF PROPOSED ETP 1X1750 KLD CAPACITY FOR DYEING
UNITS: - 2
1 Collection Tank - I 1 80 m x 35 m x 3.6 m pH Correction System 1(O)

+ 1(S)
0.6m long Coarse Bubble

Diffusers 1 lot connected to
Twin lobe blower units
Effluent Transfer Pumps

1(O) + 1(S) in each module
2 Up flow Anaerobic 2 16m x 16m x 6.6m Gas Collection Unit in RCC

Sludge Blanket with Blower in each module
Reactor
GLSS units 2 sets in each
(UASBR 1&2) module
3 Anoxic Unit 2 16m x 2m x 5.6m Submersible Mixer 1(O) +

1(S) in each module
((AU 1&2)
4 Sequential Batch 2 16m x 24m x 4.6m Fixed Type Surface Aerators

Reactor Aeration 12 nos in each module
Name of Treatment No of
S.No unit Units Dimensions in m Equipment fitted in the unit
Zone
Diffused Aeration System
(SBR-AZ
1&2) Twin Lobe Blowers 1(O) +
1(S) and 0.60 m long coarse
bubble diffusers 1 lot in
each module
5 Sequential Batch 2 16m x 11m x 3.30m 0.6m deep Hexagonal Tube

Reactor Settling Settlers @ 60 deg 1 set in
Zone each module
(SBR-SZ 1
&2)
6 Coagulation Unit 2 2m x 11m x 2m Submersible Mixer 2 nos in

each module
(CU 1&2)
7 Clarifier 1 &2 2 16m x 11m x 3.30m 0.6m deep Hexagonal Tube

Settlers @ 60 deg 1 set in
each module
8 Sludge Tank 1 16m x 11m x 2m Filter Press Units with Sludge

Pumps 1(O) + 1(S)
9 Filter Feed Sump 2 16m x 12.5m x 3m Filter Feed Pump 2 nos (

1(O) + 1(S) ) in each module
2) 30 cum/hr Pressure Sand

Filter 6 nos and
Name of Treatment No Dimensions in m Equipment fitted in the unit
of
S. No Unit units
3) 30 cum/hr Activated
Carbon Filter 6nos
in MS with all water contact

parts epoxy coated with
internal piping and valve
arrangements complete
10 RO 1 Feed Sump 2 16m x 11m x 3m 85 cum/hr Stage 1 RO System

2 modules
(RO
1 FS1 and RO1
FS2) below RO1 (Total Capacity 3400 kld)
Control Room

(RO
2 FS1 and RO2 2 modules
FS2) below RO2
(Total Capacity 1200 kld)
Control Room

(RO
3 FS1 and RO3 2 modules
FS2) below RO3
Control Room
13 RO 4 Feed Sump 2 16m x 7m x 3m 10 cum/hr Stage 4 Nano

(RO
4 FS1 and R43 System 2 modules
FS2) below RO4
Control Room
No Name of Treatment No Dimensions in m Equipment fitted in the unit
Evaporator Sump
(MEE FS1, FS2) Feed 3500 lph capacity Multiple
14 and MEE 2 16m x 7m x 3m Effect Evaporator 2 Modules
Product water
Collection Sump
15 (PWS 1 &2) 2 16m x 11m x 3m
16 Elevated Solar Beds 8 20m x 25m x 0.30m
ADEQUACY STATUS:
The Collection tank size, clarifier tank, SBR, coagulation unit and sludge blanket
reactor size is adequate for 1750KLD process water treatment.
2
DETAILS OF OF PROPOSED STP OF 275 KLD CAPACITY:

Name of the No. of Dimensions in mtrs Equipment fitted in the unit
S.No treatment unit units
pH Correction System 1(O)
+ 1(S) 0.6m long coarse bubble
diffusers 1 lot connected to
twin lobe blower. Effluent
transfer pump 1(O) +1(S) in
1 Collection Tank - 4 1 7.5 m x 7.5 m x 3.6 m each module.
2 Upflow Anaerobic 1 7.5m x 7.5m x 6.6m Gas Collection Unit in RCC

Sludge Blanket with Blower
Reactor
(UASBR 4)
GLSS units 2 sets
3 Sequential Batch 1 10m x 7.5m x 4.6m Fixed Type Surface Aerators

Reactor Aeration 2 nos
Zone
(SBR-AZ 5)
Diffused Aeration System

Twin Lobe Blowers 1(O) +
1(S) and 0.60 m long coarse
bubble diffusers 1 lot
4 Sequential Batch 1 4.5m x 7.5m x 3.30m 0.6m deep Hexagonal Tube

Reactor Settling Settlers @ 60 deg 1 set
Zone
No Name of Treatment No Dimensions in m Equipment fitted in the unit
Unit of
Units
(SBR-SZ 3)
5 Sludge Tank 1 4.5m x 7.5m x 2m Filter Press Units with Sludge

Pumps 1(O) + 1(S)
6 Filter Feed Sump 1 4.5m x 7.5m x 3.30m Filter Feed Pump 2 nos (
(FFS-5) 1(O) + 1(S) )
2) 30 cum/hr Pressure Sand

Filter 1 nos and
3) 30 cum/hr Activated
Carbon Filter 1 nos
in MS with all water contact

parts epoxy coated with
internal piping and valve
arrangements complete
ADEQUACY STATUS:
The collection tank, SBR and sludge tank size is adequate for 275 KLD capacity
treatment process.
Annexure-XVIII
MATERIAL BALANCE
All values are in kg/day
Process
Input/Raw materials Output products / Wastes
Fabrics 8,000 Dyed Fabrics 7680
Waste fabrics 320
Total 8,000 Total 8000
Warping
Input / Raw materials Output products / Wastes
Fabric Threads 4,020 Fabric 3,979.8
End bits 40.2
Total 4,020 Total 4,020
Secondary Warping
Fabric threads 3,278 Fabric 3,245.2
End bits 32.8
Sizing
Fabric threads 3,015 Fabric threads 3,015

Looming
Fabrics 11,740 Cloth 11505
Cloth wastes 141
End bits 94
Garmenting
Clothes 10,621 Stitched clothes 10,514.8
Cloth wastes 106.2
Industries Unit wise details
Water consumption in Wastewater Recycled water in
Raw Finished
Area in Cu.m generation in Cu.m Cu.m
Sr. No Name of the company Activity material in product in Manpower
sq.m
TPD TPD
Domestic Process Sewage ETP STP ETP
1 R. R. Denim Pvt. Ltd Process 11948 4.000 3.840 180 8.1 640.0 7.70 629.1 4.62 622.83
2 Rio Textiles Process 11948 4.000 3.840 180 8.1 640.0 7.70 629.1 4.62 622.83
3 Sparrow Textiles Looms 5167 1.870 1.830 42 1.89 0.0 1.80 0.0 1.08 0.62
4 Zeto Textiles Looms 3650 2.740 2.699 56 2.52 0.027 2.39 0.03 1.44 0.82
5 Airo textiles Looms 6101 1.639 1.614 48 2.16 0.016 2.05 0.02 1.23 0.70
6 Lotus branding Pvt. Ltd Looms 11948 0.837 0.824 204 9.18 0.008 8.72 0.01 5.23 2.99
7 Leeio Textiles Looms 6101 1.639 1.614 72 3.24 0.016 3.08 0.02 1.85 1.06
8 R. R. Denim Pvt. Ltd Looms 9950 1.005 0.990 160 7.2 0.010 6.84 0.01 4.10 2.35
9 Gio Textiles Looms 9950 1.005 0.990 160 7.2 0.010 6.84 0.01 4.10 2.35
10 Savute Fashions (P) Ltd Looms 9950 1.005 0.990 160 7.2 0.010 6.84 0.01 4.10 2.35
11 Yet to be leased Warping 9950 1.005 1.000 24 1.08 0.010 1.03 0.01 0.62 1.40
15 Yet to be leased Sizing 9950 1.005 0.985 32 1.44 10.050 1.37 10.03 0.82 9.93
18 Yet to be leased Secondary warping 6101 1.639 1.631 24 1.08 0.016 1.03 0.01 0.62 0.82
19 Yet to be leased Secondary warping 6101 1.639 1.631 24 1.08 0.016 1.03 0.01 0.62 0.82
20 Lotus branding Pvt. Ltd Garmenting 6101 1.639 1.619 128 5.76 0.016 5.47 0.02 3.28 3.12
21 Anbalaya A Fabric Garmenting 6101 1.639 1.619 54 2.43 0.016 2.31 0.02 1.39 1.32
22 SAT linen Pvt. Ltd Garmenting 8942 1.118 1.104 144 6.48 0.011 6.16 0.01 3.69 3.51
23 Yet to be leased Garmenting 5162 1.937 1.913 84 3.78 0.019 3.59 0.02 2.15 2.05
25 R. R. Denim Pvt. Ltd Garmenting 8561 1.168 1.154 80 3.6 0.012 3.42 0.01 2.05 1.95
97 1310 92 1289 55.20 1312
G.Total 1407 1381 1367
Annexure-XX
Annexure-XXII
Source:
ANNEXURE-XXIII
LANDUSE PATTERN
LANDUSE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA ACCORDING TO DISTRICT CENSUS HANDBOOK 2011
Area under Non- Area Irrigated Total Unirrigated Culturable Waste

Sr. Total Geographical Forest Area (in Barren & Un-cultivable Other areas (in
Name of Village Agricultural Uses (in by Source (in Land Area (in Land Area (in
No. Area (in Hectares) Hectares) Land Area (in Hectares) Hectares)
Hectares) Hectares) Hectares) Hectares)
0-3 Km
1 Vadamugakangeyampalayam 580.25 0.00 98.2 18.56 153.09 0.00 1.72 308.68
2 Tenmugakangeyampalayam 462.14 0.00 60.43 14.27 169.86 0.00 1.69 215.89
3 Sengalipalayam 507.61 0.00 55.49 87.91 284.89 0.00 0.00 79.32
4 Chinneripalayam 642.98 0.00 76.43 108.15 368.59 0.00 0.00 89.81
5 Virumandapalayam 1048.33 0.00 92.11 203.79 443.88 0.00 0.00 308.55
Sub Total 3241.31 0.00 382.66 432.68 1420.31 0.00 3.41 1002.25
3-7 Km
6 Karukkupalayam 653.12 0.00 53.88 128.00 455.49 0.00 0.00 15.75
7 Tachchapalayam 221.30 0.00 22.50 21.66 125.77 0.00 0.35 51.02
8 Kavuttampalayam 854.42 0.00 127.63 140.75 468.97 0.00 1.29 115.78
9 Alampalayam 437.11 0.00 84.69 289.17 29.45 0.00 0.00 33.8
10 Serkanpalayam 216.91 0.00 20.74 172.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.81
11 Nadupatti 512.34 0.00 30.35 43.90 205.30 0.00 0.08 232.71
12 Kongampalayam 234.88 0.00 10.79 11.72 116.49 0.00 64.12 31.76
13 Malakavundanpalayam 988.78 0.00 128.95 110.18 444.09 0.00 0.00 305.56
14 Reddipalayam 327.17 0.00 58.51 17.97 126.11 0.00 1.96 122.62
15 Sirukkalanji 1166.20 0.00 96.44 77.60 612.71 0.00 2.45 377
16 Pudupalayam 312.46 0.00 28.84 79.99 174.72 0.00 0.00 28.91
17 Ichchipalayam 475.28 0.00 29.38 27.68 330.75 0.00 0.00 87.47
18 Kalipalayam 1087.29 0.00 117.85 167.11 341.85 0.00 0.00 460.48
19 Uthukuli 1604.10 0.00 324.90 484.95 0.00 0.00 0.00 794.25
20 Chettipalayam 216.91 0.00 20.74 172.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.81
21 Kavundanpalayam 335.83 0.00 54.83 13.54 152.34 0.00 0.57 114.55
22 Pallapalayam 518.48 0.00 85.06 326.62 78.42 0.00 0.00 28.38
23 Muttampalayam 414.59 0.00 159.33 65.32 134.73 0.00 0.13 55.08
24 Pudupalayam 1163.29 0.00 292.90 125.32 252.55 30.48 0.00 462.04
Sub Total 11740.46 0.00 1748.31 2476.20 4049.74 30.48 70.95 3364.78
7-10 km
25 Ganapathipalayam 798.02 0.00 87.29 42.00 72.00 0.00 15.71 581.02
26 Ardanaripalayam 1312.14 0.00 204.24 756.25 85.91 8.98 105.76 151
27 Velamapalayam 1499.69 0.00 264.99 782.92 0.00 0.00 85.81 365.97
28 Velampalayam 348.47 0.00 29.64 67.22 165.99 0.00 0.00 85.62
29 Semmandapalayam 1393.35 0.00 222.41 428.63 16.71 683.15 0.00 42.45
30 Chinna virangali 600.52 0.00 46.43 122.32 298.61 0.00 0.00 133.16
31 Nettichelumpalayam 116.78 0.00 12.64 21.60 43.31 0.00 0.00 39.23
32 Mettupudur 476.40 0.00 42.93 45.78 272.83 0.00 0.00 114.86
33 Marappanayakkanpalayam 50.63 0.00 2.82 2.88 21.81 0.00 0.00 23.12
34 Vyapadi 1429.15 130.32 152.93 46.96 429.52 3.00 0.09 666.33
35 Varappalayam 1400.56 0.00 181.39 111.89 231.30 0.00 0.01 875.97
36 Pappanpalayam 358.33 0.00 24.13 117.50 177.00 0.00 2.56 37.14
37 Anaippalayam 617.95 0.00 100.13 27.14 274.74 0.00 0.00 215.94
38 Ammapalayam 261.74 0.00 25.37 222.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 13.75
39 Vavipalayam 3472.84 0.00 308.38 1321.25 141.31 0.00 0.00 1701.9
40 Kanakkampalayam 903.14 0.00 127.65 556.54 22.15 0.00 0.51 196.29
41 Andipalayam 523.00 0.00 94.21 384.84 0.00 0.00 6.30 37.65
42 Sandaipalayam 925.81 0.00 100.28 193.46 406.71 0.00 0.42 224.94
43 Chengalipalayam 507.61 0.00 55.49 87.91 284.89 0.00 0.00 79.32
44 Kunnatur 902.04 0.00 147.13 175.08 116.89 0.00 2.45 460.49
Sub Total 17898.17 130.32 2230.48 5514.79 3061.68 695.13 219.62 6046.15
Grand Total 32879.94 130.32 4361.45 8423.67 8531.73 725.61 293.98 10413.18
Source: District Census handbook on Landuse, 2011 - Coimbatore & Tiruppur District
A5-1
DEMOGRAPHY PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA ACCORDING TO DISTRICT CENSUS HANDBOOK 2011
No of Total Total Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Main Marginal Non
Sr. No. Name of Village TRU Total Male Total SC Total ST
household population Female Literates literates literates Illiterates Illiterates Illiterates workers workers workers workers
0-3 km
1 Vadamugakangeyampalayam Rural 395 1262 645 617 358 70 812 481 331 450 164 286 750 716 34 512
2 Tenmugakangeyampalayam Rural 498 1644 840 804 424 0 1010 616 394 634 224 410 1038 1012 26 606
3 Sengalipalayam Rural 343 1078 535 543 259 0 684 402 282 394 133 261 714 697 17 364
4 Chinneripalayam Rural 680 2433 1250 1183 844 0 1571 904 667 862 346 516 1401 1355 46 1032
5 Virumandapalayam Rural 1029 3555 1762 1793 962 0 2230 1244 986 1325 518 807 2057 1111 946 1498
Sub Total 2945 9972 5032 4940 2847 70 6307 3647 2660 3665 1385 2280 5960 4891 1069 4012
3-7 km
6 Karukkupalayam Rural 527 1634 832 802 375 0 951 576 375 683 256 427 1080 285 11 554
7 Kavuttampalayam Rural 922 3025 1466 1559 800 0 1748 984 764 1277 482 795 1930 1917 13 1095
8 Serkanpalayam Rural 237 767 402 365 32 0 492 302 190 275 100 175 510 94 11 257
9 Nadupatti Rural 268 861 439 422 130 0 508 303 205 353 136 217 402 276 126 459
10 Kongampalayam Rural 116 388 201 187 100 0 224 144 80 164 57 107 245 55 6 143
11 Malakavundanpalayam Rural 421 1448 755 693 439 0 940 549 391 508 206 302 832 793 39 616
12 Reddipalayam Rural 534 1826 925 901 724 0 1174 665 509 652 260 392 987 877 110 839
13 Sirukkalanji Rural 702 2334 1204 1130 253 0 1472 872 600 862 332 530 1394 1308 86 940
14 Pudupalayam Rural 353 1134 566 568 267 0 633 367 266 501 199 302 701 700 1 433
15 Ichchipalayam Rural 327 1158 591 567 401 13 732 422 310 426 169 257 672 658 14 486
16 Kalipalayam Rural 255 934 465 469 473 0 573 324 249 361 141 220 614 541 73 320
17 Uthukuli Urban 3000 10130 5027 5103 910 4 7636 4127 3509 2494 900 1594 4746 4320 426 5384
18 Chettipalayam Urban 10439 37620 19072 18548 1984 46 27931 15065 12866 9689 4007 5682 17592 17169 423 20028
19 Kavundanpalayam Rural 502 1610 792 818 395 0 1056 585 471 554 207 347 867 784 83 743
20 Pallapalayam Rural 1281 4787 2320 2467 1084 4 2986 1624 1362 1801 696 1105 2665 2638 27 2122
21 Muttampalayam Rural 441 1463 761 702 114 0 954 575 379 509 186 323 782 669 113 681
22 Pudupalayam Rural 2119 7671 3869 3802 1968 14 4819 2703 2116 2852 1166 1686 3925 3393 532 3746
Sub Total 22444 78790 39687 39103 10449 81 54829 30187 24642 23961 9500 14461 39944 36477 2094 38846
7-10 km
23 Ganapathipalayam Rural 4023 14022 7104 6918 2423 0 9682 5333 4349 4340 1771 2569 6846 6484 362 7176
24 Ardanaripalayam Rural 2332 8089 4084 4005 1526 4 6002 3290 2712 2087 794 1293 3887 3478 409 4202
25 Velamapalayam Urban 24381 87427 44353 43074 5257 139 68208 36246 31962 19219 8107 11112 40043 38419 1624 47384
26 Velampalayam Rural 480 1506 758 748 305 0 896 515 381 610 243 367 862 861 1 644
27 Semmandapalayam Rural 496 1566 804 762 357 0 1021 565 456 545 239 306 1023 860 163 543
28 Chinna virangali Rural 783 2649 1349 1300 589 0 1684 986 698 965 363 602 1542 1514 28 1107
29 Nettichelumpalayam Rural 215 728 355 373 103 0 460 260 200 268 95 173 557 395 162 171
30 Mettupudur Rural 726 2465 1252 1213 311 0 1864 1013 851 601 239 362 1208 1167 41 1257
31 Marappanayakkanpalayam Rural 157 544 258 286 255 0 296 157 139 248 101 147 289 56 82 255
32 Vyapadi Rural 591 1791 896 895 153 0 1134 672 462 657 224 433 1094 817 277 697
33 Varappalayam Rural 912 2962 1445 1517 652 0 1624 920 704 1338 525 813 1645 486 209 1317
34 Pappanpalayam Rural 414 1319 663 656 296 0 779 438 341 540 225 315 815 226 24 504
35 Anaippalayam Rural 552 1822 903 919 624 0 1073 637 436 749 266 483 975 903 72 847
36 Ammapalayam Rural 344 1102 544 558 131 0 672 362 310 430 182 248 827 25 434 275
37 Vavipalayam Rural 1904 6468 3253 3215 1656 0 3841 2163 1678 2627 1090 1537 3885 3841 44 2583
38 Kanakkampalayam Rural 3386 12160 6074 6086 728 10 9075 4875 4200 3085 1199 1886 6282 6101 181 5878
39 Andipalayam Urban 7010 25539 12773 12766 2588 17 18682 9818 8864 6857 2955 3902 11967 10981 986 13572
40 Sandaipalayam Rural 1268 4050 2002 2048 1202 0 2479 1412 1067 1571 590 981 2390 516 47 1660
41 Chengalipalayam Urban 7010 25539 12773 12766 2588 17 18682 9818 8864 6857 2955 3902 11967 10981 986 13572
42 Kunnatur Urban 2588 8774 4342 4432 968 0 6642 3571 3071 2132 771 1361 4085 3170 915 4689
Sub Total 59572 210522 105985 104537 22712 187 154796 83051 71745 55726 22934 32792 102189 91281 7047 108333
Grand Total 84961 299284 150704 148580 36008 338 215932 116885 99047 83352 33819 49533 148093 132649 10210 151191
Source: District Census handbook on Landuse, 2011 - Coimbatore & Tiruppur District
Annexure-XXV

Eia Report For Tsez

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eia Report For Tsez

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The Proposed Sector Specific (Textile) Special Economic Zone

Project Proponent EIA Consultant

IG3 INFRA LIMITED

RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

THE PROPOSED SECTOR SPECIFIC (TEXTILE) SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONE IN A

For and on behalf of VIMTA LABS LIMITED

Designation : Senior Manager

Chapter # Title Page #

3 Description of the Environment

4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore i

5 Analysis of alternatives (Site & Technology)

6 Environmental Monitoring Program

10 Summary & Conclusions

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore ii

I Terms of Reference [ToR] issued by SEIAA, Tamil Nadu

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore iii

Figure # Title Page #

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore iv

Table # Title Page #

1.1 Project details 3

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore v

3.32 Road geometric scenario 90

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore vi

IG3 Infra Limited proposes to construct a Textile Park SEZ at Vadamugam

The specific objectives of this EIA are as follows:

To suggest an EMP including pollution control methods to ensure that the

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore 1

1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent

1.2.1 About the Project Proponent and Company

IG3 Infra Limited is a Company promoted for providing world class

The Company is developing the proposed Textile SEZ at Vadamugam

1.3 Brief Description of Project

1.3.1 Nature and Size of the Project

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore 2

Name & address of Registered Office

Land use Unclassified land use as per DTCP

Sanitation details Proposed sewage treatment plant (STP) capacity of

Name of the M/s. Vimta Labs Limited

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore 4

1.3.2 Location of the Project

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/ Coimbatore 5

The project site is located at Vadamugam

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/Coimbatore 9

1.4 Scope of the Study

The monitored environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring are

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/Coimbatore 10

Vimta Labs Limited, Hyderabad/Coimbatore 11

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Need of the Project

2.2 Project Location

2.3 Magnitude of the Project

The proposed Sector Specific (Textile) SEZ will be developed in 97.54-acres

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad/Coimbatore 13

Sr. No Name of the company Activity Area in sq.m

1 R. R. Denim Pvt. Ltd Process 11948.0

2.4 Process Description

A fibre undergoes various transformations, before it is converted into a fabric.

VIMTA Labs Limited, Hyderabad/Coimbatore 14

2.4.2 Manufacturing Process

Yarn quality specification (Raw materials)

Particulars Single Yarn Double Yarn